sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
July 14, 2011
Registration
No. 333-173445
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 3
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
CHEFS WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS,
LLC
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or Other
Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
5141
(Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
20-3031526
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut
06877
(203) 894-1345
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number,
including area code, of
registrants principal executive offices)
Christopher Pappas
President and Chief Executive
Officer
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut
06877
(203) 894-1345
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent
for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
F. Mitchell Walker, Jr. Esq.
D. Scott Holley, Esq.
Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800
Nashville, Tennessee 37201
(615) 742-6200
|
|
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION
FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered(1)
|
|
|
Price Per Share
|
|
|
Offering Price(2)
|
|
|
Fee(3)
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
|
|
|
9,200,000
|
|
|
$16.00
|
|
|
$147,200,000
|
|
|
$17,089.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes 1,200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to
the underwriters.
|
|
|
(2) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate
offering price.
|
|
|
(3) |
$11,610 of this fee was previously paid on April 8, 2011.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY
NOTE
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a limited liability company
organized under the laws of Delaware, is the registrant filing
this registration statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Prior to the effectiveness of this registration
statement, Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will be converted
into a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant
to
Section 18-216
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and
Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The
securities issued to investors in connection with this offering
will be common stock in that corporation, which will be named
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, is not the registrant under this
registration statement. Prior to the consummation of this
offering, we expect that its name will be changed to The
Chefs Warehouse Mid-Atlantic, LLC.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is
not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting
an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 14, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
8,000,000 Shares
The Chefs Warehouse,
Inc.
Common Stock
We are offering 4,666,667 shares of our common stock and
the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are
offering 3,333,333 shares of our common stock. Because the
selling stockholders are our affiliates, a portion of the
proceeds of the offering will benefit such affiliates. We will
not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling
stockholders. This is our initial public offering and, prior to
this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between
$14.00 and $16.00 per share. We have applied to list our common
stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol
CHEF.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Please read Risk Factors beginning on page 12
of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities
or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. Before Expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to Selling Stockholders Before Expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on
or
about ,
2011. The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional
1,200,000 shares of our common stock to cover
over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise the option in
full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable
by the selling stockholders will be
$ and the total proceeds to the
selling stockholders, before expenses, will be
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies
|
|
BMO Capital Markets
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities
|
|
|
BB&T
Capital Markets |
Canaccord Genuity |
Prospectus
dated ,
2011
Table of
Contents
We and the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters
have not, authorized anyone to give any information or to make
any representations other than those that are contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus issued by us. Do
not rely upon any information or representations made outside of
this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus issued by us.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell, and it is not
soliciting an offer to buy, (1) any securities other than
shares of our common stock or (2) shares of our common
stock in any circumstances in which the offer or solicitation is
unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus may
change after the date of this prospectus. Do not assume after
the date of this prospectus that the information contained in
this prospectus is still correct.
Persons outside the United States who come into possession of
this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any
restrictions relating to the offering of the securities and the
distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
Basis of
Presentation
We utilize a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on a Friday near
the end of December. Our fiscal years ended December 24,
2010, December 25, 2009, December 26, 2008,
December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were each
comprised of 52 weeks. Fiscal years are identified in this
prospectus according to the calendar year in which the fiscal
years end. For example, references to 2010,
fiscal 2010, fiscal year end 2010 or
other similar references refer to the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010. Our fiscal year ending December 30,
2011 will have 53 weeks.
Industry and
Market Data
This prospectus includes industry and market data that we
derived from internal company records, publicly-available
information and industry publications and surveys. Industry
publications and surveys generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable. We believe that this data is accurate in all material
respects as of the date of this prospectus. You should carefully
consider the inherent risks and uncertainties associated with
the industry and market data contained in this prospectus.
Trademarks and
Trade Names
In this prospectus, we refer (without any ownership notation) to
several registered and common law trademarks, including The
Chefs Warehouse, Dairyland USA, Spoleto, Bel Aria and
Grand Reserve. All brand names or other trademarks appearing in
this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
ii
The following summary highlights information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by
the more detailed information and the historical consolidated
financial statements, and the related notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does
not contain all of the information that you should consider
before investing in our common stock. You should read this
entire prospectus carefully, including the more detailed
information set forth under the caption Risk Factors
and the historical consolidated financial statements, and the
related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus
before investing in our common stock.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). Unless otherwise
noted, the terms Company, we,
us, and our refer to Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior
to the conversion date and The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. and
its consolidated subsidiaries on and after the conversion date.
This prospectus assumes the completion of the conversion and
related transactions, as a result of which all membership
interests of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC held by our
investors will be converted into shares of common stock of
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. See Reorganization
Transaction and Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction. Unless otherwise indicated or the context
otherwise requires, financial and operating data in this
prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries prior to the conversion and The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries from and after
the conversion.
Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the
information set forth in this prospectus assumes that
(1) the underwriters over-allotment option is not
exercised and (2) the common stock to be sold in this
offering is sold at $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the price range indicated on the cover page of this
prospectus.
Company
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty food products in the
United States. We are focused on serving the specific needs of
chefs who own
and/or
operate some of the nations leading menu-driven
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe that we have a distinct competitive advantage
in serving these customers as a result of our extensive
selection of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, our product knowledge and our customer
service.
We define specialty food products as gourmet foods and
ingredients that are of the highest grade, quality or style as
measured by their uniqueness, exotic origin or particular
processing method. Our product portfolio includes over 11,500
stock-keeping units, or SKUs, and is comprised primarily of
imported and domestic specialty food products, such as artisan
charcuterie, specialty cheeses, unique oils and vinegars,
hormone-free protein, truffles, caviar and chocolate. We also
offer an extensive line of broadline food products, including
cooking oils, butter, eggs, milk and flour. Our core customers
are chefs, and we believe that, by offering a wide selection of
both distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty products, together with staple broadline food
products, we are able to differentiate ourselves from larger,
traditional broadline foodservice distributors, while
simultaneously enabling our customers to utilize us as their
primary foodservice distributor.
Since the formation of our predecessor in 1985, we have expanded
our distribution network, product selection and customer base
both organically and through acquisitions. From fiscal 2009 to
fiscal 2010, net revenues, net income and earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA,
increased approximately $59.0 million, $6.9 million
and $8.7 million, respectively, to $330.1 million,
$15.9 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Net
revenues, net income and EBITDA for the three months ended
March 25, 2011 were $83.2 million, $1.0 million
and $5.5 million, respectively, increases/(decreases) of
$13.2 million, $(0.5) million and $1.8 million,
respectively, over the comparable period in fiscal 2010. The
decline in net income for the three months ended March 25,
2011 was a result of higher interest expense incurred as a
result of a refinancing transaction completed in October 2010.
Pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011 was $12.0 million and
$2.8 million, respectively. See footnote 3 to the Summary
Consolidated Financial Data for a reconciliation of EBITDA to
adjusted EBITDA and the information under the caption
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements beginning on
page F-21
for the calculation of pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and
the three months ended March 25, 2011. During these periods
and in prior years, our sales to both new and existing customers
have increased as a result of an increase in the breadth and
depth of our product portfolio, our commitment to customer
service, the efforts of our
1
experienced and sophisticated sales professionals, the increased
use of technology in the operations and management of our
business and our ongoing consolidation of the fragmented
specialty foodservice distribution industry, including
acquisitions in San Francisco, Washington, D.C., Miami
and New York City since 2007.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that, during our
26-year
history, we have achieved, developed
and/or
refined the following strengths which provide us with a distinct
competitive position in the foodservice distribution industry
and also the opportunity to achieve superior margins relative to
most large broadline foodservice distributors:
Leading Distributor of Specialty Food Products in Many of the
Key Culinary Markets. Based on our
managements industry knowledge and experience, we believe
we are the largest distributor of specialty food products in the
New York, Washington, D.C., San Francisco and Los
Angeles metro markets as measured by net sales. We believe these
markets, along with a number of other markets we serve,
including Las Vegas, Miami, Philadelphia, Boston and Napa
Valley, create and set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu practices. Furthermore, we believe our
established relationships with many of the top chefs, culinary
schools and dining establishments in these key culinary markets
have benefited us when we entered into new markets where we
believe that chefs at our potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Expansive Product Offering. We offer an
extensive portfolio of high-quality specialty food products,
ranging from basic ingredients and staples, such as milk and
flour, to delicacies and specialty ingredients sourced from
North America, Europe, Asia and South America, which we believe
helps our customers distinguish their menu items. We carry more
than 11,500 SKUs, including approximately 7,000 that are
in-stock every day, and we constantly evaluate our portfolio and
introduce new products to address regional trends and
preferences and ensure that we are on the leading edge of
broader culinary trends. Through our importing division, we
provide our customers with access to a portfolio of exclusive
items, including regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries. In
addition, and as evidence of our commitment to aid our customers
in creating unique and innovative menu items, we regularly
utilize our sourcing relationships and industry insights to
procure additional products that we do not regularly carry but
that our customers specifically request. We believe that the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio facilitates our
customers ability to distinguish and enhance their menu
offerings and differentiates us from larger traditional
broadline foodservice distributors. For example, we provide a
selection of more than 125 different varieties of olive oil,
while large broadline foodservice distributors only carry, on
average,
5-10 types
of olive oil.
Critical
Route-to-Market
for Specialty Food Suppliers. We currently
distribute products from more than 1,000 different suppliers,
with no single supplier currently representing more than 5% of
our total disbursements. Our suppliers are located throughout
North America, Europe, Asia and South America and include
numerous small, family-owned entities and artisanal food
producers. We are the largest customer for many of our
suppliers. As a result, our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, customer relationships and distribution platform
are critical to these suppliers
route-to-market,
which provides us with greater leverage in our relationships
with the suppliers and also enables us to offer a wide range of
products on an exclusive basis.
Expanding Base of Premier Customer
Relationships. Our breadth and depth of product
offerings coupled with our highly regarded customer service has
allowed us to develop and retain a loyal customer base that is
comprised of chefs who own or work at more than 7,000 of the
nations leading menu-driven independent restaurants, fine
dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary
schools and specialty food stores. Our focus on product
selection, product knowledge and customer service has rewarded
us with a number of long-term customer relationships, which
often begin when chefs are introduced to us while attending the
nations leading culinary schools, including The Culinary
Institute of America and The French Culinary Institute, both of
which have been customers of ours for more than five years.
Collaborative Professional and Educational Relationships with
our Customers. We employ a sophisticated and
experienced sales force of approximately 125 sales
professionals, the majority of whom have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts or prior experience
working in the culinary industry. Equipped with advanced
culinary and industry knowledge, our sales professionals seek to
establish a rapport with our customers so that they can more
fully understand and anticipate the needs of and offer
cost-effective food product solutions to the chefs
2
that own or operate these businesses. We believe that the
specialized knowledge base of our sales professionals enables us
to take a more collaborative and educational approach to selling
our gourmet foods and ingredients and to further differentiate
ourselves from our traditional broadline competitors.
Expertise in Logistics and Distribution. We
have built a first-class, scalable inventory management and
logistics platform that enables us to efficiently fill an
average of 11,000 orders each week and to profitably meet our
customers needs for varying drop sizes, high service
levels and timely delivery. Our average distribution service
level, or the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers
that were delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99%
in 2010, which we believe is among the highest rates in the
foodservice distribution industry. With distribution centers
located in New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Washington
D.C., Las Vegas and Miami, we are able to leverage our
geographic footprint and reduce our inbound freight costs. This
scale enables us to maintain a portfolio of more than 11,500
SKUs through the operation of our sophisticated information
technology, inventory management and logistics systems, which we
believe allows us to provide our customers with the highest
level of customer service and responsiveness in our industry.
Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our
senior management team has demonstrated the ability to grow the
business through various economic environments. With collective
experience of more than 60 years at The Chefs
Warehouse and its predecessor, our founders and senior
management are experienced operators and are passionate about
our future. Our senior management team is comprised of our
founders as well as experienced professionals with expertise in
a wide range of functional areas, including finance, sales and
marketing, information technology and human resources. We
believe our management team and employee base is, and will
remain, highly motivated as they will continue to own
approximately 53.7% of our common stock upon consummation of
this offering assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe substantial organic growth opportunities exist in our
current markets through increased penetration of our existing
customers and the addition of new customers, and we have
identified new markets that we believe also present
opportunities for future expansion. Key elements of our growth
strategy include the following:
Increase Penetration with Existing
Customers. We intend to sell more products to our
existing customers by increasing the breadth and depth of our
product selection and increasing the efficiency of our sales
professionals, while at the same time continuing to provide
excellent customer service. We are a data-driven and
goal-oriented organization, and we are highly focused on
increasing the number of unique products we distribute to each
customer and our weekly gross profit contribution from each
customer. Based on our managements industry experience and
our relationships and dealings with our customers, we believe we
are the primary distributor of specialty food products to the
majority of our customers, and we intend to maintain that
position while adding to the number of customers for which we
serve as their primary distributor of specialty food products.
Expand our Customer Base Within our Existing
Markets. As of December 24, 2010, we served
more than 7,000 customer locations in the United States. We plan
to expand our market share in the fragmented specialty food
distribution industry by cultivating new customer relationships
within our existing markets through the continued penetration of
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe we have the opportunity to continue to gain
market share in our existing markets by offering an extensive
selection of specialty food products as well as traditional
broadline staple food products through our unique, collaborative
and educational sales efforts and efficient, scalable
distribution solution.
Continue to Improve our Operating Margins. As
we continue to grow, we believe we can improve our operating
margins by continuing to leverage our inventory management and
logistics platform and our general and administrative functions
to yield both improved customer service and profitability.
Utilizing our fleet of delivery trucks, we fill an average of
11,000 customer orders each week, usually within
12-24 hours
of order placement. We intend to continue to offer our customers
this high level of customer service while maintaining our focus
on realizing efficiencies and economies of scale in purchasing,
warehousing, distribution and general and administrative
functions which, when combined with incremental fixed-cost
leverage, we believe will lead to continued improvements in our
operating margin.
Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Throughout our
26-year
history, we have successfully identified, consummated and
integrated multiple new market and tuck-in acquisitions. We
believe we have improved the operations and overall
3
profitability of each acquired company by leveraging our
sourcing relationships to provide an expanded product portfolio,
implementing our tested sales force training techniques and
metrics and installing improved warehouse management and
information systems. We believe we have the opportunity to
capitalize on our existing infrastructure and expertise by
continuing to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions in
order to expand the breadth of our distribution network,
increase our operating efficiency and add additional products
and capabilities.
Recent
Developments
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. Harry Wils & Co. is a specialty
foodservice distribution company headquartered in the New York
City metropolitan area, and we believe that the purchase of
these assets will allow us to increase the number of customers
we service in the New York metropolitan area. The purchase
price paid to Harry Wils & Co. was approximately
$7.7 million for the intangible assets, plus approximately
$1.2 million for inventory on hand. We assumed no
liabilities in connection with the transaction and have
relocated the inventory we purchased to our Bronx, New York
distribution facility. We financed the purchase price for these
assets with borrowings under our existing senior secured credit
facilities.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to the time at which the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective, Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
We will issue 16,000,000 shares of common stock in our
reorganization transaction and each of the holders of our
Class B units and Class C units will receive
approximately 0.2942 shares of our common stock for each
unit of membership interest in Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC owned by them at the time of the conversion. Of the total
number of shares we issue in the reorganization transaction,
445,057 shares will be restricted shares of our common
stock issued upon conversion of our Class C units that have
not vested as of the date we consummate the reorganization
transaction.
Refinancing
Transactions
In connection with our redemption of all of our outstanding
Class A units in October 2010, we entered into our existing
$100.0 million senior secured credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior secured credit
facilities provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million. We also issued
$15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes due 2014.
In connection with this offering, we have entered into a
commitment letter, which we expect will be replaced by
definitive loan documentation simultaneously with the closing of
this offering, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. with respect to
new senior secured credit facilities. Pursuant to the commitment
letter, our new senior secured credit facilities will provide
for (i) a four year, $30.0 million term loan facility
maturing in 2015, and (ii) a four year, $50.0 million
revolving credit facility maturing in 2015. We intend to use the
net proceeds of this offering, together with a portion of
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and redeem or repurchase all of our
outstanding senior subordinated notes due 2014.
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should
carefully read and consider, among other things, the following
risks as well as those described under the caption Risk
Factors beginning on page 12 of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
Our success depends to a significant extent on general economic
conditions, including changes in disposable income levels and
consumer spending trends;
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Conditions beyond our control could materially affect the cost
and/or
availability of our specialty food products
and/or
interrupt our distribution network;
|
|
|
Our business is low-margin in nature and our profit margins are
sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures;
|
|
|
Because our foodservice distribution operations are principally
concentrated in six culinary markets, we are susceptible to
economic and other developments, including adverse weather
conditions, in these areas;
|
|
|
Damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our specialty
food products
and/or the
brands we carry in existing and new markets could materially and
adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of
operations;
|
|
|
Our profit margins may be negatively affected if group
purchasing organizations are successful in adding our
independent restaurant customers as members;
|
|
|
A significant portion of our future growth is dependent upon our
ability to expand our operations in our existing markets and to
penetrate new markets, including through acquisitions; and
|
|
|
We may have difficulty managing and facilitating our future
growth.
|
Company
Information
Our principal executive office is located at 100 East Ridge
Road, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, and our telephone number is
(203) 894-1345.
Our website address is
http://www.chefswarehouse.com.
Our website and the information contained therein or connected
thereto is not and shall not be deemed to be incorporated into
this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms
a part and is provided as an inactive textual reference.
5
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
4,666,667 shares |
|
|
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
3,333,333 shares |
|
|
|
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this
offering |
|
20,666,667 shares |
Selling
Stockholders
See Principal and Selling Stockholders for
information regarding the selling stockholders who are
participating in this offering.
Over-Allotment
Option
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days after the date of this
prospectus to purchase up to 1,200,000 additional shares of our
common stock to cover over-allotments. The information presented
in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise
their over-allotment option.
Use of
Proceeds
We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be
approximately $63.1 million, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed initial offering
price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use
the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings
under our new senior secured credit facilities, to:
|
|
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior subordinated
notes due 2014 and pay any accrued but unpaid interest thereon
and other related fees, including the call premium associated
with such redemption or repurchase; and
|
|
|
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees.
|
An affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc., an
underwriter in this offering, is a lender under our existing
term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive approximately
$20.1 million of the net proceeds of this offering used to
redeem or repurchase our senior subordinated notes and repay our
existing term loan facility.
For a more complete description of our new senior secured credit
facilities, see the information under the caption
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common
stock by the selling stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds, Description of Our Indebtedness,
Principal and Selling Stockholders and
Underwriting Affiliations and Conflicts of
Interest.
Risk
Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the
more detailed information set forth under the caption Risk
Factors and the historical consolidated financial
statements, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in
this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.
Lock-up
Agreements
Our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of
our outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters,
subject to limited exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose
of any of our shares for a period of
6
180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the
information under the caption Underwriting No
Sales of Similar Securities for additional information.
Proposed NASDAQ
Global Market Symbol
We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol CHEF.
Conflicts of
Interest
As described under the caption Use of Proceeds, we
intend to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
(1) redeem or repurchase any and all of our outstanding
senior subordinated notes and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees, including the call premium
associated with such redemption or repurchase, and
(2) repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing
senior secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees. Because an affiliate of
Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under our
existing term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive approximately
$20.1 million, or more than 5% of the net proceeds of this
offering, due to such redemption and repayments, this offering
will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121 of the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. This
rule requires, among other things, that a qualified
independent underwriter has participated in the
preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of
due diligence with respect to, the registration
statement and this prospectus. Wells Fargo Securities, LLC has
agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the
offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and
liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or the Securities Act, specifically including those
inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act. See
Underwriting Affiliations and Conflicts of
Interest.
7
Summary
Consolidated Financial Data
The following table sets forth, for the periods and as of the
dates indicated, our summary consolidated financial data on an
historical basis and, for the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010 and for the three months ended
March 25, 2011, on a pro forma basis giving effect to our
redemption of our Class A units, this offering, our
reorganization transaction described below and the application
of the net proceeds of this offering as described under the
caption Use of Proceeds and borrowings under our new
senior secured credit facilities. The statement of operations
data for the fiscal years ended December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of
operations data for the three months ended March 25, 2011
and March 26, 2010 and balance sheet data as of
March 25, 2011 from our unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In
the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of
normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair
presentation of the Companys financial position at
March 25, 2011 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The financial condition and results of
operations as of and for the three months ended March 25,
2011 do not purport to be indicative of the financial condition
or results of operations to be expected as of or for the fiscal
year ending December 30, 2011. The pro forma data included
in the table was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
The summary consolidated financial data presented on the
following pages represent only portions of our financial
statements and, accordingly, are not complete. You should read
this information in conjunction with the information included
under the captions Use of Proceeds,
Capitalization, Selected Consolidated
Financial Data, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements and our consolidated financial statements, and
the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). See Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
Reorganization Transaction. The summary consolidated
financial data relate to Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
its consolidated subsidiaries.
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRO
FORMA (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
65,565
|
|
|
|
17,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
|
|
20,213
|
|
|
|
4,963
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
|
|
19,726
|
|
|
|
4,608
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
7,693
|
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
$
|
12,033
|
|
|
$
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members
units(2)
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members
units(2)
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units/common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
$
|
12,033
|
|
|
$
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per members unit/share of common
stock
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per members unit/share of common
stock
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
|
|
20,883
|
|
|
|
20,873
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
13,524
|
|
|
$
|
11,885
|
|
|
$
|
1,616
|
|
|
$
|
3,136
|
|
|
$
|
2,515
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,827
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,848
|
)
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
(7,550
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,774
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,591
|
|
|
$
|
(3,869
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,547
|
)
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
(1,133
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,848
|
)
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
24,585
|
|
|
$
|
15,906
|
|
|
$
|
10,869
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
23,937
|
|
|
$
|
16,345
|
|
|
$
|
12,340
|
|
|
$
|
5,134
|
|
|
$
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACTUAL
|
|
|
AS ADJUSTED
|
|
|
|
AS OF
|
|
|
AS OF
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011(5)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
|
856
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
12,866
|
(4)
|
|
|
21,373
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
79,203
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
|
31,164
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
129,089
|
|
|
|
69,748
|
|
Total members/stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
9,455
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma data gives effect to
the redemption of our Class A units, our conversion to a
subchapter C corporation, this offering and the use of proceeds
therefrom and the incurrence of $38.3 million of borrowings
under our new senior secured credit facilities, as if they had
been consummated on December 26, 2009. For a detailed
presentation of this unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma
statement of operations data, including a description of the
transactions and assumptions underlying the pro forma
adjustments giving rise to these results, please see the
information contained under the caption Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
beginning on
page F-21
of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Accreted dividends and the
distribution for the final redemption of the Class A units are
removed from earnings from the net income (loss) attributable to
members units as these distributions were not available to
those members. For more information, see Note 2 to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
(3) |
|
EBITDA represents earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA
represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization plus adjustments (i) in each of the periods
for the gain or loss associated with the marking to market of an
interest rate swap we entered into in 2005 that expired in
January 2011; (ii) in the three months ended March 25,
2011 for the gain associated with foreign exchange contracts;
(iii) in 2009 for severance costs related to our management
restructuring; and (iv) in each of the periods other than
the three months ended March 25, 2011 for a management fee
paid to BGCP/DL, LLC, or BGCP, a former member of ours, that
will no longer be paid as a result of our redemption of all of
our Class A units in October 2010. We are presenting EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA, which are not measurements determined in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
or GAAP, because we believe each of these measures provides an
additional metric to evaluate our operations and which we
believe, when considered with both our GAAP results and the
reconciliation to net income, provides a more complete
understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this
disclosure. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, together with
financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as
revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess our historical
and prospective operating performance and to enhance our
understanding of our core operating performance. Each of EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA is presented because (i) we believe it
is a useful measure for investors to assess the operating
performance of our business without the effect of non-cash
depreciation and amortization expenses and, in the case of
Adjusted EBITDA, the above-described adjustments; (ii) we
believe that investors will find it useful in assessing our
ability to service or incur indebtedness; and (iii) we use
it internally as a benchmark to evaluate our operating
performance or compare our performance to that of our
competitors. The use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as
performance measures permits a comparative assessment of our
operating performance relative to our performance based upon our
GAAP results while isolating the effects of some items that vary
from period to period without any correlation to core operating
performance or that vary widely among similar companies.
Companies within the foodservice distribution industry exhibit
significant variations with respect to capital structures and
cost of capital (which affect interest expense and tax rates)
and differences in book depreciation of facilities and equipment
(which affect relative depreciation expense), including
significant differences in the depreciable lives of similar
assets among various companies. Our management believes that
both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate
company-to-company
comparisons within our industry by eliminating some of the
foregoing variations.
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA
is a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and each
should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to
net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or
financing activities or other financial statement data presented
as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as
presented in accordance with GAAP. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted
EBITDA should be considered as a measure of discretionary cash
available to us to invest in the growth of our business. EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures of other companies, and our
presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be
construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by unusual items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management recognizes that both
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical
financial measures, including the following:
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects our capital expenditures or future
requirements for capital expenditures;
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects the interest expense, or the cash
requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, associated with our indebtedness;
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects depreciation and amortization,
which are non-cash charges, although the assets being
depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the
future, nor does EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements; and
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects changes in, or cash requirements
for, our working capital needs.
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to net income is provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,103
|
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
|
1,985
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
24,585
|
|
|
$
|
15,906
|
|
|
$
|
10,869
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate
swap (a)
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
(Gain)/loss on the marking to market of foreign exchange
contracts (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Management severance
costs (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BGCP annual management
fee (d)
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
23,937
|
|
|
$
|
16,345
|
|
|
$
|
12,340
|
|
|
$
|
5,134
|
|
|
$
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Represents the gain or loss we experienced on our interest rate
swap in each period. When we entered into our interest rate swap
in 2005, we did not elect to account for it under hedge
accounting rules. As such, the mark-to-market movement of the
swap is recorded through our statement of operations. This
interest rate swap expired in January 2011.
|
|
(b)
|
Represents the unrealized gain we experienced on our Eurodollar
collar we entered into in the first quarter of 2011 as a hedge
against imported products denominated, and paid for, in Euros.
|
|
(c)
|
Represents cash severance payments to individuals in connection
with our 2009 management restructuring.
|
|
(d)
|
Represents the annual management fee we paid to BGCP in the
respective periods. We redeemed all of our Class A units
owned by BGCP in October 2010.
|
|
|
(4) |
Working capital is defined as the difference between current
assets and current liabilities. At March 25, 2011, the
then-outstanding balance under our senior secured revolving
credit facility of $9.7 million was included within the
current portion of long-term debt.
|
|
|
(5) |
Gives effect to (i) the reorganization transaction that is
expected to occur prior to the effectiveness of this
registration statement, (ii) this offering and
(iii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering
as described under the caption Use of Proceeds and
$37.2 million of borrowings under our new senior secured
credit facilities.
|
11
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should consider carefully the following risk factors and the
other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated
financial statements and related notes to those statements,
before you decide to invest in our common stock. If any of the
following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline
and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Relating to
Our Business and Industry
Our success
depends to a significant extent upon general economic
conditions, including disposable income levels and changes in
consumer discretionary spending.
Because our target customers include menu-driven independent
restaurants, fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels,
caterers and specialty food stores, our business is exposed to
reductions in disposable income levels and discretionary
consumer spending. The recent recession, coupled with high
unemployment rates, reduced home values, increases in home
foreclosures, investment losses, personal bankruptcies, reduced
access to credit and reduced consumer confidence, has adversely
impacted consumers ability and willingness to spend
discretionary dollars. Economic conditions may remain volatile
and may continue to repress consumer confidence and
discretionary spending for the near term. If the weak economy
continues for a prolonged period of time or worsens, consumers
may choose to spend discretionary dollars less frequently which
could result in a decline in consumers purchases of
food-away-from-home, particularly in more expensive restaurants,
and, consequently, the businesses of our customers by, among
other things, reducing the frequency with which our
customers customers choose to dine out or the amount they
spend on meals while dining out. If our customers sales
decrease, our profitability could decline as we spread fixed
costs across a lower volume of sales. Moreover, we believe that,
if the current negative economic conditions persist for an
extended period of time or become more pervasive, consumers
might ultimately make long-lasting changes to their
discretionary spending behavior, including dining out less
frequently on a permanent basis. Accordingly, adverse changes to
consumer preferences or consumer discretionary spending, each of
which could be affected by many different factors which are out
of our control, could harm our business, financial condition or
results of operations. Our continued success will depend in part
upon our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing
economic and other conditions and the impact that they may have
on discretionary consumer spending.
Conditions
beyond our control could materially affect the cost and/or
availability of our specialty food products and/or interrupt our
distribution network.
Our profitability and operating margins are dependent upon,
among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to any
interruptions in our distribution network and changes to food
costs and availability. We obtain a significant portion of our
specialty food products from local, regional, national and
international third-party suppliers. We generally do not enter
into long-term contracts with our suppliers whereby they would
be committed to provide products to us for any appreciable
duration of time. Although our purchasing volume can provide
leverage when dealing with suppliers, particularly smaller
suppliers for whom we may be their largest customer, suppliers
may not provide or may be unable to provide the specialty food
products we need in the quantities and at the times and prices
we request. Failure to identify an alternate source of supply
for these items or comparable products that meet our
customers expectations may result in significant cost
increases. Additionally, weather, governmental regulation,
availability and seasonality may affect our food costs or cause
a disruption in the quantity of our supply. For example, weather
patterns in recent years have resulted in lower than normal
levels of rainfall in key agricultural states such as
California, impacting the price of water and the corresponding
prices of food products grown in states facing drought
conditions. Additionally, the
route-to-market
for some of the products we sell, such as baking chocolate,
depends upon the stability of political climates in developing
nations, such as the Ivory Coast. In such countries, political
and social unrest may cause the prices for these products to
rise to levels beyond those that our customers are willing to
pay, if the product is available at all. If we are unable to
obtain these products, our customers may seek a different
supplier for these, or other, products which could negatively
impact our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
We do not currently use financial instruments to hedge our risk
exposure to market fluctuations in the price of food products.
Similarly, our suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to
source or produce and transport food products, as well as by
other related expenses that they pass through to their
customers, which could result in higher costs for the specialty
food products they supply to us. Our inability to anticipate and
react to changing food
12
costs through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the
future could therefore negatively impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to material supply chain interruptions based
upon conditions outside of our control. These interruptions
could include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or
other adverse employment actions taken by employees of
suppliers, short-term weather conditions or more prolonged
climate change, crop conditions, product recalls, water
shortages, transportation interruptions within our distribution
channels, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs,
competitive demands and natural disasters or other catastrophic
events, such as food-borne illnesses or bioterrorism. The
efficiency and effectiveness of our distribution network is
dependent upon our suppliers ability to consistently
deliver the specialty food products we need in the quantities
and at the times and prices we request. Accordingly, if we are
unable to obtain the specialty food products that comprise our
product portfolio in a timely manner as a result of any of the
foregoing factors or otherwise, we may be unable to fulfill our
obligations to customers who may, as a result of any such
failure, resort to other distributors for their food product
needs.
Our business
is a low-margin business and our profit margins may be sensitive
to inflationary and deflationary pressures.
We operate within a segment of the foodservice distribution
industry, which is an industry characterized by a high volume of
sales with relatively low profit margins. Although our profit
margins are typically higher than more traditional broadline
foodservice distributors, they are still relatively low compared
to other industries profit margins. Most of our sales are
at prices that are based upon product cost plus a percentage
markup. As a result, volatile food costs have a direct impact
upon our profitability. Prolonged periods of product cost
inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and
results of operations to the extent we are unable to pass on all
or a portion of such product cost increases to our customers. In
addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact consumer
discretionary spending decisions within our customers
establishments, which could adversely impact our sales.
Conversely, because most of our sales are at prices that are
based upon product cost plus a percentage markup, our profit
levels may be negatively impacted during periods of product cost
deflation even though our gross profit as a percentage of sales
may remain relatively constant. To compensate for lower gross
margins, we, in turn, must reduce the expenses that we incur to
service our customers. Our inability to effectively price our
specialty food products, to quickly respond to inflationary and
deflationary cost pressures and to reduce our expenses could
have a material adverse impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Group
purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry
and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of
these organizations.
Some of our customers, including a majority of our hotel
customers, purchase their products from us through group
purchasing organizations. These organizations have increased
their efforts to aggregate the purchasing power of smaller,
independent restaurants in an effort to lower the prices paid by
these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have
experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. If
these group purchasing organizations are able to add a
significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced
to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain
the business, which would negatively affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, if
we were unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for
our products to a level that was satisfactory to the group
purchasing organization, we may lose the business of those of
our customers that are members of these organizations, which
would negatively impact our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Because our
foodservice distribution operations are concentrated principally
in six culinary markets, we are susceptible to economic and
other developments, including adverse weather conditions, in
these areas.
Our financial condition and results of operations are highly
dependent upon the local economies of the six culinary markets
in which we distribute our specialty food products. In recent
years, certain of these markets have been more negatively
impacted by the overall economic crisis, including experiencing
higher unemployment rates and weaker housing market conditions,
than other areas of the United States. Moreover, sales of our
specialty products in our New York market, which we define
as our operations on the East Coast of the United States
spanning from Boston to Atlantic City, accounted for
approximately 65% of our net revenues in our fiscal year ended
2010. We are therefore particularly exposed to downturns in this
regional economy. Any further deterioration in the economic
conditions of these markets generally, or in the local economy
of the New York metropolitan area, specifically, could affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations in a
materially adverse manner.
In addition, given our geographic concentrations, other regional
occurrences such as adverse weather conditions, terrorist
attacks and other catastrophic events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. Adverse weather conditions can significantly
impact our ability to profitably and
13
efficiently conduct our operations and, in severe cases, could
result in our trucks being unable to make deliveries or cause
the temporary closure or the destruction of one or more of our
distribution centers. Our operations
and/or
distribution centers which are located in (i) New York City
and Washington D.C. are particularly susceptible to significant
amounts of snowfall and ice, (ii) Miami are particularly
susceptible to hurricanes and (iii) Los Angeles and
San Francisco are particularly susceptible to earthquakes
and mudslides. Additionally, due to their prominence as, among
other characteristics, densely-populated major metropolitan
cities and as international hubs for intermodal transportation,
each of our six markets is a known target for terrorist activity
and other catastrophic events. If our operations are
significantly disrupted or if any one or more of our
distribution centers is temporarily closed or destroyed for any
of the foregoing reasons, our business, financial condition or
results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In
anticipation of any such adverse weather conditions, terrorist
attacks, man-made disasters or other unforeseen regional
occurrences, we have implemented a disaster recovery plan.
Should any of these events occur, if we are unable to execute
our disaster recovery plan, we may experience failures or delays
in the recovery of critical data, delayed reporting and
compliance with governmental entities, inability to perform
necessary corporate functions and other breakdowns in normal
operating procedures that could have a material adverse effect
on our business and create exposure to administrative and other
legal claims against us.
Damage to our
reputation or lack of acceptance of our specialty food products
and/or the brands we carry in existing and new markets could
materially and adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We believe that we have built a strong reputation for the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio and the brands we
carry and that we must protect and grow their value to be
successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer
confidence in or affinity for our specialty food products or
brands, whether or not justified, could significantly reduce
their respective values and damage our business. If our
customers perceive or experience a reduction in the quality or
selection of our products and brands or our customer service, or
in any way believe that we failed to deliver a consistently
positive experience, our business, financial condition or
results of operations may be affected in a materially adverse
manner.
A specialty foods distribution business such as ours can be
adversely affected by negative publicity or news reports,
whether or not accurate, regarding food quality issues, public
health concerns, illness, safety, injury or government or
industry findings concerning our products or others across the
food distribution industry. Although we have taken steps to
mitigate food quality, public health and other
foodservice-related risks, these types of health concerns or
negative publicity cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated
and may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation
of, or result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the
brands we carry.
In addition, our ability to successfully penetrate new markets
may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance
of our product portfolio or our brands in these new markets. To
the extent we are unable to foster name recognition and affinity
for our products and brands in new markets, we may not be able
to penetrate these markets as anticipated, and, consequently,
our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired.
Our customers
are generally not obligated to continue purchasing products from
us.
Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual
purchase orders, as we generally do not enter into long-term
agreements with our customers for the purchase of our products.
Because our customers are generally not obligated to continue
purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that the
volume
and/or
number of our customers purchase orders will remain
constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain or add
to our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the
volume
and/or
number of our customers purchase orders or our inability
to retain or grow our current customer base may have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
We have
experienced losses due to our inability to collect accounts
receivable in the past and could experience increases in such
losses in the future if our customers are unable to pay their
debts to us in a timely manner or at all.
Certain of our customers have experienced bankruptcy, insolvency
and/or an
inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our
customers suffer significant financial difficulties or
bankruptcies, they may be unable to pay their debts to us in a
timely manner or at all. It is possible that our customers may
contest their obligations to pay us under bankruptcy laws or
otherwise. Even if our customers do not contest their
obligations to pay us, if our customers are unable to pay their
debts to us in a timely manner, it could adversely impact our
ability to collect accounts receivable and may require that we
take larger provisions for bad debt expense. Moreover, we may
have to negotiate significant discounts
and/or
extended financing terms with these customers in such a
situation in an attempt to secure payment for outstanding debts.
Accordingly, if we are unable to collect upon our accounts
receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely manner,
our business, financial condition or results of
14
operations may be materially and adversely affected. During
periods of economic weakness, like those we have been
experiencing, small to medium-sized businesses, like many of our
independent restaurant and fine dining establishment customers,
may be impacted more severely and more quickly than larger
businesses. Consequently, the ability of such businesses to
repay their obligations to us may deteriorate, and in some cases
this deterioration may occur quickly, which could adversely
impact our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Product
liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Like any other distributor of food products, we face an inherent
risk of exposure to product liability claims if the products we
sell cause injury or illness. We may be subject to liability,
which could be substantial, because of actual or alleged
contamination in products sold by us, including products sold by
companies before we acquired them. We have, and the companies we
have acquired have had, liability insurance with respect to
product liability claims. This insurance may not continue to be
available at a reasonable cost or at all, and it may not be
adequate to cover product liability claims against us or against
any of the companies we have acquired. We generally seek
contractual indemnification from manufacturers, but any such
indemnification is limited, as a practical matter, to the
creditworthiness of the indemnifying party. If we or any of our
acquired companies do not have adequate insurance or contractual
indemnification available, product liability claims and costs
associated with product recalls, including a loss of business,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Increased fuel
costs may have a materially adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Increased fuel costs may have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition or results of operations. The high cost of
diesel fuel can increase the price we pay for products as well
as the costs we incur to distribute products to our customers.
These factors, in turn, may negatively impact our net sales,
margins, operating expenses and operating results. Although we
have been able to pass along a portion of increased fuel costs
to our customers in the past, there is no guarantee we can do so
again if another period of high fuel costs occurs. In recent
months, fuel costs have increased, and remained higher than
historical levels, as a result of, among other things, political
turmoil in the Middle East and North Africa. If fuel costs
continue to increase in the future, we may experience
difficulties in passing all or a portion of these costs along to
our customers, which may have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
New
information or attitudes regarding diet and health or adverse
opinions about the health effects of the specialty food products
we distribute could result in changes in consumer eating habits
which could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Consumer eating habits may impact our business as a result of
changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new
information regarding the health effects of consuming the
specialty food products we distribute. If consumer eating habits
change significantly, we may be required to modify or
discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and
we may experience higher costs associated with the
implementation of those changes. Additionally, changes in
consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and
regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content
of our specialty food products, or laws and regulations
requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our
specialty food products. Compliance with these laws and
regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and
nutritional content of our specialty food products, may be
costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any assurances
regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in
consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations
or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.
We have
significant competition from a variety of sources, and we may
not be able to compete successfully.
The foodservice distribution industry is highly fragmented and
competitive, and our future success will be largely dependent
upon our ability to profitably meet our customers needs
for certain gourmet foods and ingredients, varying drop sizes,
high service levels and timely delivery. We compete with
numerous smaller distributors on a local level as well as with a
limited number of larger, traditional broadline foodservice
distributors. We cannot assure you that our current or potential
competitors will not provide specialty food products and
ingredients or services that are comparable or superior to those
provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving
culinary trends or changing market requirements. It is also
possible that alliances among competitors may develop and
rapidly acquire significant market share. Accordingly, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against
current and future competitors, and increased competition may
result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of
market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
15
A significant
portion of our future growth is dependent upon our ability to
expand our operations in our existing markets and to penetrate
new markets through acquisitions.
We intend to expand our presence in our existing markets by
adding to our existing customer base through the expansion of
our product portfolio and the increase in the volume
and/or
number of purchase orders from our existing customers. We cannot
assure you, however, that we will be able to continue to
successfully expand or acquire critical market presence in our
existing markets, as we may not successfully market our
specialty food products and brands or may encounter larger
and/or more
well-established competitors with substantially greater
financial resources. Moreover, competitive circumstances and
consumer characteristics in new segments of existing markets may
differ substantially from those in the segments in which we have
substantial experience. If we are unable to expand in existing
markets, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability
may be affected in a material and adverse manner.
We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other
companies. To the extent our future growth includes
acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will successfully
identify suitable acquisition candidates, consummate such
potential acquisitions, effectively and efficiently integrate
any acquired entities or successfully expand into new markets as
a result of our acquisitions. We believe that there are risks
related to acquiring companies, including overpaying for
acquisitions, losing key employees of acquired companies and
failing to achieve potential synergies. Additionally, our
business could be adversely affected if we are unable to
integrate the companies acquired in our acquisitions and mergers.
A significant portion of our past growth has been achieved
through acquisitions of, or mergers with, other distributors of
specialty food products. Our future acquisitions, such as our
recently completed acquisition of certain of the assets of Harry
Wils & Co., if any, may have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations, particularly in periods immediately
following the consummation of those transactions while the
operations of the acquired business are being integrated with
our operations. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends
on timely, efficient and successful execution of a number of
post-acquisition events, including successful integration of the
acquired entity. Integration requires, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
maintaining the existing customer base;
|
|
|
optimizing delivery routes;
|
|
|
coordinating administrative, distribution and finance functions;
and
|
|
|
integrating management information systems and personnel.
|
The integration process could divert the attention of
management, and any difficulties or problems encountered in the
transition process could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In
particular, the integration process may temporarily redirect
resources previously focused on reducing product cost, resulting
in lower gross profits in relation to sales. In addition, the
process of combining companies could cause the interruption of,
or a loss of momentum in, the activities of the respective
businesses, which could have an adverse effect on their combined
operations.
In connection with our acquisition of businesses in the future,
if any, we may decide to consolidate the operations of any
acquired business with our existing operations, as we have done
with the operations of Harry Wils & Co., or make other
changes with respect to the acquired business, which could
result in special charges or other expenses. Our results of
operations also may be adversely affected by expenses we incur
in making acquisitions, by amortization of acquisition-related
intangible assets with definite lives and by additional
depreciation attributable to acquired assets. Any of the
businesses we acquire may also have liabilities or adverse
operating issues, including some that we fail to discover before
the acquisition, and our indemnity for such liabilities
typically has been limited and may, with respect to future
acquisitions, also be limited. Additionally, our ability to make
any future acquisitions may depend upon obtaining additional
financing or the consents of our lenders. We may not be able to
obtain this additional financing or these consents on acceptable
terms or at all. To the extent we seek to acquire other
businesses in exchange for our common stock, fluctuations in our
stock price could have a material adverse effect on our ability
to complete acquisitions.
We may have
difficulty managing and facilitating our future
growth.
At times since our inception, we have rapidly expanded our
operations through organic growth, acquisitions or otherwise.
This growth has placed and will continue to place significant
demands upon our administrative, operational and financial
resources. This growth, however, may not continue. To the extent
that our customer base
16
and our distribution networks continue to grow, this future
growth may be limited by our inability to acquire new
distribution facilities or expand our existing distribution
facilities, make acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired
entities, implement information systems initiatives or
adequately manage our personnel.
Further, our future growth may be limited in part by the size
and location of our distribution centers. As we near maximum
utilization of a given facility, our operations may be
constrained and inefficiencies may be created, which could
adversely affect our results of operations unless the facility
is expanded, volume is shifted to another facility or additional
processing capacity is added. Conversely, as we add additional
facilities or expand existing operations or facilities, excess
capacity may be created. Any excess capacity may also create
inefficiencies and adversely affect our results of operations.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand
our existing distribution facilities or open new distribution
facilities in new or existing markets as needed to facilitate
growth.
Even if we are able to expand our distribution network, our
ability to compete effectively and to manage future growth, if
any, will depend on our ability to continue to implement and
improve operational, financial and management information
systems on a timely basis and to expand, train, motivate and
manage our employees. We cannot assure you that our existing
personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to
support the future growth of our operations. Accordingly, our
inability to manage our growth effectively could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
Our
substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the
ongoing needs of our business.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. On an as adjusted
basis after giving effect to this offering, assuming an initial
public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the range on the cover of this prospectus, and the use of the
offering proceeds as described under Use of
Proceeds, as well as our entry into our new senior secured
credit facilities, as of March 25, 2011, we would have had
approximately $37.2 million of total indebtedness. In
particular, we expect to have approximately $30.0 million
and $7.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under our new
senior secured term loan facility and new senior secured
revolving credit facility, respectively, following the
consummation of this offering. See Use of Proceeds
and Description of Our Indebtedness.
Our current indebtedness and expected future indebtedness
following the consummation of this offering could have important
consequences to you. For example, our current indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
|
requires us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows
from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, reducing
the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, development activity and other general
corporate purposes;
|
|
|
increases our vulnerability to adverse general economic or
industry conditions;
|
|
|
limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business or the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
makes us more vulnerable to increases in interest rates, as
borrowings under our new senior secured revolving credit
facility are expected to be at variable rates;
|
|
|
limits our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital or other purposes, including to finance
acquisitions; and
|
|
|
places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less indebtedness.
|
We expect that the terms of our new senior secured credit
facilities that we intend to enter into simultaneously with the
consummation of this offering will have many of the same
consequences on us and our stockholders. If, following the
consummation of this offering, our earnings are insufficient, we
will need to raise additional capital to pay our indebtedness as
it comes due. If we are unable to obtain funds necessary to make
required payments or if we fail to comply with the various
requirements of our new senior secured credit facilities we
would be in default, which would permit the holders of our
indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness and
could cause defaults under any indebtedness we may incur in the
future. Any default under our indebtedness would have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial
condition. If we are unable to refinance or repay our
indebtedness as it becomes due, we may become insolvent and be
unable to continue operations.
Although the agreements governing our new senior secured credit
facilities will contain restrictions on the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of qualifications and exceptions,
17
and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these
restrictions could be substantial. Also, these restrictions do
not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute
indebtedness.
The agreements governing our new senior secured credit
facilities we expect to enter into in conjunction with the
consummation of this offering are expected to require us to
maintain fixed charge coverage ratios and leverage ratios which
become more restrictive over time. Our ability to comply with
these ratios in the future may be affected by events beyond our
control, and our inability to comply with the required financial
ratios could result in a default under our new senior secured
credit facilities. In the event of any default, the lenders
under our new senior secured credit facilities could elect to
terminate lending commitments and declare all borrowings
outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other
fees, to be immediately due and payable.
See Description of Our Indebtedness,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
We may be
unable to obtain debt or other financing on favorable terms or
at all.
There are inherent risks in our ability to borrow debt capital.
Our lenders, including the lenders participating in our new
senior secured credit facilities, may have suffered losses
related to their lending and other financial relationships,
especially because of the general weakening of the national
economy over the past three years, increased financial
instability of many borrowers and the declining value of their
assets. As a result, lenders may become insolvent or tighten
their lending standards, which could make it more difficult for
us to borrow under our new senior secured revolving credit
facility or term loan facility, refinance our existing
indebtedness or obtain other financing on favorable terms or at
all. Our access to funds under our new senior secured credit
facilities is dependent upon the ability of our lenders to meet
their funding commitments. Our financial condition and results
of operations would be adversely affected in a material manner
if we were unable to draw funds under our new senior secured
revolving credit facility because of a lender default or if we
had to obtain other cost-effective financing.
Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a
result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced
alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions
could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our
business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to
conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative
credit arrangements or other funding for our business can be
arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital
expenditures (including our entry into new markets, including
through acquisitions) and reducing or eliminating other
discretionary uses of cash.
Information
technology system failures or breaches of our network security
could interrupt our operations and adversely affect our
business.
We rely upon our computer systems and network infrastructure
across our operations. Our operations depend upon our ability to
protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from
physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or
other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external
security breaches, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems.
Any damage or failure of our computer systems or network
infrastructure that causes an interruption in our operations
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. Although we employ both
internal resources and external consultants to conduct auditing
and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls
and encryption and intend to maintain and upgrade our security
technology and operational procedures to prevent such damage,
breaches or other disruptive problems, there can be no assurance
that these security measures will be successful.
Our recent
investments in information technology may not produce the
benefits that we anticipate.
In an attempt to reduce our operating expenses, increase our
operational efficiencies and boost our gross margins, we have
aggressively invested in the development and implementation of
new information technology. We may not be able to implement
these technological changes in the time frame we have planned,
and any delays in implementation could negatively impact our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In
addition, the costs to make these changes may exceed our
estimates and will likely exceed any benefits that we realize
during the early stages of implementation. Even if we are able
to implement the changes as planned, and within our cost
estimates, we may not be able achieve the expected efficiencies
and cost savings from this investment which could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
18
We may not be
able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in
turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect
our business.
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends
in part upon our ability to further build brand recognition,
including for our proprietary products, using our trademarks,
service marks and other proprietary intellectual property,
including our names and logos. We have registered or applied to
register a number of our trademarks. We cannot assure you that
our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may
also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge
our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our goods
and services, which could result in loss of brand recognition
and could require us to devote resources to advertising and
marketing new brands. If our efforts to register, maintain and
protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any
third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes upon our
intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations and might prevent
our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.
We may also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third
parties intellectual property rights. If third parties
claim that we have infringed or are infringing upon their
intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be
affected in a materially adverse manner. Any claims of
intellectual property infringement, even those without merit,
could be expensive and time consuming to defend, require us to
rebrand our services, if feasible, divert managements
attention and resources or require us to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third
partys intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing
agreements, if required, may not be available to us on
acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement
against us could result in our being required to pay significant
damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or
stop the sale of certain products or services, any of which
could have a negative impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations and could harm our future
prospects.
Our business
operations and future development could be significantly
disrupted if we lose key members of our management
team.
The success of our business significantly depends upon the
continued contributions of our founders and key employees, both
individually and as a group. Our future performance will
substantially depend upon our ability to motivate and retain
Christopher Pappas, our chairman, president and chief executive
officer, John Pappas, our vice chairman, James Wagner, our chief
operating officer and Kenneth Clark, our chief financial
officer, as well as certain other senior key employees. The loss
of the services of any of our founders or key employees could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. We have no reason to believe
that we will lose the services of any of these individuals in
the foreseeable future; however, we currently have no effective
replacement for any of these individuals due to their
experience, reputation in the foodservice distribution industry
and special role in our operations.
Our insurance
policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all
claims, and fluctuating insurance requirements and costs could
negatively impact our profitability.
We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for
businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of
losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we
believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses,
should they occur, could have a material and adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations. In
addition, the cost of workers compensation insurance,
general liability insurance and directors and officers
liability insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends,
market conditions and availability. Because our operations
principally are centered in large, metropolitan areas, our
insurance costs are higher than if our operations and facilities
were based in more rural markets. Additionally, health insurance
costs in general have risen significantly over the past few
years and are expected to continue to increase in 2011. These
increases, as well as recently-enacted federal legislation
requiring employers to provide specified levels of health
insurance to all employees, could have a negative impact upon
our business, financial condition or results of operations, and
there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully
offset the effect of such increases with plan modifications and
cost control measures, additional operating efficiencies or the
pass-through of such increased costs to our customers.
Increases in
our labor costs, including as a result of labor shortages, the
price or unavailability of insurance and changes in government
regulation, could slow our growth or harm our
business.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor
costs are, as a percentage of revenues, higher than other
industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost
increases.
19
Our operations are highly dependent upon our experienced and
sophisticated sales professionals. Qualified individuals have
historically been in short supply and an inability to attract
and retain them may limit our ability to expand our operations
in existing markets as well as to penetrate new markets. We can
make no assurances that we will be able to attract and retain
qualified individuals in the future. Additionally, the cost of
attracting and retaining qualified individuals may be higher
than we currently anticipate, and as a result, our profitability
could decline. We are subject to the risk of employment-related
litigation at both the state and federal levels, including
claims styled as class action lawsuits, which are more costly to
defend. Also, some employment-related claims in the area of wage
and hour disputes are not insurable risks.
Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing
competitive health care benefits to our staff members,
significant increases in health care costs continue to occur,
and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment
efforts in this area will be effective. Further, we are
continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal
health care legislation on our health care benefit costs, and
significant increases in such costs could adversely impact our
operating results. There is no assurance that we will be able to
pass through the costs of such legislation in a manner that will
not adversely impact our operating results.
In addition, many of our delivery and warehouse personnel are
hourly workers subject to various minimum wage requirements.
Mandated increases in minimum wage levels have recently been and
continue to be proposed and implemented at both federal and
state government levels. Minimum wage increases may increase our
labor costs or effective tax rate.
We are also subject to the regulations of the
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and
U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. Our failure to
comply with federal and state labor laws and regulations, or our
employees failure to meet federal citizenship or residency
requirements, could result in a disruption in our work force,
sanctions or fines against us and adverse publicity.
Further, potential changes in labor legislation, including the
Employee Free Choice Act, or EFCA, could result in portions of
our workforce, such as our delivery personnel, being subjected
to greater organized labor influence. The EFCA could impact the
nature of labor relations in the United States and how union
elections and contract negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims
to facilitate unionization, and employers of unionized employees
may face mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling,
costs and standards, which could increase the costs of doing
business. Although we do not currently have any unionized
employees, EFCA or similar labor legislation could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations by imposing requirements that could potentially
increase costs and reduce our operating flexibility.
We are subject
to significant governmental regulation.
Our business is highly regulated at the federal, state and local
levels, and our specialty food products and distribution
operations require various licenses, permits and approvals. For
example:
|
|
|
|
|
the products we distribute in the United States are subject to
regulation and inspection by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, or FDA, and the U.S. Department of
Agriculture, or USDA;
|
|
|
our warehouse, distribution facilities and operations also are
subject to regulation and inspection by the FDA, the USDA and
state health authorities; and
|
|
|
our U.S. trucking operations are regulated by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and the U.S. Federal
Highway Administration.
|
Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory
requirements and oversight. The failure to comply with
applicable regulatory requirements could result in civil or
criminal fines or penalties, product recalls, closure of
facilities or operations, the loss or revocation of any existing
licenses, permits or approvals or the failure to obtain
additional licenses, permits or approvals in new jurisdictions
where we intend to do business, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
In addition, as a distributor of specialty food products, we are
subject to increasing governmental scrutiny of and public
awareness regarding food safety and the sale, packaging and
marketing of natural and organic products. Compliance with these
laws may impose a significant burden upon our operations. If we
were to distribute foods that are or are perceived to be
contaminated, or otherwise not in compliance with applicable
laws, any resulting product recalls could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. In
20
January 2011, President Obama signed into law the FDA Food
Safety Modernization Act, which greatly expands the FDAs
authority over food safety, including giving the FDA power to
order the recall of unsafe foods, increase inspections at food
processing facilities, issue regulations regarding the sanitary
transportation of food, enhance tracking and tracing
requirements and order the detention of food that it has
reason to believe is adulterated or misbranded,
among other provisions. If funding for this legislation is
appropriated, we cannot assure you that it will not impact our
industry, including suppliers of the products we sell, many of
whom are small-scale producers who may be unable or unwilling to
bear the expected increases in costs of compliance and as a
result cease operations or seek to pass along these costs to us.
Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact
of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and
international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit
greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions. Increased regulation
regarding GHG emissions, especially diesel engine emissions,
could impose substantial costs upon us. These costs include an
increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase
and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our
vehicles prematurely.
Until the timing, scope and extent of such regulation becomes
known, we cannot predict its effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. It is reasonably possible,
however, that such regulation could impose material costs on us
which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
We will incur
increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public
company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal,
accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not
incurred as a private company, including costs associated with
public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs
associated with complying with the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules implemented by the
SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market. The expenses incurred by public
companies generally for reporting and corporate governance
purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and
regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs
and to make certain activities more time-consuming and costly,
although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with
any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also
make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types
of insurance, including director and officer liability
insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits
and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the
same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also
make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified
persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees
or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to
satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject
to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other
regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Compliance
with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will
require our management to devote substantial time to new
compliance initiatives, and if our independent registered public
accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation
report on our internal controls, our stock price could be
adversely affected.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by
our management on, and by our independent registered public
accounting firm attesting to, the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting. We have not been subject to
these requirements in the past. The internal control report must
contain (i) a statement of managements responsibility
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, (ii) a statement identifying the
framework used by management to conduct the required evaluation
of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, (iii) managements assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of the end of our most recent fiscal year, including a
statement as to whether or not internal control over financial
reporting is effective, and (iv) a statement that our
independent registered public accounting firm has issued an
attestation report on internal control over financial reporting.
To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the
prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document
and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting,
which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will
need to continue to dedicate internal resources, hire additional
employees for our finance and audit functions, engage outside
consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to (i) assess
and document the adequacy of internal control over financial
reporting, (ii) continue steps to improve control processes
where appropriate, (iii) validate through testing that
controls are functioning as documented, and (iv) implement
a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal
control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection
with the attestation process by our independent registered
public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in
completing the implementation of any required improvements and
receiving a favorable attestation. If we cannot favorably
21
assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting
firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on
our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our
financial information and our stock price could decline.
Federal, state
and local tax rules may adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We are subject to federal, state and local taxes in the United
States. Although we believe that our tax estimates are
reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or any
other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have
taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax
liability, including interest and penalties. If material,
payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of
any disputes could have a material impact upon our business,
financial condition or results of operations. In addition,
complying with new tax rules, laws or regulations could impact
our business, financial condition or results of operations, and
increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other
changes in tax laws, rules or regulations may increase our
effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could
have a material impact on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Risks Relating to
this Offering
The price of
our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part
of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares in this offering. The market price of
our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various
reasons, which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
the foodservice distribution industry;
|
|
|
changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or
applications of laws and regulations, that are applicable to our
business;
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
additions or departures of our founders or other key employees;
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, founders or other key
employees;
|
|
|
adverse market reaction to any indebtedness that we may incur or
securities that we may issue in the future;
|
|
|
actions by our stockholders;
|
|
|
the level and quality of research analyst coverage of our common
stock, changes in financial estimates or investment
recommendations by securities analysts following our business or
any failure to meet such estimates;
|
|
|
the financial disclosure we may provide to the public, any
changes in such disclosure or our failure to meet such
disclosure;
|
|
|
various market factors or perceived market factors, including
rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our suppliers or
our customers;
|
|
|
introductions of new offerings or new pricing policies by us or
by our competitors;
|
|
|
acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving
shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
the operating and stock price performance of other companies in
the foodservice distribution industry; and
|
|
|
other events or factors, including changes in general conditions
in the United States and global economies or financial markets
(including those resulting from Acts of God, war, incidents of
terrorism or responses to such events).
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in the foodservice
distribution industry. The price of our common stock could
fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do
with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce
our stock price.
Historically, following periods of significant market volatility
in the price of a companys securities, security holders
have often instituted class action litigation. If the market
value of our common stock experiences adverse fluctuations and
we
22
become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the
outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our
managements attention could be diverted from the operation
of our business, causing our business to suffer.
Upon the
completion of this offering, the concentration of our capital
stock ownership with our founders and other executive officers
will likely limit an investors ability to influence
corporate matters.
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, our founders and executive officers will own
approximately 58.6% of our outstanding common stock or
approximately 52.8% if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full. See Certain Relationships
and Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction. As a result, these stockholders, acting
individually or together, can exercise significant influence
over our business policies and affairs, including the power to
nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors.
Because of such power and because our board of directors is
responsible for appointing the members of our senior management
team, our founders and key employees could affect any attempt by
our stockholders to replace current members of our management
team. In addition, our founders and key employees can control
any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders,
including the adoption of amendments to our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws and the approval of mergers or sales of
substantially all of our assets. It is possible that the
interests of certain of our founders and other key employees
may, in certain circumstances, conflict with our interests, the
interests of our other founders, key employees or minority
stockholders, including you. For example, the concentration of
ownership and voting power of our founders and key employees may
delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or
other change of control involving us and may make some
transactions more difficult or impossible without their support,
even if such events are in the best interests of our minority
stockholders. As a result, our founders and key employees could
pursue transactions that may not be in our best interests which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We expect that upon our conversion to a corporation, we will opt
out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination
transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three
years after the interested stockholder became such unless the
transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as
approval of the business combination by our board of directors
or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming
an interested stockholder. Therefore, after the
180-day
lock-up
period expires, our founders and key employees will be able to
transfer control of us to a third party by transferring their
common stock, which would not require the approval of our board
of directors or our minority stockholders.
For additional information regarding the share ownership of, and
our relationship with, our founders and key employees, see
Principal and Selling Stockholders and Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.
If our
founders decide to act as a group under the federal
securities laws, this group would own in excess of 50% of our
outstanding common stock and as a result we would qualify for
the controlled company exemptions offered by The NASDAQ
Marketplace Rules.
Our founders collectively hold approximately 100% of our
Class B units, and upon consummation of this offering we
expect that they will hold approximately 55.1% of our
outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise by the
underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional
1,200,000 shares from the selling stockholders to cover
over-allotments). Our founders are not a party to any agreement
among themselves as to how to vote their shares, and we do not
anticipate that they will enter into such an agreement or file a
Schedule 13D with the SEC in which they indicate they will
act as a group. Because none of our founders individually owns
more than 50% of our outstanding common stock and no group has
been formed that owns in excess of 50% of our outstanding common
stock, we do not expect that we will qualify as a
controlled company under The NASDAQ Marketplace
Rules. While we have no indication that our founders intend to
file a Schedule 13D or act as a group with respect to us,
their intentions may change in the future, and we could
subsequently qualify as a controlled company under
The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and be entitled to exemptions from
certain of The NASDAQ Stock Markets corporate governance
requirements. In such event, if our stockholders interests
differed from those of our founders, our stockholders would not
be afforded the protections of certain of The NASDAQ Stock
Markets corporate governance requirements which are
generally intended to increase the likelihood that boards of
directors will make decisions in the best interests of
stockholders. Specifically, if we qualify as a controlled
company in the future, we would not be required to have a
majority of our directors be independent or to have compensation
or nominating and corporate governance committees comprised
solely of independent directors.
23
There is no
existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one
will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for
our common stock. An active market for our common stock may not
develop following the completion of this offering or, if it does
develop, may not be maintained. If an active trading market does
not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our
common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for
the shares of our common stock was determined by negotiations
between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will
prevail in the open market following the completion of this
offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of
our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price
you paid in this offering.
Future sales
of our common stock, including shares purchased in this
offering, in the public market could lower our stock
price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market following this offering by our existing stockholders may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such
sales could also create public perception of difficulties or
problems with our business. These sales might also make it more
difficult for us to sell securities in the future at a time and
price we deem appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering and after giving effect to
the consummation of the reorganization transaction, we will have
outstanding 20,666,667 shares of common stock, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
8,000,000 shares will be shares that we and the selling
stockholders are selling in this offering and, unless purchased
by affiliates, may be resold in the public market without
restriction immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,666,667 shares will be restricted securities, as
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible
for sale in the public market pursuant to the provisions of
Rule 144, 12,114,943 of which are subject to
lock-up
agreements and will become available for resale in the public
market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
With limited exceptions, as described under the caption
Underwriting, these
lock-up
agreements prohibit a stockholder from selling, contracting to
sell or otherwise disposing of any common stock or securities
that are convertible or exchangeable for common stock or
entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic
consequences of ownership of our common stock for at least
180 days from the date of this prospectus, although
Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and
at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements. Jefferies & Company, Inc. has advised us that
it has no present intent or arrangement to release any shares
subject to a
lock-up and
will consider the release of any
lock-up on a
case-by-case
basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a
lock-up,
Jefferies & Company, Inc. would consider the particular
circumstances surrounding the request including, but not limited
to, the length of time before the
lock-up
expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons
for the request, the possible impact on the market for our
common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the
release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a
result of these
lock-up
agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under
the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be
sold until at least 180 days after the date of this
prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, our stock price could
drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares
sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell
them. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to
sell securities in the future at a time and at a price that we
deem appropriate.
If you
purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will
experience immediate and significant dilution in the net
tangible book value per share.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share
immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a
price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our
assets after subtracting our liabilities. Assuming an offering
price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price
range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus, you will
incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $14.84
per share. See Dilution. Any future equity
issuances, including in connection with our establishing
broad-based equity incentive plans for our employees, will
result in even further dilution to holders of our common stock.
If securities
analysts or industry analysts downgrade our stock, publish
negative research or reports or do not publish reports about our
business, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more
analysts adversely change their
24
recommendation regarding our stock or our competitors
stock, our stock price may likely decline. If one or more
analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish
reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial
markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading
volume to decline.
Since we do
not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future,
investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock in
order to realize a return on their investment.
We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock.
We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders
of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of
cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon our financial condition, capital
requirements, legal requirements and earnings, among other
factors. We anticipate that our ability to pay dividends will be
restricted by the terms of our new senior secured credit
facilities and might be restricted by the terms of any
additional indebtedness we incur in the future. Consequently,
you should not rely upon dividends in order to receive a return
on your investment. See Dividend Policy.
Our issuance
of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common
stock and discourage a takeover.
Following the consummation of this offering and the
reorganization transaction, our board of directors will be
authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our
board of directors also has the power, without stockholder
approval, to set the terms of any series of preferred stock that
may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights,
preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or
in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and
other terms. In the event that we issue preferred stock in the
future that has preference over our common stock with respect to
payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights
that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of
the holders of our common stock or the market price of our
common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the
ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred
stock without any action on the part of our stockholder may
impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction favorable to
our stockholders.
Our ability to
raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we
currently anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise
additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities,
debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be
available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are
not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our
capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt
holders would have rights senior to our common stockholders to
make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could
restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends
on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities,
existing stockholders will experience dilution, and the new
equity securities could have rights senior to those of our
common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any
future offering will depend upon market conditions and other
factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the
amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our
stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings
reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their
interest.
Some
provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have
anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us
by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our
stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that
will become effective following the completion of our
reorganization transaction, as well as provisions of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost
of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our
stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might
otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions
include:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing the issuance of blank check preferred
stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which
may be issued without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby
requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of
our stockholders;
|
|
|
eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special
meeting of stockholders; and
|
|
|
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for
election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that
can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.
|
25
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or
forecasts of future events and are not statements of historical
fact. These forward-looking statements include information about
possible or assumed future events, including, among other
things, discussion and analysis of our future financial
condition, results of operations, our strategic plans and
objectives, cost management, liquidity and ability to refinance
our indebtedness as it matures, anticipated capital expenditures
(and access to capital) required to complete projects, amounts
of cash distributions to our stockholders in the future, if any,
and other matters. Words such as anticipates,
expects, intends, plans,
believes, seeks, estimates
and variations of these words and similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are
subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which
are beyond our control, are difficult to predict
and/or could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed
or forecasted in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may
ultimately prove to be incorrect or false. You are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as
otherwise may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to
update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or actual
operating results. Our actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our sensitivity to general economic conditions, including the
current economic environment, changes in disposable income
levels and consumer discretionary spending on
food-away-from-home purchases;
|
|
|
our vulnerability to economic and other developments in the
geographic markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
risks of supply chain interruptions due to lack of long-term
contracts, severe weather or more prolonged climate change, work
stoppages or otherwise;
|
|
|
changes in the availability or cost of our specialty food
products;
|
|
|
our ability to effectively price our specialty food products and
reduce our expenses;
|
|
|
the relatively low margins of the foodservice distribution
industry and our sensitivity to inflationary pressures;
|
|
|
the ability of group purchasing organizations to attract our
independent restaurant customers and the resulting negative
effect on our profit margins;
|
|
|
damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands;
|
|
|
changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety
and health concerns;
|
|
|
our ability to successfully identify, obtain financing for and
complete acquisitions of other foodservice distributors and to
realize expected synergies from those acquisitions;
|
|
|
labor shortages or increased labor costs;
|
|
|
changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety
and health concerns;
|
|
|
sales and expense trends;
|
|
|
our expectation regarding the provision for losses on accounts
receivable;
|
|
|
increased fuel costs and expectations regarding the use of fuel
surcharges;
|
|
|
the loss of key members of our management team and our ability
to replace such personnel;
|
|
|
strain on our infrastructure and resources caused by our growth;
|
|
|
the concentration of ownership among our existing executives,
directors and principal stockholders, which may prevent new
investors from influencing significant corporate decisions;
|
|
|
the impact of litigation;
|
|
|
our inability to obtain
and/or
maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage;
|
|
|
the impact of our substantial indebtedness;
|
|
|
our ability to raise capital in the future;
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
future asset impairment charges;
|
|
|
inadequate protection of our intellectual property;
|
|
|
our ability to raise capital in the future;
|
|
|
the failure or breach of our information technology systems;
|
|
|
increased costs and obligations as a result of our being a
public company;
|
|
|
the impact of federal, state and local tax rules; and
|
|
|
other factors included under the captions Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Our Business.
|
This list of risks and uncertainties, however, is only a summary
of some of the most important factors and is not intended to be
exhaustive. You should carefully review the risks that are set
forth under the caption Risk Factors included
elsewhere in this prospectus. New factors that are not currently
known to us or that we are currently unaware of may also emerge
from time to time that could materially and adversely affect us.
27
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $63.1 million, assuming an initial public
offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1 increase or
decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00
per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net
proceeds to us by approximately $4.3 million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
The selling stockholders will receive approximately
$46.5 million in net proceeds from their sale of
3,333,333 shares of common stock in this offering, or
approximately $63.2 million if the underwriters exercise in
full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock
from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, and in
each case after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the
selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See Principal
and Selling Stockholders and Underwriting.
Our existing senior secured credit facilities, which we entered
into in 2010, provide for (i) a $75.0 million term
loan facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under
which we may borrow up to $25.0 million. We used a portion
of the borrowings under these facilities, together with all of
the borrowings under our senior subordinated notes due 2014, to
redeem, in October 2010, all of our outstanding Class A
units and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the
redemption of our Class A units, we paid our Class A unitholders
approximately $45.8 million, plus a dividend of
approximately $22.4 million. In connection with this
offering, we intend to enter into our new senior secured credit
facilities, consisting of a $30.0 million new term loan
facility and $50.0 million revolving credit facility. See
Description of Our Indebtedness. We intend to use
the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings
under our new senior secured credit facilities, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
To redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior
subordinated notes due 2014 and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees, including the call premium of
approximately $0.8 million associated with such redemption
or repurchase. Interest on our senior subordinated notes accrues
at a rate of 20% semi-annually in arrears. As of March 25,
2011, approximately $16.3 million in aggregate principal
amount of our senior subordinated notes were outstanding. Since
October 2010, we have elected to capitalize accrued but unpaid
interest on our senior subordinated notes. As of March 25,
2011, we had $1.3 million of capitalized and unpaid
interest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees. As of March 25, 2011, our
existing senior secured term loan facility had an outstanding
balance of approximately $72.5 million and matures on
April 23, 2014. The weighted-average interest rate of our
outstanding indebtedness under our existing senior secured term
loan facility was 11% for both the year ended December 24,
2010, and the three months ended March 25, 2011. An
affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender
under our existing term loan facility and one of the holders of
our senior subordinated notes and will receive more than 5% of
the proceeds from this offering (after taking into account
underwriters discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us). See Underwriting
Affiliations and Conflicts of Interest. As of
March 25, 2011, our existing senior secured revolving
credit facility had an outstanding balance of approximately
$9.7 million and matures on October 22, 2013. The
weighted-average interest rate of our outstanding indebtedness
under our existing senior secured revolving credit facility was
approximately 3.4% for the year ended December 24, 2010,
and 3.8% for the three months ended March 25, 2011.
|
For a more detailed description of our new senior secured credit
facilities, see the information under the caption
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities.
28
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We currently do not intend to pay any dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund
the operation, development and expansion of our business. Any
future determinations relating to our dividend policies will be
made in the sole and absolute discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon then existing conditions,
including our financial condition, results of operations,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business
prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem
relevant. In addition, we anticipate that our ability to declare
and pay dividends will be restricted by covenants in our new
senior secured credit facilities and may be further restricted
by the terms of any of our future indebtedness. See
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities and Risk
Factors Our substantial indebtedness may limit our
ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.
29
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March
25, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the sale by
us of 4,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering at
an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us,
(ii) the reorganization transactions, as described under
the caption Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
(iii) the new senior secured credit facilities, and
(iv) the application of the net proceeds of this offering
and borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities as
described under the caption Use of Proceeds.
|
You should read this information in conjunction with the
information under the captions Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction, Use of Proceeds, Selected
Consolidated Financial Data, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, Description of Our Indebtedness
and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AS OF MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
ACTUAL
|
|
|
AS ADJUSTED
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured revolving credit
facility (1)
|
|
|
9,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured term loan
facility (2)
|
|
|
70,555
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Senior subordinated notes due
2014 (4)
|
|
|
16,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
New senior secured revolving credit
facility (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,164
|
|
New senior secured term loan
facility (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
96,588
|
|
|
|
37,246
|
|
Total members/stockholders
(deficit)/equity (6)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
9,455
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capitalization (6)
|
|
$
|
48,796
|
|
|
$
|
46,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our existing senior secured
revolving credit facility provides for borrowings of up to
$25.0 million, of which $15.3 million was available as
of March 25, 2011 for working capital and general corporate
purposes. At July 12, 2011, we had borrowed
$18.7 million under this revolving credit facility,
including the approximately $8.9 million we borrowed to
finance our acquisition on June 24, 2011 of certain of the
assets of Harry Wils & Co.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
We had $72.5 million in term
loans outstanding under our existing senior secured term loan
facility as of March 25, 2011. Between October 22,
2010 and March 25, 2011, we repaid approximately
$2.5 million of the outstanding balance of our existing
senior secured term loan facility.
|
(3) |
|
Net of original issue discount of
$1.9 million. On June 24, 2011, we made a $1.3 million
payment to reduce the principal balance of our existing senior
secured term loan facility.
|
(4) |
|
Reflects our balance sheet
liability related to our senior subordinated notes due 2014
calculated in accordance with GAAP. Interest on our senior
subordinated notes accrues at a rate of 20% semi-annually in
arrears. Since October 2010, we have elected to capitalize
accrued but unpaid interest on the senior subordinated notes as
permitted under the related note purchase agreement. As of
March 25, 2011, total unpaid interest included in the
balance of the senior subordinated notes since the issuance of
the senior subordinated notes amounted to $1.3 million.
|
(5) |
|
We expect that our new senior
credit facilities will provide for (i) a $30.0 million
senior secured term loan facility, maturing in July 2015, and
(ii) a senior secured revolving credit facility under which
we may initially borrow up to $50.0 million, maturing in
July 2015.
|
|
|
|
(6) |
|
A $1 increase (decrease) in the
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which
is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of total
stockholders equity, total capitalization and borrowings
under our new senior secured revolving credit facility by
$4.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us,
as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the
same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Adjusted to reflect the write off
of $3,094 in deferred financing costs for the indebtedness being
repaid in connection with this offering and the redemption
premium associated with the repayment of our outstanding senior
subordinated notes of approximately $0.8 million. As
adjusted data does not give effect to the compensation expense
associated with the equity awards that we will issue upon
consummation of this offering, 50% of which will vest
immediately and 50% of which will vest ratably over the
four-year period following grant. We estimate that this
compensation expense in the third quarter of 2011 will be
approximately $1.6 million.
|
30
DILUTION
Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of the common stock from the initial public
offering price. Net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount per share that you pay in this
offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately
after this offering. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of
March 25, 2011 was approximately $(59.9) million, or
$(3.74) per share.
After giving effect to (i) the sale of
4,666,667 shares of our common stock in this offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which
is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, (ii) the reorganization transactions, as
described under the caption Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction, and (iii) the deduction of estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and
expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at
March 25, 2011 would have been approximately
$3.2 million, or $0.16 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.90 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial
dilution of $14.84 per share to new investors. This calculation
does not give effect to our use of proceeds from this offering
or any borrowings under our new senior secured revolving credit
facility or term loan facility. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
Actual net tangible book value per share as of March 25,
2011
|
|
$
|
(3.74
|
)
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
$
|
3.90
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
|
|
$
|
.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
$
|
14.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales of 3,333,333 shares of common stock by the selling
stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares
of common stock held by existing stockholders to 12,666,667, or
approximately 61.3% of the total shares of common stock
outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of
shares held by new investors to 8,000,000, or approximately
38.7% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this
offering.
If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option
to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering from the selling stockholders at the assumed initial
public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders
will be reduced to 11,466,667, or 55.5% of the aggregate number
of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the
number of shares of common stock held by new investors will be
increased to 9,200,000, or 44.5% of the aggregate number of
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the
increase per share attributable to new investors would be $3.87,
the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
offering would be $0.13, and the dilution per share to new
investors would be $14.87.
A $1 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering
price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase
(decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by
$4.3 million, the pro forma net tangible book value per
share after this offering by $0.21 per share, and the dilution
per share to new investors by $0.79 per share, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described
above as of March 25, 2011, after giving effect to the
reorganization transactions, the total number of shares of
common stock purchased from us and the selling stockholders and
the total consideration and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by investors participating in this
offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial
public offering price of
31
$15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and
expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHARES PURCHASED
|
|
|
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
|
|
|
AVERAGE PRICE
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
12,666,667
|
|
|
|
61.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
456,523
|
|
|
|
0.38
|
%
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
|
38.7
|
%
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
99.62
|
%
|
|
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
20,666,667
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
120,456,523
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of
$15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease)
total consideration paid by new investors and total
consideration paid by all stockholders by $8.0 million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and before
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The pro forma dilution information above is for illustration
purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the
completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on
the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. The number of
shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering as
shown above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of
March 25, 2011.
32
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated financial
data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements
and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should also read Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The statement of operations data for the
fiscal years ended December 24, 2010, December 25,
2009 and December 26, 2008 and the balance sheet data as of
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 are derived
from our consolidated financial statements audited by BDO USA
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data
for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29,
2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 26, 2008,
December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements not included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of
operations data for the three months ended March 25, 2011
and March 26, 2010 and balance sheet data as of
March 25, 2011 from our unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We
have derived the balance sheet data as of March 26, 2010
from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements not
included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of
management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial
statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal and
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of
the Companys financial position at March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The financial condition and results of
operations as of and for the three months ended March 25,
2011 do not purport to be indicative of the financial condition
or results of operations to be expected as of or for the fiscal
year ending December 30, 2011.
The selected consolidated financial data presented below
represent only portions of our financial statements and,
accordingly, are not complete. You should read this information
in conjunction with the information included under the captions
Use of Proceeds, Capitalization,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements, and the related notes thereto, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). See Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
Reorganization Transaction. The historical consolidated
financial operating data relate to Chefs Warehouse
Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 28,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 29,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
256,134
|
|
|
$
|
229,803
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
190,787
|
|
|
|
170,624
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
65,347
|
|
|
|
59,179
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
59,389
|
|
|
|
55,181
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,958
|
|
|
|
3,998
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,515
|
|
|
|
3,425
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
(Gain) on settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
15,874
|
|
|
|
8,961
|
|
|
|
2,196
|
|
|
|
2,136
|
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,536
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(355
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
2,136
|
|
|
$
|
(680
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
(2,995
|
)
|
|
|
(2,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
(859
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,672
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 28,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 29,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per members unit
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per members unit
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
75,436
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
75,436
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
1,591
|
|
|
$
|
2,232
|
|
|
$
|
1,490
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
12,206
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,479
|
|
|
$
|
22,101
|
|
|
$
|
18,806
|
|
|
$
|
20,044
|
|
|
$
|
12,866
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,598
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
64,502
|
|
|
$
|
62,917
|
|
|
$
|
58,141
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
$
|
65,389
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
82,580
|
|
|
$
|
29,928
|
|
|
$
|
37,323
|
|
|
$
|
33,082
|
|
|
$
|
37,299
|
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
$
|
29,063
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
131,484
|
|
|
$
|
60,603
|
|
|
$
|
67,720
|
|
|
$
|
68,331
|
|
|
$
|
65,691
|
|
|
$
|
129,089
|
|
|
$
|
58,681
|
|
Redeemable Class A members units
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,698
|
|
|
$
|
35,491
|
|
|
$
|
32,491
|
|
|
$
|
29,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,878
|
|
Total members equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,905
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The gain on settlement is the
result of the Company settling a dispute with the former owner
of a company that the Company had previously acquired. The
settlement reduced the acquisition purchase price and
corresponding note payable to that company. Since the goodwill
associated with this acquisition had been written off at the
time of the settlement, the settlement was recorded as a
non-operating item within the Companys statement of
operations.
|
(2) |
|
Working capital is defined as the
difference between current assets and current liabilities. At
December 24, 2010 and March 25, 2011, the
then-outstanding balance under our senior secured revolving
credit facility of $12.2 million and $9.7 million,
respectively, was included within the current portion of
long-term debt.
|
34
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and the
notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our
Reorganization
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert from a Delaware limited liability company
(Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). The consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
which are the subject of the following discussion, are those of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated
subsidiaries. We expect that our conversion to the corporate
form of organization will not have any material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. When we use the terms
we, our, us and the
Company in the following discussion, we mean, prior
to the conversion and related transactions described under
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after
the conversion and related transactions, The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries. For a discussion of the principal transactions in
the reorganization, see Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction.
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty foods in six of the
leading culinary markets in the United States. We offer more
than 11,500 SKUs, ranging from high-quality specialty foods
and ingredients to basic ingredients and staples. We serve more
than 7,000 customer locations, primarily located in our six
geographic markets across the United States, and the majority of
our customers are independent restaurants and fine dining
establishments.
We believe several key differentiating factors of our business
model have enabled us to execute our strategy consistently and
profitably across our expanding customer base. These factors
consist of a portfolio of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, a highly trained and motivated sales
force, strong sourcing capabilities, a fully integrated
warehouse management system, a highly sophisticated distribution
and logistics platform and a focused, seasoned management team.
In recent years, our sales to existing and new customers have
increased through the continued growth in demand for specialty
food products in general; increased market share driven by our
sophisticated and experienced sales professionals, our
high-quality customer service and our extensive breadth and
depth of product offerings, especially in specialty products;
the acquisition of other specialty food distributors; the
expansion of our existing distribution centers; the construction
of a new distribution center; and the import and sale of our
proprietary brands. Through these efforts, we believe that we
have been able to expand our customer base, enhance and
diversify our product selections, broaden our geographic
penetration and increase our market share. We believe that as a
result of these efforts, we have increased sales from
$229.8 million in 2006 to $330.1 million in 2010.
Recent
Acquisitions
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. Harry Wils & Co. is a specialty
foodservice distribution company headquartered in the New York
City metropolitan area, and we believe that the purchase of
these assets will allow us to increase the number of customers
we service in the New York metropolitan area. The purchase price
paid to Harry Wils & Co. was approximately $7.7 million for
the intangible assets, plus approximately $1.2 million for
inventory on hand. We assumed no liabilities in connection with
the transaction and have relocated the inventory purchased to
our Bronx, New York distribution facility. We financed the
purchase price for these assets with borrowings under our
existing senior secured credit facilities. To prepare for the
integration of the acquired Harry Wils & Co. products
and customers, we incurred certain incremental operating costs
in our quarter ended June 24, 2011 to ensure that, at the
time the acquisition was consummated, there would be no
disruption to customer service levels to acquired
and/or
current customers. These costs consisted of warehouse and
distribution labor costs, fleet rental charges, recruiting fees,
as well as costs associated with the reconfiguration of our
Bronx, New York facility to accommodate the additional
SKUs needed to support the acquired business.
35
On June 18, 2010, we acquired the assets of
Monique & Me, Inc., doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, for cash consideration of $3.7 million,
which provided us with an immediate platform for growth in the
south Florida market.
On August 28, 2009, we acquired the San Francisco
division of European Imports for total cash consideration of
$3.8 million, subject to certain adjustments set forth in
the acquisition agreement. The acquisition was integrated into
our existing San Francisco operation.
In May 2008, we completed the acquisition of American Gourmet
Foods for cash consideration of $5.1 million. This
acquisition was integrated into our Hanover, Maryland operation.
Our Growth
Strategies and Outlook
We continue to invest in our people, facilities and technology
to achieve the following objectives and maintain our premier
position within the specialty foodservice distribution market:
|
|
|
|
|
sales and service territory expansion;
|
|
|
operational excellence and high customer service levels;
|
|
|
expanded purchasing programs and improved buying power;
|
|
|
product innovation and new product category introduction;
|
|
|
operational efficiencies through system enhancements; and
|
|
|
operating expense reduction through the centralization of
general and administrative functions.
|
Our continued profitable growth has allowed us to improve upon
our organizations infrastructure, open a new facility and
pursue selective acquisitions. This improved infrastructure has
allowed us to achieve higher operating margins. Over the last
several years, we have increased our distribution capacity to
approximately 371,640 square feet in seven facilities.
Key Factors
Affecting Our Performance
Due to our focus on menu-driven independent restaurants, fine
dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers and
specialty food stores, our results of operations are materially
impacted by the success of the food-away-from-home
industry in the United States, which is materially impacted by
general economic conditions, discretionary spending levels and
consumer confidence. When economic conditions deteriorate, as
they did throughout the second half of 2007, all of 2008 and the
first half of 2009, our customers businesses are
negatively impacted as fewer people eat away-from-home and those
that do spend less money. As economic conditions began to
improve in the second half of 2009 and into 2010, our
customers businesses began to improve, which likewise
contributed to improvements in our business.
Food price costs also significantly impact our results of
operations. Food price inflation, like that which we have
experienced in the first quarter of 2011, may increase the
dollar value of our sales because many of our products are sold
at our cost plus a percentage markup. When the rate of inflation
declines, however, the dollar value of our sales may fall
despite our unit sales remaining constant or growing. For those
of our products that we price on a fixed
fee-per-case
basis, our gross profit margins may be negatively affected in an
inflationary environment, even though our gross revenues may be
positively impacted. While we cannot predict whether inflation
will continue at current levels, prolonged periods of inflation
leading to cost increases above levels that we are able to pass
along to our customers, either overall or in certain product
categories, may have a negative impact on us and our customers,
as elevated food costs can reduce consumer spending in the
food-away-from-home market, and may negatively impact our sales,
gross margins and earnings.
The foodservice distribution industry is fragmented and
consolidating. Over the past five years, we have supplemented
our internal growth through selective strategic acquisitions. We
believe that the consolidation trends in the foodservice
distribution industry will continue to present acquisition
opportunities for us, which may allow us to grow our business at
a faster pace than we would otherwise be able to grow the
business organically.
Performance
Indicators
In addition to evaluating our income from operations, our
management team analyzes our performance based on sales growth,
gross profit and gross profit margin.
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales. Our net sales growth is driven
principally by changes in volume and, to a lesser degree,
changes in price related to the impact of inflation in commodity
prices. In particular, product cost inflation and deflation
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
impacts our results of operations and, depending on the amount
of inflation or deflation, such impact may be material. For
example, inflation may increase the dollar value of our sales,
and when the rate of inflation declines, the dollar value of our
sales may fall despite our unit sales remaining constant or
growing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit and gross profit margin. Our
gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or
gross profit margin, are driven principally by
changes in volume and fluctuations in food and commodity prices
and our ability to pass on any price increases to our customers
in an inflationary environment and maintain or increase gross
margin when our costs decline. Our gross margin is also a
function of the product mix of our net sales in any period.
Given our wide selection of product categories, as well as the
continuous introduction of new products, we can experience
shifts in product sales mix that have an impact on net sales.
This mix shift is most significantly impacted by the
introduction of new categories of products in markets that we
have more recently entered, as well as the continued growth in
item penetration on higher velocity items such as dairy products.
|
Key Financial
Definitions
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales. Net sales consist primarily of
sales of specialty and other food products to
independently-owned restaurants and other high-end foodservice
customers, which we report net of certain group discounts and
customer sales incentives.
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales. Cost of sales include the
purchase price paid for products sold, plus the cost of
transportation necessary to bring the product to our
distribution facilities. Our cost of sales may not be comparable
to other similar companies within our industry that include all
costs related to their distribution network in their costs of
sales rather than as operating expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses. Our operating expenses
include warehousing and distribution expenses (which include
salaries and wages, employee benefits, facility and distribution
fleet rental costs and other expenses related to warehousing and
delivery) and selling, general and administrative expenses
(which include selling, insurance, administrative, wage and
benefit expenses and will also include share-based compensation
expense). Following consummation of this offering, we will incur
operating expenses as a result of our being a public company. We
estimate that these expenses will be approximately
$1.4 million per year. We expect to incur a compensation
charge in the third quarter related to shares of our common
stock that we expect to issue upon consummation of this
offering, 50% of which will vest immediately upon grant and 50%
of which will vest ratably over the
four-year
period following grant. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis. We expect this compensation expense will be
approximately $1.6 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest on our outstanding indebtedness.
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on fluctuation of interest rate
swaps. (Gain) loss on fluctuation of interest
rate swaps consists solely of the change in valuation on an
interest rate swap not eligible for hedge accounting.
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements
requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses,
and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The
SEC has defined critical accounting policies as those that are
both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition
and results and require our most difficult, complex or
subjective judgments or estimates. Based on this definition, we
believe our critical accounting policies include the following:
(i) determining our allowance for doubtful accounts,
(ii) inventory valuation, with regard to determining our
reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, and
(iii) valuing goodwill and intangible assets. For all
financial statement periods presented, there have been no
material modifications to the application of these critical
accounting policies.
Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts
We analyze customer creditworthiness, accounts receivable
balances, payment history, payment terms and historical bad debt
levels when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for
doubtful accounts. In instances where a reserve
37
has been recorded for a particular customer, future sales to
the customer are either conducted using
cash-on-delivery
terms or the account is closely monitored so that
agreed-upon
payments are received prior to orders being released. A failure
to pay results in held or cancelled orders. Beginning in the
fourth quarter of 2008 and continuing through the first three
quarters of 2009 we experienced a reduction in year-over-year
revenue driven by poor overall economic conditions. During this
period of time, we projected and experienced a higher rate of
defaults on our trade accounts receivables. As such, we
increased our estimated allowance for doubtful accounts
requirements in line with then current economic conditions.
During the fourth quarter of 2009 and throughout all of fiscal
2010, we noticed a fairly significant improvement in overall
general economic conditions. This improvement resulted in higher
revenue and also resulted in a lower default rate on our trade
accounts receivable. As such, we lowered our estimated allowance
for doubtful accounts reserve requirement in line with then
current economic conditions which resulted in a lower provision
expense for our allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2010
then we incurred in 2009. Our accounts receivable balance was
$36.2 million and $31.0 million, net of the allowance
for doubtful accounts of $2.4 million and
$2.2 million, as of December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009, respectively. Our accounts receivable
balance was $36.2 million and $29.6 million, net of
allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.5 million and
$2.4 million, as of March 25, 2011 and March 26,
2010, respectively.
Inventory
Valuation
We maintain reserves for slow-moving and obsolete inventories.
These reserves are primarily based upon inventory age plus
specifically identified inventory items and overall economic
conditions. A sudden and unexpected change in consumer
preferences or change in overall economic conditions could
result in a significant change in the reserve balance and could
require a corresponding charge to earnings. We actively manage
our inventory levels to minimize the risk of loss and have
consistently achieved a relatively high level of inventory
turnover.
Valuation of
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We are required to test goodwill for impairment at least
annually and between annual tests if events occur or
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the
fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We
have elected to perform our annual tests for indications of
goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year. Based on future expected cash flows, we test for goodwill
impairment at the consolidated level, as we have only a single
reporting unit. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step
test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment,
involves comparing our estimated fair value to our carrying
value, including goodwill. If our estimated fair value exceeds
our carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired.
If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an
indication of potential impairment and the second step is
performed to measure the amount of impairment. If required, the
second step involves calculating an implied fair value of our
goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a
manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a
business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated
fair value, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate
estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and
identifiable intangibles as if we were being acquired in a
business combination. If the implied fair value of our goodwill
exceeds the carrying value of our goodwill, there is no
impairment. If the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the
implied fair value of our goodwill, an impairment charge is
recorded for the excess.
In accordance with the aggregation criteria of
ASC 280-10-50-11,
we evaluate our goodwill on a consolidated basis using a
discounted cash flow model, in which the key assumption is the
projection of future earnings and cash flow. Any material
adverse change in our business or operations could have a
negative effect on our valuation and thus cause an impairment of
our goodwill. As of December 24, 2010, our annual
assessment indicated that we are not at risk of failing step one
of the goodwill impairment test and no impairment of
goodwill existed, as our fair value exceeded our carrying value.
Total goodwill as of December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009 was $11.5 million and
$9.4 million, respectively.
Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be
generated by the related assets are estimated over the
assets useful lives based on updated projections. If the
evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may
not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured based
on a projected discounted cash flow model. There have been no
events or changes in circumstances during 2010 indicating that
the carrying value of our finite-lived intangible assets are not
recoverable. Total finite-lived intangible assets as of
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 were
$0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
38
The assessment of the recoverability of goodwill and intangible
assets will be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not
achieved.
Vendor Rebates
and Other Promotional Incentives
We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with
our suppliers, including volume and growth rebates, annual
incentives and promotional programs. In accounting for vendor
rebates, we follow the guidance in Accounting Standards
Codification, or ASC,
605-50
(Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF,
No. 02-16,
Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain
Consideration Received from a Vendor and EITF
No. 03-10,
Application of Issue
No. 02-16
by Resellers to Sales Incentives Offered to Consumers by
Manufacturers).
We generally record consideration received under these
incentives as a reduction of cost of goods sold; however, in
certain circumstances, we record marketing-related consideration
as a reduction of marketing costs incurred. We may receive
consideration in the form of cash
and/or
invoice deductions.
We record consideration that we receive for incentives volume
and growth rebates and annual incentives as a reduction of cost
of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the
consideration for those incentives to each of the underlying
transactions that results in progress by us toward earning the
incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably
estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives
or milestones are achieved. We record annual incentives when we
earn them, generally over the agreement period. We record
consideration received to promote and sell the suppliers
products as a reduction of our costs, as the consideration is
typically a reimbursement of costs incurred by us. If we
received consideration from the suppliers in excess of our
costs, we record any excess as a reduction of cost of goods sold.
Management has discussed the development and selection of these
critical accounting policies with our board of directors, and
the board of directors has reviewed the above disclosure. Our
financial statements contained other items that require
estimation, but are not as critical as those discussed above.
These other items include our calculations for bonus accruals,
depreciation and amortization. Changes in estimates and
assumptions used in these and other items could have an effect
on our consolidated financial statements.
Results of
Operations
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain
income and expense items expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
74.0
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
73.5
|
%
|
|
|
74.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.5
|
%
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%*
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Total reflects
rounding |
39
Three Months
Ended March 25, 2011 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 26, 2010
Net
Sales
Our net sales for the quarter ended March 25, 2011
increased approximately 18.8%, or $13.2 million, to
$83.2 million from $70.0 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. The increase in net sales was principally
the result of increased case volume as well as increased revenue
per case, reflecting the impact of food cost inflation and
changes in product mix which together we estimate contributed
approximately 4.9% of our 18.8% of net sales improvement in the
first quarter of 2011. The product categories most impacted by
inflation were dairy, meat, seafood and oils. Our increase in
net sales also included approximately $2.1 million of net
sales related to our Florida operation which we acquired in June
2010.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit increased approximately 22.5%, or
$4.1 million, to $22.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, from $18.0 million for the quarter
ended March 26, 2010. Our gross profit as a percentage of
net sales was 26.5% for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 as
compared to 25.7% for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales reflects
the 37 basis point improvement resulting from our recording
of $0.3 million of mark-to-market gain associated with our
Eurodollar collar that we entered into in the first quarter of
fiscal 2011 as a hedge against imported products denominated,
and paid for, in Euros, as well as the positive impact of the
results of our Florida operation along with improved margins on
our sales of meat driven by a shift in customer and product mix.
Operating
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by approximately 13.5%, or
$2.0 million, to $17.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, from $15.0 million for the quarter
ended March 26, 2010. The increase in total operating
expenses was primarily due to higher sales volume and the
acquisition of our Florida operation. The increase in our salary
and benefit costs represented $1.5 million, or
approximately 72% of the year over year increase. The remaining
increase was comprised of $0.5 million of higher delivery
costs, along with slight increases in warehouse costs and travel
and entertainment.
As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased
to approximately 20.4% for the quarter ended March 25,
2011, from approximately 21.4% for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. The decrease in total operating expenses as
a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to our
higher sales levels as well as expense control programs across
our organization.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased approximately 67.0% to
$5.1 million for the quarter ended March 25, 2011, as
compared to $3.0 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. This increase is reflective of higher sales
levels, improved gross profit margins and continued efforts in
controlling costs, which although higher on an absolute basis
were lower as a percentage of net sales for the first quarter of
2011 as compared to the comparable period in 2010.
Other Expense
(Income)
Total other expense (income) increased $2.9 million to
$3.4 million for the quarter ended March 25, 2011,
from $0.4 million for the quarter ended March 26,
2010. This increase was attributable to the increase in interest
expense for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 to
$3.2 million from $0.6 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. This increase was primarily caused by the
significant increase in our total indebtedness and debt service
costs beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 as we financed the
redemption of all of our outstanding class A units held by
BGCP and another investor with borrowings under our senior
secured notes and senior secured credit facilities.
40
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 39.5% and 40.6% for the
quarters ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010,
respectively.
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described above, net income decreased
$0.5 million to $1.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, compared to $1.5 million for the
quarter ended March 26, 2010.
Fiscal Year Ended
December 24, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 25, 2009
Net
Sales
During fiscal 2010, we began to see steady improvement in our
net sales and a reduction in the volatility of net sales, as
compared to what we experienced throughout our 2009 fiscal year.
Our net sales for the fiscal year ended December 24, 2010
increased approximately 21.8%, or $59.0 million, to
$330.1 million from $271.1 million for the year ended
December 25, 2009. This increase was primarily due to
organic growth (sales growth excluding the impact of
acquisitions) of $50.7 million. Our organic growth was due
primarily to increased item penetration to existing customers,
as well as the success of our customer acquisition strategy,
that resulted in 49% and 51% of the increase in net sales,
respectively. Our improvement in net sales also reflected
year-over-year improvement in economic conditions.
Gross
Profit
Our gross profit increased approximately 20.3%, or
$14.5 million, to $85.8 million for the year ended
December 24, 2010, from $71.3 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 26.0% for the year ended December 24,
2010, and 26.3% for the year ended December 25, 2009. The
decline in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is
primarily due to the change in the mix of net sales during
fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Given our wide selection of
product categories, as well as the continuous introduction of
new products, we can experience shifts in product sales mix that
have an impact on net sales. This mix shift is most
significantly impacted by the introduction of new categories of
products in markets that we have more recently entered, as well
as the continued growth in item penetration on higher velocity
items such as dairy products. Most significantly, our gross
profit margin was negatively impacted by the increase in the
amount of dairy products we sold in fiscal 2010 as dairy
products are traditionally a lower margin product for us. Dairy
products accounted for 10.0% of our net sales in 2010, up from
9.0% of our net sales in 2009. Our gross profit margin in 2010
was also negatively impacted by a combined 120 basis points
due to margin pressure in our cheese and oil product categories.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales during the year ended
December 24, 2010, was largely unaffected by commodity
price fluctuation, as food prices were stable versus 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our total operating expenses increased approximately 10.7%, or
$6.2 million, to $64.2 million for the year end
December 24, 2010, from $58.0 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. The increase in total operating
costs was primarily due to higher sales volume and the
acquisition of Culinaire Specialty Foods. The increase in our
salary and benefit costs represented $5.4 million, or 87%,
of the year-over-year increase. The remaining increase was
comprised of $0.4 million of higher delivery costs,
$0.3 million of higher IT consulting costs and
$0.1 million of higher other operating costs, net of a
reduction in bad debt expense of $0.4 million.
As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased
to approximately 19.4% for the year ended December 24,
2010, from approximately 21.4% for the year ended
December 25, 2009. The decrease in total operating expenses
as a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to our
higher level of sales, as well as expense control programs
across our organization. We were also able to manage our fuel
costs despite rising prices by updating and revising existing
routes to reduce miles traveled, reducing idle times and other
similar measures.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased 61.8% from $13.3 million in
fiscal 2009 to $21.6 million in fiscal 2010, reflecting not
only increasing sales but also our efforts at controlling costs
throughout fiscal 2009 and 2010.
Other Expense
(Income)
Total other expense (income) increased $1.0 million to
$3.1 million for the year ended December 24, 2010,
from $2.2 million for the year ended December 25,
2009. This increase in total other expense (income) is
attributable to
41
the increase in interest expense for the year ended
December 24, 2010 to $4.0 million from
$2.8 million in the year ended December 25, 2009,
which occurred primarily because our debt level increased
significantly in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 as we
financed our redemption of all of our outstanding Class A
units which were held by BGCP and another investor.
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 13.9% and 19.8% for the years
ended December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009,
respectively. The decrease in the effective rate was the result
of the company and each of its operating subsidiaries that are
limited liability companies electing to be taxed as corporations
starting in October of 2010. In doing so, we recorded
significant deferred tax assets, thus lowering the current tax
provision. Our effective income tax rate will increase following
this offering as a result of our conversion from a limited
liability company to a corporation, as described above. Based on
current enacted tax rates, which could change, we expect our
effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 to approximate 39%.
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net
income increased $6.9 million to $15.9 million for the
year ended December 24, 2010, compared to $9.0 million
for the year ended December 25, 2009.
Fiscal Year Ended
December 25, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 26, 2008
Net
Sales
Our net sales for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2009
decreased approximately 3.7%, or $10.6 million, to
$271.1 million from $281.7 million for the year ended
December 26, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result
of lower volume due to weak economic conditions which adversely
affected our customers businesses. The decline in sales
was also attributable to the stabilization of commodity prices
in 2009, as the dollar amount of our sales in 2009 did not
increase significantly because of inflation compared to the
significant impact of inflation on food prices in 2008.
Gross
Profit
Our gross profit increased approximately 1.4%, or
$1.0 million, to $71.3 million for the year ended
December 24, 2010, from $70.3 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 26.3% for the year ended December 25, 2009
compared to 25.0% for the year ended December 26, 2008. The
increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is
primarily due to the stabilization in food and commodity prices
in 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our total operating expenses decreased approximately 3.9% or
$2.3 million, to $58.0 million for the year ended
December 25, 2009, from $60.3 million for the year
ended December 26, 2008. For comparable facilities, we
reduced operating costs by $3.7 million, or slightly over
6.1%. We incurred additional operating costs throughout fiscal
year 2009 of approximately $1.4 million related to
acquisitions. The decrease in total operating costs was
primarily due to cost cuts made during the fourth quarter of
2008 through the first half of fiscal 2009. The removal of
salary and benefit costs represented $1 million, or 43%, of
the
year-over-year
decrease. This reduction is net of a $1.6 million increase
in annual incentive and retention compensation as well as
$745,000 in management severance costs. Reductions in selling,
general and administrative costs represented $1.0 million,
or 48%, of the
year-over-year
decrease while the remaining decrease was comprised of
reductions in distribution costs of approximately
$0.2 million.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased from $10.0 million in fiscal
2008 to $13.3 million in fiscal 2009. As a percentage of
sales, operating income increased significantly from 3.6% in
fiscal 2008 to 4.9% in fiscal 2009. The increase reflects our
ability to improve our gross profit during a period of stable
commodity prices and our intense focus on controlling costs
during the challenging economic environment in 2009.
Other Expense
(Income)
Interest expense declined from $3.2 million in fiscal 2008
to $2.8 million in fiscal 2009, reflecting our efforts to
improve working capital utilization by focusing on better
collection of receivables and maintaining more efficient
inventory levels, which in each case allowed us to reduce our
level of indebtedness. The fluctuation of the market value of
our interest rate swap changed from an expense of
$1.1 million in fiscal 2008 to a gain of $0.7 million
in 2009, as the term of the interest rate swap neared its
conclusion at the beginning of 2011.
42
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 19.8% and 61.1% for the years
ended December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008,
respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate for
the year ended December 25, 2009 is primarily due to the
allocation of administrative costs between our corporate
subsidiary and our limited liability company subsidiaries, as
well as the recognition of a 2008 empire zone tax credit from
the State of New York in 2009, which was repealed in 2008 and
subsequently reinstated in 2009.
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net
income increased $6.8 million to $9.0 million, for the
year ended December 25, 2009, compared to
$2.2 million, for the year ended December 26, 2008.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
We finance our day-to-day operations and growth primarily with
cash flows from operations, borrowings under our existing senior
secured credit facilities, operating leases, trade payables and
bank indebtedness. In addition, from time to time we may issue
equity and debt securities to finance our operations and
acquisitions. We believe that our cash on hand and available
credit through our existing revolving credit facility as
discussed below is sufficient for our operations and planned
capital expenditures over the next twelve months.
On October 22, 2010, we redeemed all authorized and then
outstanding Class A units (which were held by third party
investors) for a redemption price of $68.3 million. The
redemption price, which was calculated in accordance with our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, was
based on a total valuation of the company at an agreed upon
multiple of projected EBITDA less total indebtedness, with the
Class A unit holders being allocated the first
$45.8 million of such amount based on the carrying amount
of those units and then being allocated, along with our other
members, their pro rata share of the remaining value as a deemed
dividend. The redemption resulted in our founders, management
and employees increasing their ownership interest in us from
68.5% to 100%. The capital structure described in this section
reflects borrowings made to finance the redemption.
On April 15, 2010, we entered into a term loan and
revolving credit facility (the Credit Agreement).
The term loan commitment was in the amount of $7.5 million,
while the revolving credit facility provided us with up to
$37.5 million in borrowing capacity. Upon the redemption of
Class A units on October 22, 2010, the
$7.5 million term note was paid in full and the credit
facility was amended to provide us with up to $25.0 million
in revolving borrowing capacity. The amended Credit Agreement
matures on October 22, 2013. Borrowings under the Credit
Agreement bear interest, at our option, at the CB Floating Rate
(defined as the Administrative Agents prime rate, never to
be less than the adjusted one-month London Interbank Offered
Rate, or LIBOR, plus applicable rate), or LIBOR plus applicable
rate. The applicable rate is contingent upon our leverage ratio.
As of December 24, 2010, the CB Floating applicable rate
was 1.25% and the LIBOR applicable rate was 3.25%. The Credit
Agreement also provides for an annual fee of 0.25% of unused
commitments. The Credit Agreement requires the maintenance of
certain financial ratios, as described in the Credit Agreement,
and contains customary events of default. Balances outstanding
under our existing senior secured credit facilities are secured
by our receivables and inventory. As of December 24, 2010
and March 25, 2011, we had approximately $12.2 million
and $9.7 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding
under our existing revolving credit facility, which generally
reduce our available borrowing capacity under our revolving
credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis. Therefore, our
resulting remaining availability under our existing revolving
credit facility was approximately $12.8 million and
$15.2 million as of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, respectively. Subsequent to March 25,
2011, we borrowed approximately $8.9 million to finance our
acquisition on June 24, 2011 of certain of the assets of
Harry Wils & Co.
On October 22, 2010, we entered into a $75.0 million
second lien term note (the Term Loan Agreement).
This Term Loan Agreement requires principal payments of
$5.0 million by the end of the third fiscal quarter of
2011, an additional $6.0 million by the end of the third
fiscal quarter of 2012 and an additional $7.0 million by
the end of the third fiscal quarter of 2013. Two additional
principal payments are due in $1,750,000 installments, with the
first installment due at the end of fiscal year 2013 and the
second installment due at the end of the first fiscal quarter of
2014. The remaining outstanding principal amount is due at
maturity, on April 23, 2014. Borrowings under the facility
bear interest at our option of ABR Loan (defined as the greater
of the Federal funds rate, the adjusted one-month LIBOR rate or
3%) plus 8% or LIBOR plus 9%, with LIBOR having a floor of 2%.
The Term Loan Agreement requires the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Term Loan Agreement, and
43
contains customary events of default. Balances outstanding under
the Term Loan Agreement are secured by a second lien on trade
receivables and inventory, as well as a first lien on all of our
other assets.
On October 22, 2010, we issued $15.0 million in senior
subordinated notes due October 22, 2014 (the PIK
Notes). Pursuant to the terms of a note purchase agreement
dated as of that date (the Note Purchase Agreement),
the PIK Notes bear interest at 20% and accrete interest every
six months. The PIK Notes require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Note Purchase Agreement,
and contain customary events of default.
Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement and the PIK Notes were
used to finance the Class A unit redemption, repay debt and
pay related fees and expenses. We intend to use the proceeds of
this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior
secured credit facilities, to redeem or repurchase all of the
PIK Notes and to repay all of the principal and interest
outstanding under our existing senior secured credit facilities.
For a description of our new senior secured credit facilities,
see the information under the caption Description of Our
Indebtedness New Senior Secured Credit
Facilities.
In 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which
expired in January 2011. This interest rate swap agreement had
an initial notional amount of $21.8 million and called for
us to pay interest at a fixed rate of 4.86% while receiving
interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same
notional principal amount. The swap was entered into as a hedge
against LIBOR movements on variable rate indebtedness totaling
over $36.5 million at LIBOR plus a spread based upon our
attainment of certain financial ratios. One-month LIBOR was
0.2615% as of March 25, 2011. The swap agreement did not
qualify for hedge accounting under Accounting Standards
Codification, or ASC, 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
Our capital expenditures, excluding cash paid for acquisitions,
for the 2010 fiscal year were $1.1 million. Our capital
expenditures for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 were
$389,000. We believe that our capital expenditures, excluding
cash paid for acquisitions, for fiscal 2011 will be between
$1.0 million and $2.0 million and for fiscal 2012 will
be between $7.5 million and $9.0 million. We expect to
finance these requirements with cash generated from operations
and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our planned
capital projects will provide both new and expanded facilities
and improvement to our technology that we believe will produce
increased efficiency and the capacity to continue to support the
growth of our customer base. Future investments and acquisitions
will be financed through either internally generated cash flow,
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities
negotiated at the time of the potential acquisition or issuance
of our common stock.
Net cash provided by operations was $13.5 million for the
year ended December 24, 2010, an increase of
$1.6 million from the $11.9 million provided by
operations for the year ended December 25, 2009. The
primary reasons for the change was the $6.9 million
increase in net income offset by an increase of
$0.7 million in working capital and a $2.5 million
increase in deferred tax assets. The increase in working capital
was principally the result of an increase in trade and other
accounts receivable of $5.4 million, an increase of
$0.7 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, an
increase of $0.5 million in inventory levels, offset by a
$4.7 million increase in trade payables and other accrued
liabilities, as well as a $0.2 million increase in income
and sales tax payable, while the increase in the deferred tax
assets resulted principally from our limited liability company
subsidiaries electing to be taxed as C-corporations
prior to our redemption of the class A units in October
2010. Net cash provided by operations was $11.9 million for
the year ended December 25, 2009, an increase of
$10.3 million from the $1.6 million provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 26, 2008.
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was
primarily the result of a $6.8 million increase in net
income over fiscal 2008, together with no significant change in
working capital. In 2008 working capital increased by
$3.1 million, which was driven by a significant reduction
in trade payables. Net cash provided by operations of
$1.6 million for the year ended December 26, 2008 was
the result of slightly lower levels of net income and a
$3.2 million increase in working capital resulting from a
$6.1 million reduction in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities reflecting managements decision to pay
suppliers more timely, offset by a $2.5 million decrease in
inventory levels and a $2.4 million decrease in trade
accounts receivable.
Net cash provided by operations was $3.1 million for the
quarter ended March 25, 2011, an increase of
$0.6 million from the $2.5 million provided by
operations for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
increase was driven by higher net income taking into account
non-cash items such as amortization of original issue discount
as well as PIK interest on our senior subordinated notes.
44
Net cash used in investing activities remained flat
year-over-year, with $4.9 million used in fiscal 2010 and
$4.8 million used in fiscal 2009. The largest component of
cash used in investing activities in each of fiscal 2009 and
fiscal 2010 was cash paid for acquisitions. We expect that our
cash paid for acquisitions will be higher in fiscal 2011 than
fiscal 2010 as a result of our acquisition of certain assets of
Harry Wils & Co. Net cash used in investing activities was
$5.8 million for the year ended December 26, 2008. The
decrease in the fiscal 2009 compared to the fiscal 2008 was
primarily due to lower capital expenditures.
Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million for
the quarter ended March 25, 2011, a decrease of
$0.1 million from the $0.5 million used in investing
activities for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditures in the
quarter ended March 25, 2011, as well as the fact that we
did not redeem any of our class C units in the first
quarter of 2011 as we had in the first quarter of 2010.
Net cash used in financing activities also remained relatively
flat year-over-year despite significant movements between debt
and equity. We used $7.6 million in fiscal 2010 and
$7.8 million in fiscal 2009. We incurred net borrowings of
approximately $68.8 million during fiscal 2010 that were
used for the redemption of our Class A units
($68.3 million) and the associated fees to obtain the
financing. Net cash provided by financing activities was
$3.6 million for the year ended December 26, 2008,
primarily due to financing related to an acquisition, partially
offset by repayments on long-term debt. For a description of our
new senior secured credit facilities which we expect to enter
into in connection with the consummation of this offering, see
the information under the caption Description of Our
Indebtedness New Senior Secured Credit
Facilities.
Net cash used in financing activities was $3.9 million for
the quarter ended March 25, 2011, an increase of
$2.3 million from the $1.5 million used in financing
activities for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. This
increase was the result of $0.7 million of higher payments
under our Term Loan Agreement as well as an increase of
$1.7 million in payments applied to the revolver portion of
our Credit Agreement. The increase in payments under the
revolver portion of our Credit Agreement was funded by higher
cash provided by operations, a decrease in the amount of cash
used in investing activities as well as a decrease in cash on
hand of $1.1 million.
Commitments and
Contingencies
The following schedule summarizes our contractual obligations
and commercial commitments as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESS THAN
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
ONE YEAR
|
|
|
YEARS
|
|
|
YEARS
|
|
|
THEREAFTER
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Inventory purchase commitments
|
|
$
|
5,576
|
|
|
$
|
5,576
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indebtedness (1)
|
|
$
|
99,525
|
|
|
$
|
16,945
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
12,010
|
|
|
$
|
70,570
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Long-term non-capitalized leases
|
|
$
|
23,373
|
|
|
$
|
6,674
|
|
|
$
|
10,082
|
|
|
$
|
5,272
|
|
|
$
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
128,474
|
|
|
$
|
29,195
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,092
|
|
|
$
|
75,842
|
|
|
$
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For a description of the reduction in our indebtedness that will
result from this offering, see Use of Proceeds and
Capitalization.
|
|
(2)
|
Reflects the inclusion of $12.2 million of borrowings under
our senior secured revolving credit facility which are included
within the current portion of long-term debt on our balance
sheet despite not being due until October 22, 2013.
|
The indebtedness and non-capitalized lease obligations shown
above exclude interest payments due. A portion of the
indebtedness obligations shown reflect the expiration of the
credit facility, not necessarily the underlying individual
borrowings. In addition, cash to be paid for income taxes is
excluded from the table above.
One of our subsidiaries, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases
one of its distribution centers from an entity controlled by our
founders, The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases the distribution
center from the New York City Industrial Development Agency. In
connection with this sublease arrangement, Dairyland USA
Corporation and two of our other subsidiaries are required to
act as guarantors of The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co.,
LLCs mortgage obligation on the distribution center. The
mortgage payoff date is December 2029 and the potential
obligation under this guarantee totaled $11.7 million at
March 25, 2011. The
45
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has the ability to opt
out of its lease agreement with the New York City Industrial
Development Agency by giving 60 days notice. This
action would cause the concurrent reduction in the term of the
sublease with Dairyland USA Corporation to December 2014.
We had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $120,000
at both December 24, 2010 and March 25, 2011.
All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure our
borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities.
Seasonality
Generally, we do not experience any material seasonality.
However, our sales and operating results may vary from quarter
to quarter due to factors such as changes in our operating
expenses, managements ability to execute our operating and
growth strategies, personnel changes, demand for natural
products, supply shortages and general economic conditions.
Inflation
Our profitability is dependent, among other things, on our
ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key
operating resources, including food and other raw materials,
labor, energy and other supplies and services. Substantial
increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating
results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along
to our customers. The impact of inflation on food, labor, energy
and occupancy costs can significantly affect the profitability
of our operations.
Recently Issued
Financial Accounting Standards
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued ASC 805, Business Combinations
(ASC 805). ASC 805 continues to require the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations and the
identification and recognition of intangible assets separately
from goodwill. ASC 805 requires the buyer to, among other
things: (1) account for the fair value of assets and
liabilities acquired as of the acquisition date (i.e., a
fair value model rather than a cost
allocation model); (2) expense acquisition-related
costs; (3) recognize assets or liabilities assumed arising
from contractual contingencies at the acquisition date using
acquisition-date fair values; (4) recognize goodwill as the
excess of the consideration transferred plus the fair value of
any non-controlling interest over the acquisition-date fair
value of net assets acquired; (5) recognize at acquisition
any contingent consideration using acquisition-date fair values
(i.e., fair value earn-outs in the initial accounting for the
acquisition); and (6) eliminate the recognition of
liabilities for restructuring costs expected to be incurred as a
result of the business combination. ASC 805 also defines a
bargain purchase as a business combination where the
total acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets
acquired exceeds the fair value of the consideration transferred
plus the fair value of any non-controlling interest. Under this
circumstance, the buyer is required to recognize such excess
(formerly referred to as negative goodwill) in
earnings as a gain. In addition, if the buyer determines that
some or all of its previously booked deferred tax valuation
allowance is no longer needed as a result of the business
combination, ASC 805 requires that the reduction or
elimination of the valuation allowance be accounted as a
reduction of income tax expense. ASC 805 is effective for
fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We
have applied ASC 805 to the acquisitions consummated after
December 26, 2008, described herein and will apply
ASC 805 to any future acquisitions.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 810,
Consolidation. This statement establishes accounting and
reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This
statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of ASC 810 did not
have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued
ASC 350-30,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.
ASC 350-30
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. The intent of
ASC 350-30
is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a
recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash
flows used to measure the fair value of the asset.
ASC 350-30
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption
of ASC
350-30 did
not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements.
46
In June 2008, the FASB issued
ASC 260-10,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions are Participating Securities.
ASC 260-10
provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain
non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents
(whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall
be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to
the two-class method.
ASC 260-10
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods
within those years.
ASC 260-10
requires that all earnings per share data presented for prior
periods be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial
statements, summaries of earnings and selected financial data)
to conform. The adoption of
ASC 260-10
did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements in the periods presented.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate
Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our
borrowings under our existing senior secured credit facilities,
which provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million (including a sublimit cap
of up to $1.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). As of December 24,
2010 and March 25, 2011, approximately $86.0 and
$82.2 million, respectively, of principal amount of loans
were outstanding under our existing senior secured credit
facilities. Borrowings under our existing term loan facility
bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to the greater of
the federal funds rate, the adjusted one month London Interbank
Offered Rate, or LIBOR, or 3%, in each case plus 8%, or LIBOR
plus 9%, with LIBOR having a 2% floor. Borrowings under our
existing revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option,
at a rate per annum based on the administrative agents
prime rate, plus a margin of up to 1.25%, or LIBOR, plus a
margin of up to 3.5%, with the margins determined by certain
financial ratios. Floating rate debt, like our senior secured
credit facilities, where the interest rate fluctuates
periodically, exposes us to short-term changes in market
interest rates.
In 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which
expired in January 2011. This interest rate swap agreement had
an initial notional amount of $21.8 million and called for
us to pay interest at a fixed rate of 4.86% while receiving
interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same
notional principal amount. The swap was entered into as a hedge
against LIBOR movements on variable rate indebtedness totaling
over $36.5 million at LIBOR plus a spread based upon our
attainment of certain financial ratios. With the expiration of
this interest rate swap, all of our outstanding indebtedness
under our senior secured credit facilities is exposed to
short-term changes in market interest rates.
Because of interest rate floors embedded in our existing senior
secured credit facilities, a 100 basis-point increase in market
interest rates on our existing senior secured credit facilities
would result in a decrease in net earnings and cash flows of
less than $0.1 million per annum, after tax, holding other
variables constant.
47
OUR
BUSINESS
Company
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty food products in the
United States. We are focused on serving the specific needs of
chefs who own
and/or
operate some of the nations leading menu-driven
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe that we have a distinct competitive advantage
in serving these customers as a result of our extensive
selection of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, our product knowledge and our customer
service.
We define specialty food products as gourmet foods and
ingredients that are of the highest grade, quality or style as
measured by their uniqueness, exotic origin or particular
processing method. Our product portfolio includes over 11,500
SKUs and is comprised primarily of imported and domestic
specialty food products, such as artisan charcuterie, specialty
cheeses, unique oils and vinegars, hormone-free protein,
truffles, caviar and chocolate. We also offer an extensive line
of broadline food products, including cooking oils, butter,
eggs, milk and flour. Our core customers are chefs, and we
believe that, by offering a wide selection of both distinctive
and
hard-to-find
specialty products, together with staple broadline food
products, we are able to differentiate ourselves from larger,
traditional broadline foodservice distributors, while
simultaneously enabling our customers to utilize us as their
primary foodservice distributor.
Founded in 1985 as Dairyland USA Corporation, a distributor of
butter, eggs and select specialty food products in the New York
metropolitan area, we focus our sales efforts on developing
relationships with the chefs who own or operate independent
restaurants, fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels,
caterers, culinary schools and specialty food stores in six of
the nations leading culinary markets, including New York,
Washington, D.C., Los Angeles, San Francisco, Las
Vegas and Miami. Our more than 7,000 customer locations include
many of the leading independent restaurants in each of our
markets. By leveraging an experienced and sophisticated sales
force of approximately 125 sales professionals, we maintain
collaborative relationships with thousands of chefs while also
acting as a critical marketing arm and
route-to-market
for many of our suppliers. Operating out of seven distribution
centers and providing service six days a week in many of our
service areas, we utilize our fleet of delivery trucks to fill
an average of 11,000 orders weekly.
Since the formation of our predecessor in 1985, we have expanded
our distribution network, product selection and customer base
both organically and through acquisitions. From fiscal 2009 to
fiscal 2010, net revenues, net income and EBITDA increased
approximately $59.0 million, $6.9 million and
$8.7 million, respectively, to $330.1 million,
$15.9 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Net
revenues, net income and EBITDA for the three months ended
March 25, 2011 were $83.2 million, $1.0 million
and $5.5 million, respectively, increases/(decreases) of
$13.2 million, $(0.5) million and $1.8 million,
respectively, over the comparable period in fiscal 2010. The
decline in net income for the three months ended March 25,
2011 was a result of higher interest expense incurred as a
result of a refinancing transaction completed in October 2010.
Pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011 was $12.0 million and
$2.8 million, respectively. See footnote 3 to the Summary
Consolidated Financial Data for a reconciliation of EBITDA to
adjusted EBITDA and the information under the caption
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements beginning on
page F-21
for the calculation of pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and
the three months ended March 25, 2011. During these periods
and in prior years, our sales to both new and existing customers
have increased as a result of an increase in the breadth and
depth of our product portfolio, our commitment to customer
service, the efforts of our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, the increased use of technology in the operations
and management of our business and our ongoing consolidation of
the fragmented specialty foodservice distribution industry,
including acquisitions in San Francisco,
Washington, D.C., Miami and New York City since 2007.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that, during our
26-year
history, we have achieved, developed
and/or
refined the following strengths which provide us with a distinct
competitive position in the foodservice distribution industry
and also the opportunity to achieve superior margins relative to
most large broadline foodservice distributors:
Leading Distributor of Specialty Food Products in Many of the
Key Culinary Markets. Based on our
managements industry knowledge and experience, we believe
we are the largest distributor of specialty food products in the
New
48
York, Washington, D.C., San Francisco and Los Angeles
metro markets as measured by net sales. We believe these
markets, along with a number of other markets we serve,
including Las Vegas, Miami, Philadelphia, Boston and Napa
Valley, create and set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu practices. Furthermore, we believe our
established relationships with many of the top chefs, culinary
schools and dining establishments in these key culinary markets
have benefited us when we entered into new markets where we
believe that chefs at our potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Expansive Product Offering. We offer an
extensive portfolio of high-quality specialty food products,
ranging from basic ingredients and staples, such as milk and
flour, to delicacies and specialty ingredients sourced from
North America, Europe, Asia and South America, which we believe
helps our customers distinguish their menu items. According to
Mintel Group Ltd., the average specialty food distributor
carries only 1,609 SKUs. In comparison, we carry more than
11,500 SKUs, including approximately 7,000 that are
in-stock every day, and we constantly evaluate our portfolio and
introduce new products to address regional trends and
preferences and ensure that we are on the leading edge of
broader culinary trends. Through our importing division, we
provide our customers with access to a portfolio of exclusive
items, including regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries. In
addition, and as evidence of our commitment to aid our customers
in creating unique and innovative menu items, we regularly
utilize our sourcing relationships and industry insights to
procure additional products that we do not regularly carry but
that our customers specifically request. We believe that the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio facilitates our
customers ability to distinguish and enhance their menu
offerings and differentiates us from larger traditional
broadline foodservice distributors. For example, we provide a
selection of more than 125 different varieties of olive oil,
while large broadline foodservice distributors only carry, on
average, 5-10 types of olive oil.
In addition, we carry numerous gourmet brands, and at the same
time, we also seek to maximize product contribution through the
sale of our proprietary brands, which we offer in a number of
staple products, including bulk olive oil, Italian grating
cheeses and butter. We believe that our ability to offer
simultaneously high-quality specialty foods and ingredients and
more traditional broadline staple food products provides our
customers with foodservice distribution solutions that are
efficient and cost effective.
Critical
Route-to-Market
for Specialty Food Suppliers. We currently
distribute products from more than 1,000 different suppliers,
with no single supplier currently representing more than 5% of
our total disbursements. Our suppliers are located throughout
North America, Europe, Asia and South America and include
numerous small, family-owned entities and artisanal food
producers. We are the largest customer for many of our
suppliers. As a result, our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, customer relationships and distribution platform
are critical to these suppliers
route-to-market,
which provides us with greater leverage in our relationships
with the suppliers and also enables us to offer a wide range of
products on an exclusive basis.
Expanding Base of Premier Customer
Relationships. Our breadth and depth of product
offerings coupled with our highly regarded customer service has
allowed us to develop and retain a loyal customer base that is
comprised of chefs who own or work at more than 7,000 of the
nations leading menu-driven independent restaurants, fine
dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary
schools and specialty food stores. By offering an extensive
portfolio of specialty food products, many of which are in-stock
every day, as well as many staple broadline food products, we
have the ability to serve as our customers primary
foodservice distributor. Our focus on product selection, product
knowledge and customer service has rewarded us with a number of
long-term customer relationships, which often begin when chefs
are introduced to us while attending the nations leading
culinary schools, including The Culinary Institute of America
and The French Culinary Institute, both of which have been
customers of ours for more than five years. In a continuous
effort to capture market share, we remain focused on expanding
our customer base, and we enjoy no meaningful customer
concentration, as we serve multiple geographic markets and our
top 10 customers accounted for less than 10% of total net
revenue for the year ended December 24, 2010.
Collaborative Professional and Educational Relationships with
our Customers. We employ a sophisticated and
experienced sales force of approximately 125 sales
professionals, the majority of whom have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts or prior experience
working in the culinary industry. Equipped with advanced
culinary and industry knowledge, our sales professionals seek to
establish a rapport with our customers so that they
49
can more fully understand and anticipate the needs of and offer
cost-effective food product solutions to the chefs that own or
operate these businesses. We believe that the specialized
knowledge base of our sales professionals enables us to take a
more collaborative and educational approach to selling our
gourmet foods and ingredients and to further differentiate
ourselves from our traditional broadline competitors.
Expertise in Logistics and Distribution. We
have built a first-class, scalable inventory management and
logistics platform that enables us to efficiently fill an
average of 11,000 orders each week and to profitably meet our
customers needs for varying drop sizes, high service
levels and timely delivery. Our average distribution service
levels, or the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers
that were delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99%
in 2010, which we believe is among the highest rates in the
foodservice distribution industry. With distribution centers
located in New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Washington
D.C., Las Vegas and Miami, we are able to leverage our
geographic footprint and reduce our inbound freight costs. This
scale enables us to maintain a portfolio of more than
11,500 SKUs through the operation of our sophisticated
information technology, inventory management and logistics
systems, which we believe allows us to provide our customers
with the highest level of customer service and responsiveness in
our industry.
Moreover, we have made significant investments since the
beginning of 2007 to develop our information technology platform
in an effort to ensure that our customers orders are
filled and delivered efficiently and on time, usually within
12-24 hours
following order placement. We employ routing and logistics
planning software which we believe maximizes the number of daily
deliveries that each of our trucks can make, while also allowing
us to make deliveries within each of our customers
preferred 2-3 hour time windows. We also use GPS and
vehicle monitoring technology to regularly monitor the condition
of our delivery trucks and measure our drivers
performance, enabling proactive fleet maintenance, excellent
customer service and improved risk management. To determine
optimal inventory levels, we utilize advanced forecasting
algorithms. Additionally, we currently employ an integrated
warehouse management system in our New York distribution
facilities to track inventory and manage working capital, and we
plan to integrate this system into the remainder of our
distribution facilities by the end of 2011.
Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our
senior management team has demonstrated the ability to grow the
business through various economic environments. With collective
experience of more than 60 years at The Chefs
Warehouse and its predecessor, our founders and senior
management are experienced operators and are passionate about
our future. Our senior management team is comprised of our
founders as well as experienced professionals with expertise in
a wide range of functional areas, including finance, sales and
marketing, information technology and human resources. We
believe our management team and employee base is, and will
remain, highly motivated as they will continue to own
approximately 53.7% of our common stock upon consummation of
this offering assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe substantial organic growth opportunities exist in our
current markets through increased penetration of our existing
customers and the addition of new customers, and we have
identified new markets that we believe also present
opportunities for future expansion. Key elements of our growth
strategy include the following:
Increase Penetration with Existing
Customers. We intend to sell more products to our
existing customers by increasing the breadth and depth of our
product selection and increasing the efficiency of our sales
professionals, while at the same time continuing to provide
excellent customer service. We are a data-driven and
goal-oriented organization, and we are highly focused on
increasing the number of unique products we distribute to each
customer and our weekly gross profit contribution from each
customer. Based on our managements industry experience and
our relationships and dealings with our customers, we believe we
are the primary distributor of specialty food products to the
majority of our customers, and we intend to maintain that
position while adding to the number of customers for which we
serve as their primary distributor of specialty food products.
Expand our Customer Base Within our Existing
Markets. As of December 24, 2010, we served
more than 7,000 customer locations in the United States. We plan
to expand our market share in the fragmented specialty food
distribution industry by cultivating new customer relationships
within our existing markets through the continued penetration of
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe we have the opportunity to continue to gain
market share in our existing
50
markets by offering an extensive selection of specialty food
products as well as traditional broadline staple food products
through our unique, collaborative and educational sales efforts
and efficient, scalable distribution solution.
Continue to Improve our Operating Margins. As
we continue to grow, we believe we can improve our operating
margins by continuing to leverage our inventory management and
logistics platform and our general and administrative functions
to yield both improved customer service and profitability.
Utilizing our fleet of delivery trucks, we fill an average of
11,000 customer orders weekly, usually within 12-24 hours
of order placement. We intend to continue to offer our customers
this high level of customer service while maintaining our focus
on realizing efficiencies and economies of scale in purchasing,
warehousing, distribution and general and administrative
functions which, when combined with incremental fixed-cost
leverage, we believe will lead to continued improvements in our
operating margin.
Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Throughout our
26-year
history, we have successfully identified, consummated and
integrated multiple new market and tuck-in acquisitions. We
believe we have improved the operations and overall
profitability of each acquired company by leveraging our
sourcing relationships to provide an expanded product portfolio,
implementing our tested sales force training techniques and
metrics and installing improved warehouse management and
information systems. We believe we have the opportunity to
capitalize on our existing infrastructure and expertise by
continuing to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions in
order to expand the breadth of our distribution network,
increase our operating efficiency and add additional products
and capabilities, and as a premier specialty foodservice
distributor in the United States, we believe we are well
positioned to further consolidate the fragmented specialty
foodservice distribution industry.
We continue to compete with several smaller local or regional
competitors within each of our existing markets, and we believe
some of these competitors may represent attractive tuck-in
acquisition candidates. Additionally, we believe there are a
number of other markets in the United States that would support
our business model. Each of these markets maintains a high
density of independent restaurants, fine dining establishments,
country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty
food stores that are currently served by multiple specialty
foodservice distributors, each of which we believe lacks our
product selection, experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, commitment to customer service, scale and
infrastructure.
Our Markets and
the Customers that We Serve
We distribute our specialty food products to over 7,000 distinct
customer locations from distribution centers located in our six
primary markets, which include New York, Washington, D.C.,
San Francisco, Los Angeles, Las Vegas and Miami. We also
serve customers in a number of other markets including
Philadelphia, Boston and Napa Valley. We believe that these
markets collectively set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu trends. We have the unique ability to
service the nations most demanding chefs through the
establishment of collaborative professional and educational
relationships which allows us to anticipate the needs of and
offer cost-effective food product solutions to our customers
while allowing our customers to locate ingredients that will
enable them to create unique and differentiated menu items. Our
target customers include menu-driven independent restaurants,
fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers,
culinary schools and specialty food stores. We enjoy no
meaningful customer concentration as our top 10 customers
accounted for less than 10% of total net revenue for our 2010
fiscal year.
Set forth below is a breakdown of the geographic markets we
serve, the year we entered each market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARKET NAME
|
|
GEOGRAPHIES SERVED
|
|
YEAR ENTERED
|
|
|
New York
|
|
Boston to Atlantic City
|
|
|
1985
|
|
Washington, D.C.
|
|
Philadelphia to Richmond
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Los Angeles
|
|
Santa Barbara to San Diego
|
|
|
2005
|
|
San Francisco
|
|
Napa Valley to Monterey Bay
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Las Vegas
|
|
Las Vegas
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Miami
|
|
Miami
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
51
Although we believe we are the largest specialty food
distributor in the majority of our markets, we remain focused on
expanding our existing customer base and increasing the average
order size and profitability of our existing customers. We
believe that we currently distribute one or more products on a
weekly basis to more than 60% of our addressable market in the
New York metropolitan area and between 20%-30% of our
addressable market in the other markets that we serve. We define
our addressable market as independent restaurants with an
average entrée price of greater than $15.00 according to an
online menu aggregator that provides detailed menu listings for
various markets around the country.
We extend credit to virtually all of our customers on varying
terms with average payment maturities of approximately
21 days. We complete a formal credit assessment of all new
customers, and our Credit and Collections Department, which
consists of 11 full-time employees, regularly evaluates
credit terms for each individual customer based upon several
factors, including order frequency, average order size, the
types of products purchased and the length of the relationship.
We believe that we are skilled at managing customer credit as
evidenced by our historical write-offs which have averaged
approximately 0.32% over the past three years.
We believe our established relationships with many of the top
chefs, culinary schools and fine dining establishments in our
existing culinary markets benefited us when we entered into new
markets where we believe that potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Our Specialty
Food Products
We strive to be the primary food source solution for our
customers, and, to this end, we offer our customers a
comprehensive product portfolio that ranges from staple
broadline products, such as milk and flour, to high-quality,
specialty food products and ingredients sourced from North
America, Europe, Asia and South America. We carry more than
11,500 SKUs, including 7,000 that are in-stock every day, and we
are fully committed to utilizing our sourcing relationships and
industry insights to procure products that we do not regularly
carry but that our customers specifically request as they seek
to create unique and innovative menu items.
We continuously evaluate potential additions to our product
portfolio based on both existing and anticipated trends in the
culinary industry. Our buyers have numerous contacts with
suppliers throughout North America, South America, Europe and
Asia and are always looking for new and interesting products
that will aid our customers as they seek to keep up with the
latest developments in the culinary industry. Our ability to
successfully distribute a significant portion of the total
production of smaller, regional and artisanal specialty food
producers allows us the opportunity to be these producers
primary
route-to-market
in our markets without, in most cases, requiring us to make
contractual commitments regarding guaranteed volume. We are also
able to utilize our size and successful track record of
distributing products sourced from outside the United States to
resist efforts from many of our foreign suppliers to push
importing costs off onto us.
We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by
offering a more extensive depth and breadth of specialty
products. We carry a wide range of high-quality specialty food
products including artisan charcuterie, specialty cheeses,
unique oils and vinegars, hormone-free protein, truffles, caviar
and chocolate across each of our markets, but we also offer a
number of items in each of our respective markets that are
tailored to meet the unique preferences of the individual chefs
in that market. We regularly rotate our inventory to identify
and bring to market new products that will continue to support
our value proposition.
Within our product offerings, we carry numerous gourmet brands,
and at the same time, we also seek to maximize product
contribution through the sale of our proprietary brands, which
we offer in a number of staple products, including bulk olive
oil, Italian grating cheeses and butter. We believe that our
ability to offer simultaneously high-quality specialty foods and
ingredients and more traditional broadline staple food products
provides our customers with foodservice distribution solutions
that are efficient and cost effective.
Our Sophisticated
and Experienced Sales Professionals
We employ a sophisticated and experienced sales force of
approximately 125 sales professionals focused on meeting our
customers goals and objectives while concurrently
educating them regarding our latest products and broader
culinary trends. To ensure a high level of customer service, we
seek to maintain a ratio of approximately one
52
sales professional for every 65 customers. Our sales force is
composed of the following three distinct groups which are all
focused on providing outstanding service to our customers:
|
|
|
|
|
Outside Sales Associates: Responsible for
identifying sales opportunities, educating customers and acting
as our public representatives.
|
|
|
Inside Sales Associates: Responsible for
processing customer orders and arranging for delivery and
payment.
|
|
|
Product Specialists: Responsible for
maintaining specialized product knowledge and educating our
outside sales associates and customers regarding new products
and general developments in several specific categories
including protein, seafood, pastry and cheese.
|
The majority of our sales professionals have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts
and/or prior
experience working in the culinary industry. We strive to
harness this culinary knowledge and passion for food and to
concurrently promote an entrepreneurial working environment.
Utilizing advanced pricing optimization software available to
them on a real-time basis, our sales professionals are afforded
flexibility to determine the pricing of individual items for our
customers within a range of pricing options. The majority of our
sales professionals are compensated on a commission basis, and
their performance is measured primarily upon their gross profit
dollars obtained. We have historically experienced low turnover
among our seasoned sales professionals.
Because we are highly focused on collaborating with our
customers and educating them regarding our latest products and
broader culinary trends, we view the ongoing education and
training of our sales force as crucial to our continued success.
To ensure that our sales professionals remain on the forefront
of new culinary products and trends, we regularly hold
vendor shows at our distribution centers where our
sales force is able to interact with vendors and learn more
about the vendors latest product offerings and the
performance of these products relative to competitive offerings.
Our
Suppliers
We are committed to providing our customers with an unrivaled
portfolio of specialty food products as well as a comprehensive
broadline product offering. To fulfill this commitment, we
maintain strong sourcing relationships with numerous producers
of high-quality artisan and regional specialty food products as
well as a wide range of broadline product suppliers. Our
importing arm also provides us with access to exclusive items
such as regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie sourced
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries.
We constantly seek out and evaluate new products in order to
satisfy our customers desire to be at the forefront of the
latest culinary and menu trends, and, as evidence of our
commitment to aid our customers in creating unique and
innovative menu items, we regularly utilize our sourcing
relationships and industry insights to procure other products
that we do not regularly carry but that our customers
specifically request.
We currently distribute products from more than 1,000 different
suppliers and no single supplier represented more than 5% of our
total disbursements for the quarter ended March 25, 2011.
We carry multiple products and utilize multiple suppliers in all
of our product categories, thereby eliminating our dependence
upon any single supplier. Additionally, we seek to limit
commodity risk by utilizing sophisticated forecasting and
inventory management systems to minimize the inventory carrying
time of commodity-oriented products and by leveraging the
specialized product knowledge of our Product Specialists to
manage purchasing and inventory levels when appropriate.
Our Operations
and Distribution Centers
Operating out of seven distribution centers of varying size and
providing service six days a week in many areas, we utilize our
fleet of delivery trucks to fill an average of 11,000 orders
weekly, usually within
12-24 hours
of order placement. Our average distribution service level, or
the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers that were
delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99% as of
fiscal year end 2010, which our management believes is among the
highest in the foodservice distribution industry. To achieve
these high service levels, we have invested significantly in
sophisticated warehousing, inventory control and distribution
systems as described in more detail below.
53
The following table provides information about our distribution
locations as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OVERVIEW OF OUR DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
|
|
NAME/LOCATION
|
|
OWNED / LEASED
|
|
APPROXIMATE SIZE (SQUARE FEET)
|
|
|
Bronx, New York #1
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
Bronx, New York #2
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
Hanover, Maryland
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
55,200
|
|
Miami,
Florida (1)
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Los Angeles, California
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
Hayward, California
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
Las Vegas, Nevada
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
371,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We have entered into a lease
agreement for a separate distribution center in the Miami,
Florida area. We expect we will move our Miami operations in the
third quarter of 2011.
|
Our primary New York City distribution facility utilizes a
fully-integrated warehouse management system which provides
real-time inventory visibility across the distribution center
and detailed metrics related to inventory turns. We plan to
integrate this system into the remainder of our distribution
facilities by the end of 2011. Additionally, we have begun to
implement pick-to-voice technology in each of our distribution
facilities which will enable our warehouse employees to fill
orders with greater speed and accuracy.
Products are delivered to our distribution centers primarily by
our fleet of trucks, contract carriers and the suppliers
themselves. We lease our trucks from national leasing companies
and regional firms that offer competitive services. Customer
orders are assembled in our distribution centers and then
sorted, placed on pallets and loaded onto trucks and trailers in
delivery sequence. The majority of our trucks and delivery
trailers have separate, temperature-controlled compartments.
We employ advanced routing and logistics planning software which
maximizes the number of daily deliveries that each of our trucks
can make while also enabling us to make deliveries within each
customers preferred 2-3 hour time window. We also use
GPS and vehicle monitoring technology to regularly evaluate the
condition of our delivery trucks and monitor the performance of
our drivers by tracking their progress relative to their
delivery schedule and providing information regarding hard
braking, idling and fast starts. Our use of this technology
allows us to conduct proactive fleet maintenance, provide timely
customer service and improve our risk management.
Our Technology
Systems
We maintain an advanced information technology platform that
enables us to manage our operations across our six markets as we
seek to drive our growth and profitability and ensure that the
needs of our customers are met in an accurate and efficient
manner. We have made significant investments in distribution,
sales, information and warehouse management systems over the
last three years, including the implementation of a
fully-integrated warehouse management system in our primary New
York City distribution facility, which we anticipate will be
installed in our other distribution facilities by the end of
2011. Our systems improvements include the implementation or
enhancement of a web-based purchasing and advanced planning
system that provides advanced forecasting and planning tools,
vehicle monitoring and route optimization software and
pick-to-voice
and directed put-away systems. Over the last three years, we
have also implemented an internally developed, web-based
reporting tool which provides real-time sales, pricing and
profitability analysis for our management and sales
professionals. These improvements have been made in an effort to
improve our efficiency as we continue to grow our business, and
we believe that our current systems are scalable and can be
leveraged to support our future growth.
Intellectual
Property
Except for the Spoleto, Bel Aria, Grand Reserve and The
Chefs Warehouse trademarks, we do not own or have the
right to use any patent, trademark, tradename, license,
franchise or concession, the loss of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
54
Competition
The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. We
compete with numerous smaller distributors on a local level, as
well as with a limited number of national broadline foodservice
distributors. Certain of these distributors have greater
financial and other resources than we do. Bidding for contracts
or arrangements with customers, particularly larger hotels and
caterers, is highly competitive and distributors may market
their services to a particular customer over a long period of
time before they are invited to bid. We believe that most
purchasing decisions in the foodservice distribution industry
are based upon the quality and price of the product distributed
and the distributors ability to completely and accurately
fill orders and deliver them in a timely manner.
Employees
We maintain a dedicated workforce of 189 hourly and 382 salary-
or commission-based employees. We offer attractive compensation
and benefit packages, and none of our workforce is represented
by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Our
management has historically, and plans to continue to, instill a
commitment to quality and excellence throughout our workforce,
stressing personal accountability in all areas of our business.
Regulation
As a distributor of specialty food products in the United
States, we are subject to regulation by numerous federal, state
and local regulatory agencies. For example, at the federal
level, we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act, the Bioterrorism Act and regulations promulgated by the
FDA. The FDA regulates manufacturing and holding requirements
for foods, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods
and prescribes the format and content of certain information
required to appear on food product labels, among other
responsibilities. For certain product lines, we are also subject
to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products
Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the
Country of Origin Labeling Act and regulations promulgated
thereunder by the USDA. The USDA imposes standards for product
quality and sanitation, including the inspection and labeling of
meat and poultry products and the grading and commercial
acceptance of produce shipments from vendors. In January 2011,
President Obama signed into law the FDA Food Safety
Modernization Act, which greatly expands the FDAs
authority over food safety, including giving the FDA power to
order the recall of unsafe foods, increase inspections at food
processing facilities, issue regulations regarding the sanitary
transportation of food, enhance tracking and tracing
requirements and order the detention of food that it has
reason to believe is adulterated or misbranded,
among other provisions. Our suppliers are also subject to
similar regulatory requirements. We and our suppliers are
subject to inspection by the FDA and the USDA and the failure to
comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in
civil or criminal fines or penalties, product recalls, closure
of facilities or operations, the loss or revocation of existing
licenses, permits or approvals or the failure to obtain
additional licenses, permits or approvals in new jurisdictions
where we intend to do business.
We are also subject to state and local regulation through such
measures as the licensing of our facilities, enforcement by
state and local health agencies of state and local standards for
our products and facilities and regulation of our trade
practices in connection with the sale of products. Our
facilities are generally inspected at least annually by federal
and/or state
authorities. These facilities are also subject to inspections
and regulations issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and
Health Act by the U.S. Department of Labor which require us
to comply with certain manufacturing, health and safety
standards to protect our employees from accidents and to
establish hazard communication programs to transmit information
about the hazards of certain chemicals present in certain
products that we distribute.
Our trucking operations are regulated by the Surface
Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration. In
addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to
safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies.
Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also
subject to federal and state regulations. We believe that we are
in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory
requirements relating to our motor carrier operations. Our
failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations
could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating
permits.
Our operations are subject to a broad range of federal, state
and local environmental health and safety laws and regulations,
including those governing discharges to air, soil and water, the
handling and disposal of hazardous substances and the
investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from
releases of petroleum products and other hazardous substances.
55
We believe that we are in material compliance with all federal,
state and local regulations applicable to our operations, and
management is unaware of any related issues that may have a
material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition
or results of operations.
Litigation and
Insurance
We may be subject to lawsuits, claims and assessments in the
normal course of business. Our management does not believe that
there are any suits, claims or unasserted claims or assessments
pending which would have a material adverse effect on our
operations or financial condition. We currently have exposure to
pending reimbursement claims brought by the New York State
Workers Compensation Board against former employer members
of self-insured workers compensation trusts. We were
members in two of the trusts at issue and are working with the
New York State Workers Compensation Board to resolve this
matter. We currently estimate exposure at approximately $500,000.
We maintain comprehensive insurance packages with respect to our
facilities, equipment, product liability, directors and
officers, workers compensation and employee matters in
amounts which management believes to be prudent and customary
within the foodservice distribution industry.
56
OUR
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of
July 12, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
AGE
|
|
POSITION
|
|
Christopher
Pappas (1)
|
|
51
|
|
Founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
John
Pappas (1)
|
|
47
|
|
Founder, Director and Vice Chairman
|
Dean Facatselis
(1)
|
|
56
|
|
Founder and Director
|
John A. Couri
|
|
70
|
|
Director
|
Kevin Cox
|
|
47
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
John Austin
|
|
49
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
Stephen Hanson
|
|
61
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
43
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
James Wagner
|
|
41
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
54
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Patricia Lecouras
|
|
55
|
|
Executive Vice President of Human Resources
|
Alexandros Aldous
|
|
30
|
|
Legal Services Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Christopher Pappas and John Pappas
are brothers. Dean Facatselis is married to Christopher
Pappas and John Pappas sister.
|
(2) |
|
This individual has agreed to
become a director immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is
expected to be independent as such term is defined
under The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.
|
The board of directors believes that each of the directors and
director nominees set forth above has the necessary
qualifications to serve as a member of the board of directors.
Each of our incumbent directors has exhibited during his prior
service as a director the ability to operate cohesively with the
other members of the board of directors. Moreover, the board of
directors believes that each director and director nominee
brings a strong background and skill set to the board of
directors, giving the board of directors as a whole competence
and experience in diverse areas, including corporate governance
and board service, finance, management and foodservice
distribution industry experience.
Each of our directors will be subject to re-election annually
and each of our executive officers is an at-will employee.
Set forth below is a brief description of the business
experience of each of our directors, director nominees and
executive officers, as well as certain specific experiences,
qualifications and skills that led to the board of
directors conclusion that each of the directors and
director nominees set forth below is qualified to serve as a
director:
Christopher Pappas is our founder and has served as our
chief executive officer since 1985 and has been our chairman
since March 1, 2011. He has been our president since
April 11, 2009 and before that was our president from our
formation to January 1, 2007. Prior to founding our
company, Mr. Pappas played basketball professionally in
Europe for several years following his graduation from Adelphi
University in 1981 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business
Administration. Mr. Pappas currently oversees all of our
business activities, with a focus on product procurement, sales,
marketing and strategy development. Mr. Pappass
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution business and his years of leadership at
the Company.
John Pappas is a founder of our company and currently
serves as our vice chairman, a position he has held since
March 1, 2011. From our founding in 1985 to March 1,
2011, he served as our chief operating officer. He has
25 years of experience in logistics, facility management
and global procurement and oversees our network of distribution
centers nationwide. Mr. Pappas is also active in the
development of our corporate strategy. Mr. Pappass
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution industry and his years of leadership at
the Company.
Dean Facatselis is a founder of our company and has been
a director of our company since January 1, 2007. He served
as our chief financial officer from June 1, 1985 to
December 31, 2006. Mr. Facatselis is a certified
public
57
accountant, and he attended Baruch College of the City
University of New York, where earned a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree in 1977. Mr. Facatseliss
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution business, his accounting and financial
expertise and his years of leadership at the company.
John A. Couri has been a director of ours since July
2005. Mr. Couri is the president of Couri Foundation, Inc.,
which was founded in 1988 to operate youth programs for
underprivileged children. He is also the president of the
Ridgefield Senior Center Foundation, Inc., which operates a
senior center in Ridgefield, Connecticut. In 1983,
Mr. Couri co-founded Duty Free International (DFI), a New
York Stock Exchange-listed public company, now Duty Free
Americas, and served as president and chief executive officer of
that company until it was sold to BAA in 1997. Mr. Couri
served as a member of the Listed Company Advisory Board of the
New York Stock Exchange from January 1993 to December 1995 and
served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of Syracuse
University from May 2004 to May 2008. Mr. Couri holds a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics, with a minor in Business,
from Syracuse University and received an honorary doctorate
degree from Syracuse University in 2008. Mr. Couris
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
experiences as having been a founder, president and chief
executive officer of a publicly traded company, his expertise
involving listed companies and his understanding of corporate
finance matters.
Kevin Cox has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Cox is the executive vice president of human resources
at American Express Company, a global provider of payment
solutions and travel-related services for consumers and
businesses, a position he has held since 2005. Prior to joining
America Express, Mr. Cox spent 16 years at PepsiCo and
Pepsi Bottling Group, where he held positions leading strategy,
business development, technology and human resources. He is a
current member of the board of directors of Corporate Executive
Board Company, a registered public company, and Ability Beyond
Disability, and he served as a member of the board of directors
of Virgin Mobile USA, Inc., a registered public company, from
2007 to 2009. Mr. Cox holds a Master of Labor and
Industrial Relations from Michigan State University and a
Bachelor of Arts from Marshall University. Mr. Coxs
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of compensation matters, including the
design, implementation and maintenance of compensation programs
for publicly traded companies, as well as his experiences gained
from serving on boards of directors of other publicly traded
companies and his having been involved in the initial public
offering of Pepsi Bottling Group.
John Austin has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Austin is a founder and the chief financial officer of
The Hilb Group, LLC, a regional mid-market insurance brokerage
firm formed in 2009 which focuses primarily on property and
casualty insurance and employee benefits services. Prior to
joining The Hilb Group in 2009, Mr. Austin was employed by
Performance Food Group Company, or PFG, a Richmond,
Virginia-based publicly traded foodservice distributor, from
1995 to 2009. Mr. Austin served his last six years at PFG
as that companys chief financial officer. Prior to joining
PFG, Mr. Austin spent four years as the assistant
controller for General Medical Corporation, a Richmond,
Virginia-based distributor of medical supplies. He also spent
the first six years of his career in public accounting,
primarily with the Richmond, Virginia office of
Deloitte & Touche. Mr. Austins
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive background and experience in finance and the
operations of a public company operating within the foodservice
distribution industry. Furthermore, he will qualify as our
audit committee financial expert, as such term is
defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Stephen Hanson has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Hanson is the founder and president of B.R. Guest
Restaurants, a New York multi-concept operator that began with
one restaurant in 1987 and has since expanded to over 20
properties in New York City, Las Vegas and Florida.
Mr. Hanson is a member of the Department of Consumer
Affairs Consumers Council for New York City, a position he
has held since January 2011. He also sits on the boards of
directors for Publicolor, a
not-for-profit
organization that uses color, collaboration, design and the
painting process to empower students to transform themselves,
their schools and their communities, and City Harvest, a
not-for-profit
organization dedicated to ending hunger in New York City.
Mr. Hanson earned a business degree from New York
Universitys Stern School of Business in 1976.
Mr. Hansons qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include his more than twenty years of experience in
the restaurant industry, as well as his general business and
investing background.
58
Kenneth Clark is our chief financial officer, a position
he has held since March 6, 2009. From July 7, 2007 to
March 6, 2009, Mr. Clark served as our controller.
Prior to joining our company, Mr. Clark was vice
president controller at Credit Suisse Energy, LLC
from June 2005 to July 2007. He has also held key financial
positions at United Rentals, Inc., Sempra Energy Trading
Corporation and Arthur Andersen, LLC. Mr. Clark holds a
Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from
Western Connecticut State University and is a certified public
accountant.
James Wagner is our chief operating officer, a position
he has held since March 1, 2011. Over the past six years he
has served in a variety of management positions with our
company, most recently serving as our chief commercial officer
from August 1, 2010 to February 28, 2011 prior to his
promotion to chief operating officer. From March 2009 to
August 1, 2010 he served as our executive vice president of
marketing, business development and, for our non-New York
markets, sales. From March 2006 through February 2009, he was
our executive vice president of marketing and business
development. From October 2005 through February 2006, Mr. Wagner
was the general manager of our Los Angeles market. Prior to
joining our company in 2005, Mr. Wagner was a principal and
co-founder of TrueChocolate, Inc., a chocolate manufacturing and
processing
start-up. He
also held key management positions at Clear!Blue Marketing and
was principal and founder of Jump Communications.
Mr. Wagner holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the
University of California, Berkeley where he was member of the
schools NCAA National Championship Water Polo teams in
1989, 1990, 1991 and 1992.
Frank ODowd is our chief information officer, a
position he has held since January 28, 2007.
Mr. ODowd has extensive experience managing
information technology in rapidly growing organizations. Prior
to joining our company, he was the chief information officer at
GAF Materials Corporation, a North American roofing
manufacturer, from June 1997 to April 2006 where he guided the
companys IT function as the organization grew from a
regional supplier to a large multinational corporation.
Mr. ODowds prior professional experience also
includes experiences at Reed Elsevier, Newsweek Magazine and
Wyeth Pharmaceuticals. Mr. ODowd holds a Bachelor of
Arts degree from The University of Dayton and a Master of Arts
degree from Stony Brook University.
Patricia Lecouras is our executive vice president of
human resources, a position she has held since January 31,
2007. Ms. Lecouras joined our company from GE Capital
Commercial Finance where she was vice president, human resources
from 2001 to 2007. Prior to her time with GE Capital Commercial
Finance, Ms. Lecouras was with Nine West Shoes (f/k/a
Fischer Camuto Corporation) and Xerox. Ms. Lecourass
professional experience is multi-disciplinary and includes prior
experience working in finance and tax-related functions. She
also has earned a six sigma master black belt certification.
Ms. Lecouras holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Psychology
and Social Work from Skidmore College.
Alexandros Aldous is our legal services director, a
position he has held since March 2011. Prior to joining our
company, he served as a legal consultant in London to Barclays
Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC,
from November 2009 to December 2010. Mr. Aldous also served
as an attorney with Watson, Farley & Williams from
August 2008 to September 2009, where he specialized in mergers
and acquisitions and capital markets, and as an attorney with
Shearman & Sterling LLP from October 2005 to August
2008, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions.
Mr. Aldous received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Classics
and Government from Colby College, a Juris Doctor and M.A. from
American University and an LL.M. from the London School of
Economics and Political Science. Mr. Aldous is licensed to
practice law in the State of New York, Washington, D.C. and
England and Wales.
Corporate
Governance Profile
Board
Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our
board of directors. Our board of directors is currently
comprised of four members. Our bylaws will provide that our
board of directors will consist of a number of directors to be
fixed from time to time by a resolution of the board of
directors. Immediately prior to the time at which the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is
declared effective, we expect that our board of directors will
be comprised of at least seven directors, of which no less than
four will be independent as such term is defined
under The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Our board of directors has
determined that John Couri, Kevin Cox, John Austin and Stephen
Hanson are, or when appointed to our board of directors will be,
independent. Moreover, our board of directors will not be
staggered and each of our directors will be subject to
re-election
59
annually. Each directors term will continue until the
election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Committees of
the Board of Directors
Immediately prior to the time at which the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared
effective, our board of directors will establish an audit
committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and
corporate governance committee. Each committee member will be
appointed by the board of directors and will serve until the
election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Audit
Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have an audit committee that will have
responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
overseeing managements maintenance of the reliability and
integrity of our accounting policies and financial reporting and
our disclosure practices;
|
|
|
overseeing managements establishment and maintenance of
processes to assure that an adequate system of internal control
is functioning;
|
|
|
overseeing managements establishment and maintenance of
processes to assure our compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and corporate policies;
|
|
|
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements prior to
their filing and prior to the release of earnings; and
|
|
|
reviewing the performance of the independent accountants and
making decisions regarding the appointment or termination of the
independent accountants and considering and approving any
non-audit services proposed to be performed by the independent
accountants.
|
We expect that John Austin, Stephen Hanson and Kevin Cox will
serve on the audit committee upon the listing of our stock on
The NASDAQ Global Market, with Mr. Austin serving as the chair
of the audit committee. Our board of directors has affirmatively
determined that each of Messrs. Austin, Hanson and Cox are
independent directors according to the rules and regulations of
the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, we believe
Mr. Austin will qualify as an audit committee
financial expert, as such term is defined in the rules and
regulations of the SEC. The audit committee will have the power
to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the
scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where
appropriate.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
audit committee, which will be available on our corporate
website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
Compensation
Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have a compensation committee that will have
responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing our compensation practices and policies, including
equity benefit plans and incentive compensation;
|
|
|
reviewing key employee compensation policies;
|
|
|
monitoring performance and compensation of our
employee-directors,
officers and other key employees; and
|
|
|
preparing recommendations and periodic reports to the board of
directors concerning these matters.
|
We expect that John Couri, John Austin and Kevin Cox will serve
on the compensation committee upon the listing of our stock on
The NASDAQ Global Market, with Mr. Couri serving as the chair of
the compensation committee. Our board of directors has
affirmatively determined that each of Messrs. Couri, Austin and
Cox are independent directors according to the rules and
regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
compensation committee, which will be available on our corporate
website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
60
Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have a nominating and corporate governance
committee that will have responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
making recommendations as to the size, composition, structure,
operations, performance and effectiveness of the board of
directors;
|
|
|
establishing criteria and qualifications for membership on the
board of directors and its committees;
|
|
|
assessing and recommending to the board of directors strong and
capable candidates qualified to serve on the board of directors
and its committees;
|
|
|
developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of
corporate governance principles; and
|
|
|
considering and recommending to the board of directors other
actions relating to corporate governance.
|
We expect that Kevin Cox, Stephen Hanson and John Couri will
serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee upon
the listing of our stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, with Mr.
Cox serving as the chair of the nominating and corporate
governance committee. Our board of directors has affirmatively
determined that each of Messrs. Cox, Hanson and Couri are
independent directors according to the rules and regulations of
the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be
available on our corporate website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serve, or in the past
year have served, as a member of the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity that has one or more
executive officers serving on our board of directors or
compensation committee.
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
In connection with this offering, our board of directors will
adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that establishes the
standards of ethical conduct applicable to all of our directors,
officers, employees, consultants and contractors. The code of
business conduct and ethics will address, among other things,
competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial
matters and external reporting, company funds and assets,
confidentiality and corporate opportunity requirements and the
process for reporting violations of the code of business conduct
and ethics, employee misconduct, conflicts of interest or other
violations. Our code of business conduct and ethics will be
publicly available on our website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com.
Any waiver of our code of business conduct and ethics with
respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer
or persons performing similar functions may only be authorized
by our audit committee and will be disclosed as required by
applicable law.
Risk
Oversight
Our board of directors oversees risk management with a focus on
our primary areas of risk: risk related to our business
strategy, financial risk, legal/compliance risk and operational
risk. Our president and chief executive officer and each of our
other executive officers are responsible for managing risk in
their respective areas of authority and expertise, identifying
key risks to the board and explaining to the board how those
risks are being addressed.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that the
standing committees of the board will also have responsibility
for risk oversight. The audit committee will focus on financial
risk, including fraud risk and risks relating to our internal
controls over financial reporting. The nominating and corporate
governance committee is expected to assist the board of
directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibility with
respect to regulatory compliance and will receive regular
reports from our legal services director and other employees
responsible for our regulatory compliance. The compensation
committee is expected to address risks relating to our executive
compensation strategies and will be tasked with monitoring our
executive compensation program to ensure that it does not
encourage our executive officers to take unnecessary and
excessive risks. We anticipate that our board will receive
regular reports from the chairs of these committees regarding
these committees risk management efforts and receive
reports and other meeting materials provided to each of the
committees.
61
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This compensation discussion and analysis discusses the
objectives and elements of our compensation programs and the
compensation awarded to our named executive officers in the 2010
fiscal year. This information should be read in conjunction with
the Summary Compensation Table and the related tables and
narratives that follow this compensation discussion and
analysis. For fiscal 2010, the following individuals were our
named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Christopher Pappas, our chairman, president and chief executive
officer;
|
|
|
l
|
John Pappas, our vice chairman;
|
|
|
l
|
James Wagner, our chief operating officer;
|
|
|
l
|
Kenneth Clark, our chief financial officer; and
|
|
|
l
|
Frank ODowd, our chief information officer.
|
Overview of
Compensation Process
As a private company with a relatively small number of owners,
we have historically employed an informal process for setting
the compensation of our named executive officers. For fiscal
2010, the compensation for our chief executive officer and our
vice chairman was established through negotiations between those
executives and representatives of BGCP, the holder of a majority
of our Class A units of membership interest prior to the
redemption of those units in October 2010. The compensation for
our other named executive officers was established by our chief
executive officer, with the input of representatives of BGCP,
and was principally based on BGCPs representatives
recommendations, our chief executive officers assessment
of our operating performance in fiscal 2009 and the individual
named executive officers performance of his duties and the
BGCP representatives understanding of compensation of
executive officers in comparable positions at other companies
operating within our business sector. In setting the total
compensation of our named executive officers in 2010, we did not
engage in benchmarking or specifically compare our named
executive officers total compensation to the total
compensation of employees in comparable positions with
comparable companies.
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will establish a compensation committee of our board
of directors. This committee, which will consist solely of
directors that are independent under the rules and
regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, will have
overall responsibility for the compensation program for our
named executive officers.
Compensation
Philosophy and Objectives
Presently, the principal objectives of our named executive
officer compensation program are to attract and retain
highly-qualified executives by providing total compensation for
each position that our board of directors and chief executive
officer believe is competitive within our business sector. We
also seek to provide appropriate incentives for our named
executive officers to achieve performance metrics related to our
company-wide performance and the individuals relevant
performance goals. Finally, through the issuance of equity-based
incentives, we seek to retain our key employees and reward
performance that enhances our long-term value.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that our
compensation committee will maintain these principal objectives
as the key components of our named executive officer
compensation program. Accordingly, we believe that our
compensation committee will strive to implement a compensation
program that enables us to attract and retain
high-quality
leadership and to assure that our named executive officers are
compensated in a manner consistent with stockholder interests,
the policies adopted by the compensation committee, internal
equity considerations, competitive practice and the requirements
of appropriate regulatory bodies. In determining the relevant
amounts of each of these components, we believe our compensation
committee will adopt a compensation program that consists of a
mix of compensation that is:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Performance-based: A significant
component of compensation should be determined based on whether
or not our named executive officers meet performance criteria
that are aligned with growth in stockholder value without
engaging in unreasonable risk-taking.
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
Competitive: Pay-for-performance
scales will be established to ensure that the competitive
positioning of an executives total compensation reflects
the competitive positioning of our performance (i.e., the better
our
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
performance relative to peers, the higher total compensation
payable to a named executive officer relative to competitive
benchmarks, and vice versa).
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
Balanced: Performance-oriented
features and retention-oriented features should be balanced so
that the compensation program accomplishes our
pay-for-performance
and executive retention objectives, while encouraging prudent
risk-taking that is aligned with our overall strategy.
|
|
l
|
Fair: Compensation levels and plan
design should reflect competitive practices, our performance
relative to peer companies and the relationship of compensation
levels from one executive to another.
|
Principal
Components of Our Compensation Packages
Taking into account the above-described objectives, historically
we have focused on designing a compensation package that
consists of two primary elements: (i) base salary and
(ii) performance-based, annual cash incentive awards. We
have also awarded our named executive officers, when hired,
promoted or both, equity interests in our company that vest on a
pro-rata basis over a four-year period. We expect that,
following the consummation of this offering, our compensation
committee will continue to design a compensation package made up
of base salaries, performance-based, annual cash incentive
awards and equity-based awards consisting of a mix of time-based
vesting stock options and restricted stock awards, together with
performance-based restricted stock.
Components of
Fiscal 2010 Compensation for Our Named Executive
Officers
For our 2010 fiscal year, our named executive officers
compensation consisted of the following principal components:
Base Salary. We provide our named
executive officers with a base salary to compensate them for
performing their daily responsibilities during the year. We
believe that base salaries must be competitive based upon the
named executive officers scope of responsibilities and
what we believe to be market rates of compensation for
executives performing similar functions for comparable companies
within our business sector. For fiscal 2010, the base salaries
for our chief executive officer and vice chairman were
established through negotiations between those executives and
representatives of BGCP, the holder of a majority of our
Class A units prior to the redemption of those units in
October 2010. The fiscal 2010 base salaries for our named
executive officers other than our chief executive officer and
vice chairman were based on our chief executive officers
and BGCPs representatives assessment of our
operating performance in fiscal 2009 and the individual named
executive officers performance of his duties during that
year. In setting the base salaries of our named executive
officers in 2010, we did not engage in benchmarking or
specifically compare our named executive officers base
salaries to the base salaries of employees in comparable
positions with comparable companies. Our named executive
officers, other than Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas, have had their performance reviewed
periodically, and have been eligible for merit-based base salary
increases as a result of these reviews. Taking all of these
factors into account, our named executive officers received the
following base salaries for the 2010 fiscal year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Over Prior
|
Name
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Year
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
$
|
227,458
|
(1)
|
|
|
7.2%
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
$
|
242,500
|
(2)
|
|
|
15.5%
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
|
3.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Wagners annual base
salary was $218,500 for the first seven months of 2010. On
August 1, 2010, Mr. Wagners annual base salary
increased to $240,000.
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Clarks annual base
salary was $210,000 for the first two months of 2010. Effective
as of March 1, 2010, Mr. Clarks annual base
salary increased to $249,000.
|
Performance-Based, Annual Cash Incentive
Compensation. To closely align our named
executive officers compensation to our goals, we believe
that a significant portion of a named executive officers
compensation should be incentive-based. Accordingly, we have
utilized, and anticipate that we will continue to utilize
following the consummation of this offering, an annual cash
incentive program that provides our named executive officers
with
63
the opportunity to earn substantial cash incentive compensation
for the achievement of annual goals related to both our
performance and the executive officers individual
performance.
For 2010, each of Messrs. C. Pappas and J. Pappas were
eligible to earn a performance-based cash incentive tied to our
achieving at least a threshold level of EBITDA. Specifically,
each individual was eligible to receive a cash payment equal to
25% of our EBITDA over $18.25 million, with a maximum award
of $350,000. For 2010, each of Christopher Pappas and John
Pappas received a cash incentive payment of $350,000. For fiscal
2010, we based each of the other named executive officers
performance-based cash incentive award primarily on the
achievement of company-wide targeted financial goals.
Mr. Wagners award was tied to our achieving revenue
of $291.0 million and gross profits of $75.6 million.
He also had an individual performance goal tied to the
reorganization of our sales management by January 1, 2011.
Mr. Clarks and Mr. ODowds awards
were not tied specifically to any particular performance metric,
but rather were determined in the discretion of our chief
executive officer. Although the awards for Mr. Clark and
Mr. ODowd were not specifically tied to any
particular performance metric, Mr. C. Pappas did consider
our performance against budgeted revenue and gross profit
targets of $291.0 million and $75.6 million, respectively, when
determining the amount of incentive-based compensation to pay
Messrs. Clark and ODowd. Our chief executive officer
has, and prior to our redemption of all of our then-issued
Class A units, BGCPs representatives together with
our chief executive officer had, a significant amount of
discretion to pay the full amount of a targeted award or a
smaller percentage thereof if we did not meet any of these
targets or to reduce the amount of an award even if we achieved
a specific target.
For our 2010 fiscal year, Mr. Wagners
performance-based cash incentive target award expressed as a
percentage of his base salary was 50% of his $218,500 base
salary for the first seven months of 2010 and 75% of his
$240,000 base salary for the last five months of 2010. The
percentage target for Mr. Clark was 50% of his increased
annualized base salary of $249,000 and for Mr. ODowd
was 50% of his base salary of $218,500. As we achieved each of
our budgeted performance targets for the 2010 fiscal year and as
Mr. Wagner achieved his individual performance goals, each
of Messrs. Wagner, Clark and ODowd received his
maximum target cash incentive payment. These payments were made
on March 2, 2011. The amounts actually paid to Messrs. C.
Pappas, J. Pappas, Wagner, Clark and ODowd under the
annual, performance-based cash incentive program, and the
related target amounts, are set forth in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
TARGET AWARD
|
|
ACTUAL AWARD
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
Long-term Equity Incentive Compensation. In fiscal
2010 and prior years, we did not have a specific plan or
arrangement under which our named executive officers were
granted options or other equity awards. We did, however, from
time-to-time
award Class C units to our named executive officers. We
issued these units, which do not have voting rights before or
after vesting, as a retention tool and to include a component of
long-term, performance-based equity compensation in our named
executive officers total compensation. These awards were
typically issued in connection with our hiring, and in the case
of Mr. Clark, promoting, a named executive officer. In
total, we have issued our named executive officers 2,083,333
Class C units of ownership interest. These awards, which
were issued in 2007 and 2009, as described in the following
table, vest 25% per year over the first four years following
issuance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
GRANT DATE
|
|
NUMBER OF CLASS C UNITS ISSUED
(1)
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
August 1, 2007
|
|
|
|
833,333
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
July 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
March 5, 2009
|
|
|
|
516,667
|
|
|
|
|
June 16, 2009
|
|
|
|
116,667
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
June 13, 2007
|
|
|
|
416,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In connection with the
reorganization transaction, these units will convert into common
shares of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., 169,193 shares
of which will be unvested restricted common stock, immediately
prior to the effectiveness of this registration
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
statement at a conversion ratio of
approximately 0.2942 shares of common stock per
Class C unit. See the information under the caption
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction.
|
The number of units issued to each individual was based
primarily on a combination of internal pay equity
considerations, job responsibilities, overall dilution of
current ownership and our lack of any equity incentive
compensation prior thereto. Each of the named executive officers
made Section 83(b) elections under the Code in connection
with these awards. The vesting of these awards will not
accelerate upon the consummation of this offering.
In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan,
or the Omnibus Plan. The Omnibus Plan will allow us to provide a
variety of incentive awards (including annual and long-term
incentive awards) to our named executive officers and other
employees following completion of the offering. The Omnibus Plan
will permit us to issue stock options, restricted stock units,
restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units,
performance shares and cash incentive awards to eligible
employees (including our named executive offers), directors and
advisors, as determined by the compensation committee. For more
details regarding this plan, see the information under the
caption 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan beginning on page 73 of this prospectus.
Retirement Plans and Other
Benefits. We believe that an important
aspect of attracting and retaining qualified individuals to
serve as executive officers involves providing health and
welfare benefits as well as methods for those individuals to
save for retirement. Accordingly, we provide our named executive
officers with the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Health Insurance. We provide each of our named
executive officers and their spouses and children the same
health, dental and vision insurance coverage we make available
to our other eligible employees. We pay both our portion and the
executives portion of the premiums for these benefits.
|
|
|
l
|
Disability Insurance. We provide each of our
named executive officers with disability insurance.
|
|
|
l
|
Retirement Benefits. We do not provide pension
arrangements or post-retirement health coverage for our named
executive officers or employees; however, our named executive
officers and other eligible employees are eligible to
participate in our 401(k) defined contribution plan. Prior to
our 2011 fiscal year we did not match employee contributions
under our 401(k) plan. Beginning in 2011, we are making matching
contributions for each of our employees, including our named
executive officers, in an amount equal to 3% of the
employees contributions up to 6% of his or her base salary.
|
|
|
l
|
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. We do not
currently provide any nonqualified defined contribution or other
deferred compensation plans to any of our employees.
|
|
|
l
|
Perquisites. In 2010, we provided certain
personal-benefit perquisites to our named executive officers.
Other than automobile allowances for certain of our named
executive officers and a temporary housing allowance for
Mr. ODowd, the aggregate incremental cost to us of
the perquisites received by each of the named executive officers
in 2010 did not exceed $10,000. The cost of the perquisites
provided to the named executive officers in 2010 is included in
the Summary Compensation Table.
|
Employment
Agreements, Letter Agreements and Severance
Benefits
Employment Agreements. We have entered
into an employment agreement with each of Christopher Pappas and
John Pappas. Our agreement with Christopher Pappas provides for
an annual base salary of $1,000,000 per year as well as
reimbursement for a leased automobile. Although his employment
agreement provides for a base salary of $1,000,000 annually, in
2006 Mr. C. Pappass base salary was reduced to $400,000
with his consent. Mr. C. Pappass annual base
salary will be $750,000 for fiscal 2011 with his consent. This
agreement does not have a stated expiration date, but rather is
terminable by Mr. Pappas on 60 days notice and
by us upon approval of a resolution by our board of directors.
This employment agreement also includes a non-competition and
non-solicitation provision, pursuant to which Mr. Pappas
has agreed, among other things, that for two years following the
termination of his employment with us, he will not
(i) compete with us or our subsidiaries; (ii) induce
an employee of ours to leave our employ; (iii) hire any of
our senior executives or full-time sales professionals; or
(iv) induce a customer or supplier of ours to cease doing
business with us. If Mr. Pappas is terminated by us without
cause under certain scenarios, the non-competition and
non-solicitation provisions of his employment agreement expire
as of the date of termination unless we exercise an option to
extend those provisions for up to two years, in exchange for
annual payments of $500,000 during those two years.
Our agreement with John Pappas provides for an annual base
salary of $1,000,000 per year as well as reimbursement for a
leased automobile. Although his employment agreement provides
for a base salary of $1,000,000 annually, in 2006 Mr. J.
Pappass base salary was reduced to $400,000 with his
consent.
65
Mr. J. Pappass annual base salary is presently
$750,000 for fiscal 2011 with his consent. This agreement does
not have a stated expiration date, but rather is terminable by
Mr. Pappas on 60 days notice and by us upon
approval of a resolution by our board of directors. This
employment agreement also includes a non-competition and
non-solicitation provision, pursuant to which Mr. Pappas
has agreed, among other things, that, for two years following
the termination of his employment with us, he will not
(i) compete with us or our subsidiaries; (ii) induce
an employee of ours to leave our employ; (iii) hire any of
our senior executives or full-time sales professionals; or
(iv) induce a customer or supplier of ours to cease doing
business with us. If Mr. Pappas is terminated by us under
certain scenarios, the non-competition and non-solicitation
provisions of his employment agreement expire as of the date of
termination unless we exercise an option to extend those
provisions for up to two years, in exchange for annual payments
of $500,000 during those two years.
Although the annual base salary for Messrs. C. Pappas
and J. Pappas was increased to $750,000 in 2011, their
total non-equity compensation in 2011 is expected to be
comparable to their total non-equity compensation paid in 2010
after taking into account the $350,000 bonus payment that was
made to each in 2010. In addition, upon consummation of this
offering, Mr. J. Pappass base salary will be $450,000
pursuant to the terms of the replacement employment agreement
described below.
Description of
Replacement Employment Agreements
We intend to enter into a replacement employment agreement with
each of Christopher Pappas and John Pappas prior to consummation
of this offering. The replacement employment agreements are
expected to have a three-year term and will allow for the
automatic extension of the term for successive one-year terms
unless either party to the agreement elects not to renew at
least 60 days prior to the end of the term. The agreements
are expected to provide for an annual base salary of $750,000
for Mr. C. Pappas and an annual base salary of $450,000 for
Mr. J. Pappas, an annual cash bonus opportunity for
each to be determined by the Board of Directors (or a committee
thereof) and the right of each to participate in our
equity-based incentive plans. Additionally, the agreements will
provide for four weeks of paid vacation annually, a monthly car
allowance of $2,000 and participation in our employee benefit
plans and programs for salaried employees to the extent
permissible under such plans or programs.
The agreements are also expected to provide for severance
benefits if either Mr. C. Pappas or Mr. J. Pappas is
terminated by us without cause. Upon such a termination, the
agreements will provide for the continued payment of base salary
for one year from the date of termination and the right to
receive any bonus that has been earned but remains unpaid on the
date of termination. The agreements also will include a
non-competition and non-solicitation provision, pursuant to
which the executive will agree, among other things, that for one
year following the termination of his employment with us, he
will not (i) compete with us or our subsidiaries;
(ii) induce a customer or supplier of ours to cease doing
business with us or (iii) induce an employee of ours to
leave our employ. For purposes of the replacement employment
agreements, cause is expected to be defined as
(i) engaging in willful misconduct that is injurious to our
company or our affiliates or (ii) the embezzlement or
misappropriation of our, or our affiliates, funds or
property; provided that, no act, or failure to act, is to be
considered willful unless done, or omitted to be
done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the
action or omission was in the best interest of our company.
Letter Agreements. On
April 8, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with
James Wagner, our chief operating officer, which we modified on
June 28, 2011. The letter agreement has no specific term
and provides that Mr. Wagner is an at-will employee.
Mr. Wagners annual base salary under the letter
agreement is $250,000 and he is eligible to participate in our
annual, performance-based cash incentive program at a target of
100% of his base salary. In connection with entering into the
letter agreement with Mr. Wagner, we agreed to issue him
upon consummation of this offering restricted shares of our
common stock equal to approximately 0.8% of our outstanding
shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering, which
will result in our incurring a non-cash compensation charge
amortized over the life of the award. These shares will vest 50%
upon grant and 12.5% per year for each of the first four years
following the grant date. Any unvested portion of this award
would vest immediately upon our termination of Mr. Wagner
without cause or upon consummation of a change in control of our
company.
On March 6, 2009, we entered into a letter agreement with
Kenneth Clark, our chief financial officer. The letter agreement
has no specific term and provides that Mr. Clark is an
at-will employee. Mr. Clarks base salary under the
letter agreement was initially $210,000. This amount was
increased to $249,000 per year effective as of March 1,
2010. Pursuant to the terms of the letter agreement,
Mr. Clark is eligible to participate in our annual,
performance-based
66
cash incentive program at a target of 50% of his annual base
salary. Mr. Clarks letter agreement also provides
that he is entitled to receive his base salary for a period of
twelve months following his termination by us without
cause.
We entered into a letter agreement, effective as of
February 15, 2007, with Frank ODowd, our chief
information officer. The letter agreement has no specific term
and provides that Mr. ODowd is an at-will employee.
Mr. ODowds annual base salary under the letter
agreement was initially $200,000, which was subsequently
increased to $218,500, and he is eligible to participate in our
annual, performance-based cash incentive program at a target of
50% of his annual base salary. Mr. ODowds
letter agreement also provides that he is entitled to receive
his base salary for a period of six months following his
termination by us without cause.
Neither Mr. Wagners nor Mr. ODowds
letter agreement defines cause.
Mr. Clarks letter agreement defines cause
as termination of employment by us due to (i) conviction
of, or plea of, nolo contendre, with respect to any
felony, or any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against
us or any of our subsidiaries, or any act of moral turpitude or
any conduct in which he engages during his employment that tends
to bring us or any of our subsidiaries into substantial public
disgrace or disrepute, (ii) the commission of any act or
omission involving fraud with respect to us or any of our
subsidiaries or in connection with any relationship between us
or any of our subsidiaries and any customer or supplier,
(iii) use of illegal drugs or repetitive abuse of other
drugs or repetitive excess consumption of alcohol interfering
with the performance of his duties, (iv) the gross
negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his
duties with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries or
(v) failure to follow the lawful directives of our
president.
Other Severance Benefits. As described
above, we have entered into letter agreements with each of
Messrs. Clark and ODowd pursuant to which we have
agreed to pay these individuals severance benefits if they are
terminated by us without cause. We have entered into
a separate severance agreement with Mr. Wagner pursuant to
which Mr. Wagner is entitled to receive his base salary for
twelve months following our termination of his employment
without cause, or, if earlier, until the date he
begins employment with a new company or business;
provided that Mr. Wagner provides the release
described therein. Mr. Clarks agreement with us
provides that we will pay him his base salary for twelve months
following our termination of his employment without
cause. Our agreement with Mr. ODowd
requires that we pay him his base salary for six months
following our termination of his employment without
cause.
Mr. Wagners agreement defines cause as
(i) willful refusal to perform, in any material respect,
his duties or responsibilities for us; (ii) material breach
of his Confidentiality, Non-Solicit, Non-Interference,
Non-Compete and Severance Agreement with us; (iii) gross
negligence or willful disregard in the performance of his duties
or responsibilities; (iv) willful disregard, in any
material respect, of any financial or other budgetary
limitations applicable to Mr. Wagner; (v) the
commission of any act or omission involving fraud with respect
to us or our subsidiaries or any customer or supplier of ours
that were established in good faith; or (vi) use of illegal
drugs, repetitive abuse of other drugs or repetitive consumption
of alcohol interfering with the performance of his duties.
In determining the length of the severance benefits that we
would pay these named executive officers following their
termination, we considered the need to be able to competitively
recruit and retain talented executive officers who often times
seek protection against the possibility that they might be
terminated without cause or forced to resign without cause,
particularly following a change of control. None of our named
executive officers are entitled to receive single trigger cash
payments upon a change in control involving us.
2011
Compensation
For 2011, the base salary for Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas was increased to $750,000. They will not be
eligible for any non-equity incentive plan compensation for
2011. As described above, upon consummation of this offering,
Mr. J. Pappass base salary will be $450,000.
Mr. Wagners annual base salary was increased to
$250,000 in connection with his promotion to chief operating
officer. The annual base salaries of Messrs. Clark and
ODowd are unchanged for fiscal 2011. Each of our named
executive officers, other than Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas, will be eligible to receive performance-based
cash incentive payments in the first quarter of 2012 if we
achieve performance targets related to our fiscal 2011 revenues,
operating profit and EBITDA. The bonus target, expressed as a
percentage of annual base salary, that Messrs. Clark and
ODowd are each entitled to receive is the same as the
target for fiscal 2010, and Mr. Wagners target is
100% of his annual base salary. In connection with our promoting
Mr. Wagner to chief operating officer, we have agreed to
award him an additional equity interest in our company equal to
approximately 0.8% of our outstanding common stock upon
consummation of this offering. This award,
67
which will be issued upon consummation of this offering, vests
50% upon grant and 12.5% per year on each of the first four
anniversaries following the grant date. Any unvested portion of
this award would vest immediately upon our termination of
Mr. Wagner without cause or upon consummation of a change
in control of our company.
Tax and
Accounting Implications
Deductibility of Executive
Compensation. The accounting and tax
treatment of particular forms of compensation have not, to date,
materially affected our compensation decisions. Following the
consummation of this offering, we expect that our compensation
committee will consider the effect of accounting and tax
treatment regarding executive compensation when making decisions
regarding the amount and form of compensation that we will pay
our named executive officers. For instance, we expect that our
compensation committee will review and consider the
deductibility of executive compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Code, which generally disallows tax
deductions to public companies for certain compensation in
excess of $1,000,000 that is paid in any one tax year to certain
of our most highly compensated employees. There is an exception
to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation
that meets certain requirements. We believe that the
compensation paid under the Omnibus Plan, including any
performance-based cash incentive compensation, should be fully
deductible for federal income tax purposes. In certain
situations, however, we may approve compensation that will not
meet these requirements in order to ensure competitive levels of
total compensation for our named executive officers.
Accounting for Equity-Based
Compensation. Accounting rules require that
we expense equity-based compensation awards, including awards
under the Omnibus Plan.
2010 Summary
Compensation Table
The table below summarizes the compensation paid or accrued by
us during the 2010 fiscal year for our chief executive officer,
chief financial officer and each of our next three highest paid
executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000
for the 2010 fiscal year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGE IN PENSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONQUALIFIED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-EQUITY
|
|
DEFERRED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
OPTION
|
|
INCENTIVE PLAN
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
ALL OTHER
|
|
|
NAME AND PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
|
SALARY
|
|
BONUS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
COMPENSATION(1)
|
|
EARNINGS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
|
POSITION
|
|
YEAR
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(2) ($)
|
|
TOTAL ($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,605
|
|
|
$
|
779,605
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,324
|
|
|
$
|
778,324
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
227,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,355
|
|
|
$
|
375,543
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
242,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,497
|
|
|
$
|
372,497
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,321
|
|
|
$
|
357,071
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts reflect those amounts
earned by the named executive officer under our fiscal 2010
performance-based, annual cash incentive program. For a
description of this program, please see the information under
the caption Performance-Based, Annual Cash Incentive
Compensation above.
|
(2) |
|
The following table breaks out the
components of the All Other Compensation paid to our
named executive officers in fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEDICAL, DENTAL AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VISION INSURANCE
|
|
|
|
HOUSING
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
PREMIUMS(a)
|
|
AUTOMOBILE(b)
|
|
ALLOWANCE
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
5,605
|
|
|
$
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,605
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
5,524
|
|
|
|
22,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,324
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
5,605
|
|
|
|
3,750
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,355
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
4,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,200
|
|
|
|
29,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
This amount reflects each named
executive officers portion of the premiums for his and his
familys medical, dental and vision insurance that we pay
on his behalf.
|
68
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Mr. Christopher Pappas and Mr.
Wagner are provided with monthly car allowances and Mr. John
Pappas is provided with an automobile leased by us.
|
|
(c) |
|
Mr. Wagner receives a car
allowance of $750 per month, which began in August 2010.
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Wagners annual base
salary was $218,500 for the first seven months of 2010. On
August 1, 2010, Mr. Wagners annual base salary
increased to $240,000.
|
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Clarks annual base
salary was $210,000 for the first two months of 2010. Effective
as of March 1, 2010, Mr. Clarks annual base
salary increased to $249,000.
|
2010 Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
We did not grant any plan-based awards in 2010.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our Class C units, the only class of our outstanding
equity held by our named executive officers that had not yet
vested as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT AWARDS
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
MARKET
|
|
|
|
|
OF UNITS
|
|
VALUE OF
|
|
|
|
|
THAT
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
|
|
HAVE
|
|
THAT
|
|
|
|
|
NOT
|
|
HAVE NOT
|
|
|
|
|
VESTED
|
|
VESTED
(2)
|
NAME
|
|
TYPE OF UNITS
(1)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
208,333
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
80,687
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
525,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
203,333
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
104,167
|
(5)
|
|
|
40,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In connection with the
reorganization transaction, these units will convert into common
shares of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. immediately prior to
the effectiveness of this registration statement at a conversion
ratio of approximately 0.2942 shares of common stock per
Class C unit. See the information under the caption
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction for
more information regarding this reorganization transaction.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The value presented in the table is
equal to the product of the number of units that had not vested
as of December 24, 2010 multiplied by the per unit price we
had paid to repurchase Class C units from former employees
during 2010 on the date closest to December 24, 2010. We
calculated these repurchase prices based on an estimated
enterprise value for our company (based on a multiple of our
trailing twelve months of EBITDA at each repurchase date) less
outstanding debt and the accreted value of our Class A
units. Using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, and after giving effect to
the conversion of the Class C units to shares of our common
stock at a conversion ratio of approximately 0.2942 shares
of common stock per Class C unit, the market value of the
unvested Class C units for each of Messrs. Wagner,
Clark and ODowd would be $919,538, $2,317,241 and
$459,772, respectively.
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Wagners 208,333
unvested Class C units will vest on August 1, 2011.
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Of Mr. Clarks 525,000
unvested Class C units, 50,000 units will vest on
July 31, 2011; 129,167 units will vest on each of
March 5, 2011 and March 5, 2012; 129,166 units will
vest on March 5, 2013; 29,167 units will vest on each
of June 16, 2011 and June 16, 2012; and
29,166 units will vest on June 16, 2013.
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Mr. ODowds 104,167
unvested Class C units vested on June 13, 2011.
|
69
2010 Units Vested
Table
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the number of Class C units that our named executive
officers received upon vesting in fiscal 2010. There were no
other equity-based awards that vested in fiscal 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLASS C UNITS
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
|
|
ACQUIRED
|
|
VALUE REALIZED
|
|
|
ON VESTING
|
|
ON VESTING
(1)
|
NAME
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
208,333
|
|
|
$
|
111,714
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
208,334
|
|
|
|
83,711
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
104,167
|
|
|
|
49,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value presented in the table is
equal to the product of the number of units vesting on each
applicable vesting date multiplied by the per unit price we had
paid to repurchase Class C units from former employees
during 2010 on the date closest to the applicable vesting date.
We calculated these repurchase prices based on an estimated
enterprise value for our company (based on a multiple of our
trailing twelve months of EBITDA at each repurchase date) less
outstanding debt and the accreted value of our Class A
units. Using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, and after giving effect to
the conversion of the Class C units to shares of our common
stock at a conversion ratio of approximately 0.2942 shares
of common stock per Class C unit, the market value of the
Class C units that vested in 2010 for each of
Messrs. Wagner, Clark and ODowd would be $919,538,
$919,543 and $459,772, respectively.
|
Change in Control
and Termination Pay Tables
The tables below reflect the amount of compensation payable to
each of our named executive officers in the event of termination
of such executives employment. The amount of compensation
payable to each named executive officer upon voluntary
termination, early or normal retirement and involuntary
not-for-cause
termination and in the event of disability or death of the
executive is shown below. The amounts shown assume that such
termination was effective as of December 24, 2010, and thus
include amounts earned through such time, and are estimates of
the amounts which would be paid out to the executives upon their
termination. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be
determined at the time of such executives separation from
us.
Christopher
Pappas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
EARLY
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
DEATH
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class B Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
John
Pappas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
EARLY
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
DEATH
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class B Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
Wagner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C Units
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
388,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. Wagner would forfeit all of his unvested shares upon
his termination of employment for any reason. Mr. Wagner
would forfeit all of his vested and unvested Class C units
upon our termination of his employment for Cause (as
defined in our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement) or upon his engaging in any activity that is
competitive with us, including soliciting our customers or
soliciting or hiring our employees. In the event of an Approved
Company Sale, as defined in our Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement, Mr. Wagners unvested
Class C units will immediately vest. Because the
Class C units are equity interests in a private limited
liability company, the market value of such interests is not
readily determinable. Using the midpoint of the estimated price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
giving effect to the conversion of the Class C units to
shares of our common stock at a conversion ratio of
approximately 0.2942 shares of common stock per
Class C unit, the market value of the unvested Class C
units would be $919,538. The actual amount that would have been
received could only have been determined at the time of an
actual change in control based on the actual net proceeds
received in connection with such change in control which likely
would have varied from this amount.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Wagner is entitled to
receive his base salary for twelve months following our
termination of his employment without cause. These payments
would cease earlier than the
12-month
anniversary of our termination of his employment if
Mr. Wagner becomes employed by another company during that
period.
|
71
Kenneth
Clark
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C
Units (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
249,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
373,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. Clark would forfeit all of his unvested shares upon his
termination of employment for any reason. Mr. Clark would
forfeit all of his vested and unvested Class C units upon
our termination of his employment for Cause (as
defined in our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement) or upon his engaging in any activity that is
competitive with us, including soliciting our customers or
soliciting or hiring our employees. In the event of an Approved
Company Sale, as defined in our Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement, Mr. Clarks unvested
Class C units will immediately vest. Because the
Class C units are equity interests in a private limited
liability company, the market value of such interests is not
readily determinable. Using the midpoint of the estimated price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
giving effect to the conversion of the Class C units to
shares of our common stock at a conversion ratio of
approximately 0.2942 shares of common stock per
Class C unit, the market value of the unvested Class C
units would be $2,317,241. The actual amount that would have
been received could only have been determined at the time of an
actual change in control based on the actual net proceeds
received in connection with such change in control which likely
would have varied from this amount.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Clark is entitled to
receive his base salary for twelve months following our
termination of his employment without cause.
|
Frank
ODowd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C
Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. ODowd would forfeit all of his unvested shares
upon his termination of employment for any reason.
Mr. ODowd would forfeit all of his vested and
unvested Class C units upon our termination of his
employment for Cause (as defined in our Amended and
Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement) or upon his
engaging in any activity that is competitive with us, including
soliciting our customers or soliciting or hiring our employees.
In the event of an Approved Company Sale, as defined in our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. ODowds unvested Class C units will
immediately vest. Because the Class C units are equity
interests in a private limited liability company, the market
value of such interests is not readily determinable. Using the
midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, and after giving effect to the
conversion of the Class C units to shares of our common
stock at a conversion ratio of approximately 0.2942 shares
of common stock per Class C unit, the market value of the
unvested Class C units would be $459,772. The actual amount
that would have been received could only have been determined at
the time of an actual change in control based on the actual net
proceeds received in connection with such change in control
which likely would have varied from this amount.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Mr. ODowd is entitled to
receive his base salary for six months following our termination
of his employment without cause.
|
72
Director
Compensation
During 2010, we did not pay any compensation to our directors
other than John Couri and Dean Facatselis for their service on
our board. We paid Mr. Couri a $25,000 retainer and Mr.
Facatselis a $39,780 retainer.
Following consummation of this offering, we intend to pay each
of our independent directors an annual retainer of $50,000
consisting of an equal mix of cash and equity-based
compensation. We do not intend to pay directors for attending
meetings of the board or its committees, or for chairing
committees of the board. We may also grant additional
equity-based awards to our independent directors. In addition,
we will reimburse our independent directors for their expenses
incurred in attending board and committee meetings.
The table below summarizes the compensation paid by us to our
directors for the 2010 fiscal year:
2010 DIRECTOR
COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGE IN PENSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONQUALIFIED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EARNED
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-EQUITY
|
|
DEFERRED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OR PAID
|
|
STOCK
|
|
OPTION
|
|
INCENTIVE PLAN
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
ALL OTHER
|
|
|
|
|
IN CASH
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
EARNINGS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
TOTAL
|
NAME
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher
Pappas(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John
Pappas (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Couri
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
Dean Facatselis
|
|
$
|
39,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,780
|
|
Joseph M. Sharfenberger,
Jr.(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen
Murray(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These individuals did not receive
any compensation for their service as a director.
|
|
(2) |
|
These individuals no longer serve
as directors of our company.
|
2011 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan
Overview
We anticipate that prior to the consummation of this offering,
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan, or the Omnibus Plan, will be adopted by our board of
directors. The purpose of the Omnibus Plan will be to promote
the interests of the Company and its stockholders by
(i) attracting and retaining key officers, employees and
directors; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of
performance-related incentives to achieve long-range performance
goals; (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in
the long-term growth and financial success of the Company;
(iv) encouraging ownership of stock in the Company by such
individuals; and (v) linking their compensation to the
long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders.
Set forth below is a summary of the expected terms of the
Omnibus Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by the full
text of the Omnibus Plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Summary of
Material Terms
Eligibility and Administration of the Omnibus
Plan. Any key officer, employee, consultant
or director shall be eligible to be a designated participant.
The Omnibus Plan will be administered by a Committee
composed of at least two non-employee directors,
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and
Rule 16b-3
thereunder, each of whom is designated as: (i) an
outside director for purposes of Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,
and (ii) independent within the meaning of the
listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market.
73
Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and applicable law, and
in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred
on the Committee by the Omnibus Plan, the Committee shall have
full power and authority in its discretion (and in accordance
with Section 409A of the Code with respect to awards
subject thereto) to: (i) designate participants;
(ii) determine eligibility for participation in the Omnibus
Plan and decide all questions concerning eligibility for and the
amount of awards under the Omnibus Plan; (iii) determine
the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant;
(iv) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or
with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to
be calculated in connection with awards; (v) determine the
timing, terms, and conditions of any award; (vi) accelerate
the time at which all or any part of an award may be settled or
exercised; (vii) determine whether, to what extent, and
under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in
cash, shares, other securities, other awards or other property,
or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by
which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or
suspended; (viii) determine whether, to what extent, and
under what circumstances cash, shares, other securities, other
awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect
to an award shall be deferred either automatically or at the
election of the holder thereof or of the Committee;
(ix) grant awards as an alternative to, or as the form of
payment for grants or rights earned or payable under, other
bonus or compensation plans, arrangements or policies of the
Company or a subsidiary or affiliate; (x) grant substitute
awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee may
prescribe, subject to compliance with the incentive stock option
rules under Section 422 of the Code and the nonqualified
deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code,
where applicable; (xi) make all determinations under the
Omnibus Plan concerning any participants separation from
service with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate, including
whether such separation occurs by reason of cause, good reason,
disability, retirement, or in connection with a change in
control and whether a leave constitutes a separation from
service; (xii) interpret and administer the Omnibus Plan
and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award made
under, the Omnibus Plan; (xiii) except to the extent
prohibited under the terms of the Omnibus Plan, amend or modify
the terms of any award at or after grant with the consent of the
holder of the award; (xiv) establish, amend, suspend or
waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it
shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the
Omnibus Plan; and (xv) make any other determination and
take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or
desirable for the administration of the Omnibus Plan.
Limitations on Omnibus Plan Awards. No
participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights, or
SARs, under the Omnibus Plan in any calendar year that, taken
together, relate to more than 200,000 shares. With respect
to any covered officer, the maximum annual number of shares in
respect of which all performance awards may be granted under the
Omnibus Plan is 200,000, and the maximum amount of all
performance awards that are settled in cash and that may be
granted under the Omnibus Plan in any year is $2,000,000.
Shares Subject to Omnibus
Plan. The number of shares of common stock,
no par value per share, of the Company (each, a
Share and collectively, the Shares)
which may be issued pursuant to all awards after the effective
date of the Omnibus Plan is equal to 1,750,000 (the Share
Reserve). Each Share issued pursuant to an option,
restricted stock award, restricted stock unit or redeemed
portion of a SAR shall reduce the Share Reserve by one
(1) share. If any award granted under the Omnibus Plan
(whether before or after the effective date of the Omnibus Plan)
shall expire, terminate, be settled in cash (in whole or in
part) or otherwise be forfeited or canceled for any reason
before it has vested or been exercised in full, the shares
subject to such award shall, to the extent of such expiration,
cash settlement, forfeiture, or termination, again be available
for awards under the Omnibus Plan. The Committee may make such
other determinations regarding the counting of shares issued
pursuant to the Omnibus Plan as it deems necessary or advisable,
provided that such determinations shall be permitted by law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an option or SAR is exercised,
in whole or in part, by tender of shares or if the
Companys tax withholding obligation is satisfied by
withholding shares, the number of shares deemed to have been
issued under the Omnibus Plan shall be the number of shares that
were subject to the option or SAR or portion thereof, and not
the net number of shares actually issued and any SARs to be
settled in shares shall be counted in full against the number of
shares available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, regardless
of the number of shares issued upon the settlement of the SAR.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights. The Committee shall have sole and
complete authority to determine the participants to whom options
and SARs shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each
award, the exercise price and the conditions and limitations
applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. An option may
be granted with or without a related SAR. A SAR may be granted
with or without a related option. The grant of an option or SAR
shall occur when the Committee by resolution, written consent or
other appropriate action determines
74
to grant such option or SAR for a particular number of shares to
a particular participant at a particular option price or grant
price, as the case may be, or such later date as the Committee
shall specify in such resolution, written consent or other
appropriate action. The Committee shall have the authority to
grant incentive stock options and to grant non-qualified stock
options. In the case of incentive stock options, the terms and
conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with
Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and
any regulations implementing such statute. To the extent the
aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the
incentive stock option is granted) of the shares with respect to
which all incentive stock options are exercisable for the first
time by an employee during any calendar year (under all plans
described in Section 422(d) of the Code of the
employees employer corporation and its parent and
subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as
non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may not be
granted to any individual who, at the time of grant owns stock
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all of the outstanding common stock of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, unless the exercise price is not less than 110% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the
grant and the exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms
after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of
such option.
Each option and SAR shall be exercisable at such times and
subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in
its sole discretion, specify in the applicable award agreement
or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with
respect to the exercise of options or SARs, including without
limitation, any relating to the application of federal, state or
foreign securities laws or the Code, as it may deem necessary or
advisable. The exercise of any option granted under the Omnibus
Plan shall be effective only at such time as the sale of shares
pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal
securities or other laws.
An option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part at any
time, with respect to whole shares only, within the period
permitted thereunder for the exercise thereof, and shall be
exercised by written notice of intent to exercise the option or
SAR, delivered to the Company at its principal office, and
payment in full to the Company at the direction of the Committee
of the amount of the option price for the number of Shares with
respect to which the option is then being exercised.
Payment of the option price shall be made in (i) cash or
cash equivalents, or, (ii) at the discretion of the
Committee, by transfer, either actually or by attestation, to
the Company of unencumbered shares previously acquired by the
participant, valued at the fair market value of such shares on
the date of exercise (or next succeeding trading date, if the
date of exercise is not a trading date), together with any
applicable withholding taxes, such transfer to be upon such
terms and conditions as determined by the Committee,
(iii) by a combination of (i) or (ii), or (iv) by
any other method approved or accepted by the Committee in its
sole discretion, including, if the Committee so determines,
(x) a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise that complies
with applicable laws or (y) withholding shares
(net-exercise) otherwise deliverable to the participant pursuant
to the option having an aggregate fair market value at the time
of exercise equal to the total option price. Until the optionee
has been issued the shares subject to such exercise, he or she
shall possess no rights as a stockholder with respect to such
shares. The Company reserves, at any and all times in the
Companys sole discretion, the right to establish, decline
to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the
exercise of options by means of a method set forth in
subsection (iv) above, including with respect to one or
more participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that
such program or procedures may be available to other
participants.
Restricted Shares and Restricted Share
Units. The Committee shall have sole and
complete authority to determine the participants to whom
restricted shares and restricted share units shall be granted,
the number of restricted shares
and/or the
number of restricted share units to be granted to each
participant, the duration of the period during which, and the
conditions under which, the restricted shares and restricted
share units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms
and conditions of such awards. The restricted share and
restricted share unit awards shall be evidenced by award
agreements in such form as the Committee shall from time to time
approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to
the terms and conditions provided hereunder and any additional
terms and conditions established by the Committee that are
consistent with the terms of the Omnibus Plan.
Each restricted share and restricted share unit award made under
the Omnibus Plan shall be for such number of shares as shall be
determined by the Committee and set forth in the award agreement
containing the terms of such restricted share or restricted
share unit award. Such agreement shall set forth a period of
time during which the grantee must remain in the continuous
employment (or other service-providing capacity) of the Company
in order for
75
the forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse. If the
Committee so determines, the restrictions may lapse during such
restricted period in installments with respect to specified
portions of the shares covered by the restricted share or
restricted share unit award. The award agreement may also, in
the discretion of the Committee, set forth performance or other
conditions that will subject the shares to forfeiture and
transfer restrictions. The Committee may, at its discretion,
waive all or any part of the restrictions applicable to any or
all outstanding restricted share and restricted share unit
awards.
Each restricted share unit shall have a value equal to the fair
market value of a share. Restricted share units may be paid in
cash, shares, other securities or other property, as determined
in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the
restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with
the applicable award agreement. The applicable award agreement
shall specify whether a participant will be entitled to receive
dividend equivalent rights in respect of restricted share units
at the time of any payment of dividends to stockholders on
shares.
Performance Awards. The Committee shall
have sole and complete authority to determine the participants
who shall receive a performance award, which shall consist of a
right that is (i) denominated in cash or shares (including
but not limited to restricted shares and restricted share
units), (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in
accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during
such performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and
(iii) payable at such time and in such form as the
Committee shall determine.
Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and any applicable
award agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance
goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length
of any performance period, the amount of any performance award
and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made
pursuant to any performance award, and may amend specific
provisions of the performance award, provided, however, that
such amendment may not adversely affect existing performance
awards made within a performance period commencing prior to
implementation of the amendment.
Performance awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments
following the close of the performance period or, in accordance
with the procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred
basis. Separation from service prior to the end of any
performance period, other than for reasons of death or
disability, will result in the forfeiture of the performance
award, and no payments will be made. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Committee may in its discretion, waive any
performance goals
and/or other
terms and conditions relating to a performance award. A
participants rights to any performance award may not be
sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise
encumbered or disposed of in any manner, except by will or the
laws of descent and distribution,
and/or
except as the Committee may determine at or after grant.
Awards that are granted as performance-based awards to certain
officers of the Company shall be based upon the attainment of
performance goals established by the Committee and payable at
such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. The
performance objectives of performance-based awards to certain
officers under the Omnibus Plan may include one or more or a
combination of objectives, including the following:
(i) earnings before any one or more of the following:
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization
and/or stock
compensation; (ii) operating (or gross) income or profit;
(iii) operating efficiencies; (iv) return on equity,
assets, capital, capital employed or investment; (v) after
tax operating income; (vi) net income; (vii) earnings
or book value per share; (viii) financial ratios;
(ix) cash flow(s); (x) total sales or revenues or
sales or revenues per employee; (xi) production (separate
work units); (xii) stock price or total stockholder return;
(xiii) dividends; (xiv) debt or cost reduction;
(xv) strategic business objectives, consisting of one or
more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets,
business expansion goals (including, without limitation,
developmental, strategic or manufacturing milestones of products
or projects in development, execution of contracts with current
or prospective customers and development of business expansion
strategies) and goals relating to acquisitions, joint ventures
or collaborations or divestitures; or (xvi) any combination
thereof.
To the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of
the Code, with respect to grants of performance awards, no later
than 90 days following the commencement of each performance
period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by
Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in
writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals
applicable to the performance period, (2) establish the
various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such
performance period, and (3) specify the relationship
between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be
earned by each covered officer for such performance period.
Following the completion of each performance period, the
Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable
performance targets have been
76
achieved and the amounts, if any, payable to covered officers
for such performance period. In determining the amount earned by
a covered officer for a given performance period, subject to any
applicable award agreement, the Committee shall have the right
to reduce (but not increase) the amount payable at a given level
of performance to take into account additional factors that the
Committee may deem relevant in its sole discretion to the
assessment of individual or corporate performance for the
performance period.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee
shall have the authority to determine the participants who shall
receive other equity-based awards, as deemed by the Committee to
be consistent with the purposes of the Omnibus Plan. Subject to
the terms of the Omnibus Plan and any applicable award
agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and
conditions of any such other stock-based award.
Non-Employee Director Awards. The board
of directors may provide that all or a portion of a non-employee
directors annual retainer, meeting fees
and/or other
awards or compensation as determined by the board of directors,
be payable (either automatically or at the election of a
non-employee director) in the form of non-qualified stock
options, restricted shares, restricted share units
and/or other
stock-based awards, including unrestricted shares. The board of
directors shall have full power and authority in its discretion
to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards,
including the terms and conditions which may apply upon a
termination of the non-employee directors service as a
member of the board of directors and shall have full power and
authority in its discretion to administer such awards, subject
to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and applicable law.
Separation from Service. The Committee
shall have the full power and authority to determine the terms
and conditions that shall apply to any award upon a separation
from service with the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates,
including a separation from the Company with or without cause,
by a participant voluntarily, or by reason of death, disability,
early retirement or retirement, and may provide such terms and
conditions in the award agreement or in such rules and
regulations as it may prescribe.
Change in Control. Unless
otherwise provided by the Committee, or in an award agreement or
by a contractual agreement between the Company and a
participant, if, within one year following a change in control,
a participant separates from service with the Company (or its
successor) by reason of (a) death; (b) disability;
(c) normal retirement or early retirement; (d) for
good reason by the participant; or (e) involuntary
termination by the Company for any reason other than for cause,
all outstanding awards of such participant shall vest, become
immediately exercisable and payable and have all restrictions
lifted. For purposes of an award subject to Section 409A of
the Code, good reason shall exist only if (i) the
participant notifies the Company of the event establishing good
reason within 90 days of its initial existence,
(ii) the Company is provided 30 days to cure such
event and (iii) the participant separates from service with
the Company (or its successor) within 180 days of the
initial occurrence of the event.
In the event of a change in control, the surviving, continuing,
successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or
parent thereof, as the case may be, or the Acquiror (in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent
applicable), may, without the consent of any participant, either
assume or continue the Companys rights and obligations
under each or any award or portion thereof outstanding
immediately prior to the change in control or substitute for
each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a
substantially equivalent award with respect to the
Acquirors stock, as applicable, provided, that in the
event of such an assumption, the Acquiror must grant the rights
set forth above to the participant in respect of such assumed
awards.
The Committee may (in accordance with Section 409A of the Code,
to the extent applicable), in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, determine that, upon the occurrence
of a change in control, each or any award or a portion thereof
outstanding immediately prior to the change in control and not
previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange
for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each
unvested share, if so determined by the Committee) subject to
such canceled award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the
Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to
the change in control, or (iii) other property which, in
any such case, shall be in an amount having a fair market value
equal to the fair market value of the consideration to be paid
per share in the change in control, reduced by the exercise or
purchase price per share, if any, under such award (which
payment may, for the avoidance of doubt, be $0, in the event the
per share exercise or purchase price of an award is greater than
the per share consideration in connection with the change in
control). In the event such determination is made by the
Committee, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable
withholding taxes, if any), if any, shall be paid to
participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled
awards as soon as practicable
77
following the date of the change in control and in respect of
the unvested portions of their canceled awards in accordance
with the vesting schedules applicable to such awards.
Term and Amendment of Omnibus
Plan. The board of directors may
amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Omnibus Plan
or any portion thereof at any time, provided that no such
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or
termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such
approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory
requirement for which or with which the board of directors deems
it necessary or desirable to comply. The Committee shall not
have the power to (i) amend the terms of previously granted
options to reduce the option price of such options,
(ii) amend the terms of any previously granted SAR to
reduce the grant price of such SAR, (iii) cancel such
options and grant substitute options with a lower option price
than the cancelled options, or (iv) cancel such SARs and
grant substitute SARs with a lower grant price than the
cancelled SARs, in each case without the approval of the
Companys stockholders.
The Omnibus Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its
adoption, after which no new awards may be granted under the
Omnibus Plan.
Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences. The following is a brief
summary of certain Federal income tax laws in effect on the date
hereof. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and the
exact tax consequences to any participant will depend on his or
her particular circumstances and other factors. The Omnibus Plan
participants are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors
with respect to any state tax consequences or particular federal
tax implications of awards granted under the Omnibus Plan.
Tax consequences to the Company and to participants receiving
awards will vary with the type of award. Generally, a
participant will not recognize income, and the Company is not
entitled to take a deduction, upon the grant of an incentive
stock option, a nonqualified option, a SAR, a restricted share,
or a restricted share unit award. A participant will not have
taxable income upon exercising an incentive stock option (except
that the alternative minimum tax may apply). Upon exercising an
option other than an incentive stock option, the participant
must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference
between the exercise price and fair market value of the freely
transferable and non-forfeitable shares of common stock acquired
on the date of exercise. Similarly, the exercise of an SAR will
result in ordinary income on the value of the SAR to the
individual at the time of exercise.
If a participant sells shares of common stock acquired upon
exercise of an incentive stock option before the end of two
years from the date of grant and one year from the date of
exercise, the participant must generally recognize ordinary
income equal to the difference between (i) the fair market
value of the shares of common stock at the date of exercise of
the incentive stock option (or, if less, the amount realized
upon the disposition of the incentive stock option shares of
common stock), and (ii) the exercise price. Otherwise, a
participants disposition of shares of common stock
acquired upon the exercise of an option (including an incentive
stock option for which the incentive stock option holding period
is met) or SAR generally will result in short-term or long-term
capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale
price and the participants tax basis in such shares of
common stock. A participants tax basis generally will be
the sum of the exercise price of the option or SAR plus any
amount previously recognized as ordinary income in connection
with the exercise of the option or SAR.
The Company generally will be entitled to a tax deduction equal
to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant
in connection with an option or SAR. The Company generally is
not entitled to a tax deduction relating to amounts that
represent a capital gain to a participant. Accordingly, the
Company will not be entitled to any tax deduction with respect
to an incentive stock option if the participant holds the shares
of common stock for the incentive stock option holding periods
prior to disposition of the shares.
With respect to the grant of restricted shares, the participant
will recognize ordinary income on the fair market value of the
common stock at the time restricted shares vest (less any amount
paid for the shares) unless a participant makes an election
under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of
grant. With respect to a grant of restricted share units, the
participant will recognize ordinary income on the amount of cash
(for units payable in cash) or the fair market value of the
common stock (for units settled in stock) at the time such
payments are made available to the participant under the terms
of the restricted share unit award. The participant also is
subject to capital gains treatment on the subsequent sale of any
common stock acquired through the vesting of a SAR, restricted
share award, or restricted share unit award. For this purpose,
the participants basis in the common stock is its fair
market value at the time the SAR is exercised, the restricted
share becomes vested (or is granted, if an
78
election under Section 83(b) is made), or the restricted
share units become vested (unless delivery of the shares has
been validly deferred). The Company will be allowed a deduction
for the amount of ordinary income recognized by a participant
with respect to a restricted share award.
Payments made under performance awards are taxable as ordinary
income at the time an individual attains the performance goals
and the payments are made available to, and are transferable by,
the participant. Participants receiving performance awards
settled in shares of the Companys common stock will
recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
shares of the Companys common stock received as the
performance goals are met and such shares vest, less any amount
paid by the participant for the performance shares, unless the
participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the
Code to be taxed at the time of the grant. A Section 83(b)
election may not be available with respect to certain forms of
performance awards. The participant is also subject to capital
gain or loss treatment on the subsequent sale of any of the
Companys common stock awarded to a participant as
performance shares. Unless a participant makes a
Section 83(b) election, his or her basis in the stock is
its fair market value at the time the performance goals are met
and the performance shares become vested.
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a public
companys tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of
$1.0 million in any tax year to its chief executive officer
and certain other most highly compensated executives. However,
compensation that qualifies as performance-based
compensation is excluded from this $1.0 million
deduction limit and therefore remains fully deductible by the
company that pays it. The Company generally intends that, except
as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee
(i) performance awards and (ii) options granted
(a) with an exercise price at least equal to 100% of the
fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock at
the date of grant (b) to employees the Compensation
Committee expects to be named executive officers at the time a
deduction arises in connection with such awards, qualify as
performance-based compensation so that these awards
will not be subject to the Section 162(m) deduction
limitations. The Compensation Committee will not necessarily
limit executive compensation to amounts deductible under
Section 162(m) of the Code, however, if such limitation is
not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
Substitute payments for dividends made to participants with
respect to restricted shares or certain performance awards
payable in the Companys stock will be taxed as ordinary
income to the participant until the shares vest. After vesting,
dividend payments may be qualified dividend income subject to a
current maximum federal tax rate of 15% provided that the
stockholder meets certain other requirements with respect to
those shares. If a participant makes a Section 83(b)
election with respect to restricted shares or certain eligible
performance awards, these payments may be qualified dividend
income, provided that the other requirements are met. We
recommend that participants consult with their tax advisors to
determine whether such dividends are qualified dividend income.
Section 409A of the Code provides generally that
nonqualified deferred compensation that does not meet certain
requirements will subject the recipients of such compensation to
accelerated taxation, enhanced underpayment interest and an
additional twenty percent tax. Although the Company intends to
administer the Omnibus Plan so that awards will be exempt from,
or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of
the Code, the Company does not warrant that any award under the
Omnibus Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under
Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal,
state, local or foreign law. The Company shall not be liable to
any participant for any tax, interest, or penalties that such
participant might owe as a result of the grant, holding,
vesting, exercise, or payment of any award under the Omnibus
Plan.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not
intended to be a complete description of the Federal income tax
consequences of the Omnibus Plan. This discussion does not
address the effects of other Federal taxes or taxes imposed
under state, local or foreign tax laws. Participants in the
Omnibus Plan are urged to consult a tax advisor as to the tax
consequences of participation.
The Omnibus Plan is not intended to be qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code.
79
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of units of ownership interest in our
company as of July 12, 2011 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
each of our directors and director nominees;
|
|
|
all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a
group;
|
|
|
each selling stockholder; and
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding units of ownership interest in our company.
|
The table also sets forth such persons beneficial
ownership of common stock immediately after the completion of
this offering and after giving effect to the reorganization
transaction.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we
believe that, based upon the information furnished to us, the
persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting
and investment power with respect to all of the units that they
beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial
ownership upon, without giving effect to the reorganization
transactions expected to occur prior to the consummation of this
offering, 54,375,000 units outstanding on July 12,
2011 and, after giving effect to the reorganization
transactions, 20,666,667 shares of common stock outstanding
upon completion of this offering.
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially
owned by a person or group and the percentage ownership of that
person or group, we deemed to be outstanding any shares of
common stock subject to options held by that person or group
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days after July 12, 2011. We did not deem these
shares to be outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing
the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial
owner set forth in the table is
c/o The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., 100 East Ridge Road, Ridgefield,
Connecticut 06877, and our telephone number is
(203) 894-1345.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BEFORE OFFERING AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFTER OFFERING AND REORGANIZATION TRANSACTION
|
|
|
|
REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRANSACTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
|
UNITS OF
|
|
|
UNITS OF
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
|
OWNERSHIP
|
|
|
OWNERSHIP
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
STOCK TO BE
|
|
|
ASSUMING
|
|
|
ASSUMING
|
|
|
ASSUMING
|
|
|
ASSUMING
|
|
|
|
INTEREST
|
|
|
INTEREST
|
|
|
STOCK TO BE
|
|
|
SOLD AT
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
NAME OF BENEFICIAL
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
SOLD IN THIS
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
|
OPTION IS NOT
|
|
|
OPTION IS NOT
|
|
|
OPTION IS
|
|
|
OPTION IS
|
|
OWNER
|
|
OWNED(1)
|
|
|
OWNED(1)
|
|
|
OFFERING
|
|
|
OPTION
|
|
|
EXERCISED
|
|
|
EXERCISED
|
|
|
EXERCISED
|
|
|
EXERCISED
|
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
|
|
|
30.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
4,904,215
|
|
|
|
23.73
|
%
|
|
|
4,304,215
|
|
|
|
20.83
|
%
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
|
|
|
30.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
4,904,215
|
|
|
|
23.73
|
%
|
|
|
4,304,215
|
|
|
|
20.83
|
%
|
Dean Facatselis
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
(2)
|
|
|
30.70
|
%(2)
|
|
|
1,666,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570,881
|
(6)
|
|
|
7.60
|
%(6)
|
|
|
1,570,881
|
(6)
|
|
|
7.60
|
%(6)
|
Kay Facatselis
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
(2)
|
|
|
30.70
|
%(2)
|
|
|
1,666,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570,881
|
(6)
|
|
|
7.60
|
%(6)
|
|
|
1,570,881
|
(6)
|
|
|
7.60
|
%(6)
|
John A. Couri
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Cox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John D. Austin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen Hanson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
519,667
|
(3)
|
|
|
0.96
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152,913
|
|
|
|
0.74
|
%
|
|
|
152,913
|
|
|
|
0.74
|
%
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
833,334
|
(4)
|
|
|
1.53
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245,211
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
%
|
|
|
245,211
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
%
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
416,667
|
(4)
|
|
|
0.77
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,605
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
%
|
|
|
122,605
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
%
|
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a
group (13 persons)
|
|
|
52,186,336
|
(3)(4)(5)
|
|
|
95.97
|
%
|
|
|
3,333,333
|
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
|
12,022,645
|
(7)
|
|
|
58.17
|
%
|
|
|
10,822,645
|
(7)
|
|
|
52.37
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Christopher Pappas, John Pappas,
Dean Facatselis and Kay Facatselis own 100% of our Class B
units. Only Class B units have voting rights.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes 8,333,333.5 units
owned individually by Dean Facatselis and 8,333,333.5 units
owned individually by Kay Facatselis, his wife.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes Class C units owned
by Mr. Clark that have vested or will vest within
60 days of the date of this prospectus, but excludes
129,167 Class C units that will vest on March 5, 2012;
29,167 Class C units that will vest on June 16, 2012;
129,167 Class C units that will vest on March 5, 2013;
and 26,166 Class C units that will vest on June 16,
2013.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Includes Class C units that
have vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this
prospectus.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Includes 8,333,333.5 units
owned by Dean Facatseliss wife.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Includes 785,440 shares of common
stock owned individually by Dean Facatselis and 785,440 shares
of common stock owned individually by Kay Facatselis.
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Includes 785,440 shares of common
stock owned by Dean Facatseliss wife.
|
80
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following sets forth certain transactions involving us and
our directors, executive officers and affiliates.
We do not have a formal written policy for review and approval
of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K.
Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our
audit committee will be responsible for review, approval and
ratification of related-person transactions between
us and any related person. Under SEC rules, a related person is
an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder
of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities since the
beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family member
of any of the foregoing. Any member of the audit committee who
is a related person with respect to a transaction under review
will not be able to participate in the deliberations or vote on
the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a
director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum
at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction.
Other than the transactions described below and the arrangements
described under Compensation Discussion and
Analysis, since December 29, 2006, there has not
been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or
series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a
participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed
$120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to, or at the time, the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective by the SEC, Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
We will issue 16,000,000 shares of common stock in our
reorganization transaction and each of the holders of our
Class B units and Class C units will receive
approximately 0.2942 shares of our common stock for each
unit of membership interest in Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC owned by them at the time of the conversion. Of the total
number of shares we issue in the reorganization transaction,
445,057 shares will be restricted shares of our common
stock issued upon conversion of our Class C units that have not
vested as of the date we consummate the reorganization
transaction.
Warehouse and
Office Leases
We lease two warehouse and office facilities from two entities
that are wholly-owned by three of our directors pursuant to
long-term operating lease agreements.
Our subsidiary, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases a warehouse
and office facility in the Bronx, New York from The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC, a New York limited liability company
that is wholly-owned by Christopher Pappas, John Pappas and Dean
Facatselis. The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases
the facility from the New York City Industrial Development
Agency and subleases the facility to Dairyland USA Corporation
pursuant to a sublease agreement dated December 29, 2004,
which supplements a separate sublease agreement, dated
December 1, 2004, between Dairyland USA Corporation and The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The December 1, 2004
sublease contains general terms regarding the sublease agreement
and expires on June 29, 2030. The December 29, 2004
sublease provides more specific terms regarding the economic
terms of the arrangement and expires on December 31, 2014.
The annual base rent under the December 1, 2004 sublease
agreement equals the amount of rent payable by The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC to the New York City Industrial
Development Agency plus an amount necessary to allow The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC to service the
indebtedness it incurred to finance the completion of the
facility. The annual base rent under the December 29, 2004
sublease was initially $950,000, which has been subject to
cumulative annual increases of 3.5%. Dairyland USA Corporation
paid The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC $1,128,302,
$1,090,147 and $1,053,282 under the terms of the sublease
agreements in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008,
respectively. The aggregate amount of all periodic payments
under the December 29, 2004 sublease agreement due on or
after the beginning of fiscal year 2011 through December 31,
2014 is approximately $4.9 million, plus annual taxes and
operating expenses. From January 1, 2015 through June 29, 2030,
the aggregate amount of all periodic payments due under
81
the December 1, 2004 sublease agreement is approximately
$9.3 million. Under the terms of its lease agreement with
the New York City Industrial Development Agency, The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has the option to terminate the lease
agreement with the New York City Industrial Development Agency
and purchase its leasehold interest upon 60 days
notice. If The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC exercises
such option, that would concurrently terminate the sublease
agreement dated December 1, 2004, with Dairyland USA
Corporation, and the December 29, 2004 sublease which runs
through 2014 would be the governing instrument with respect to
the facility. Dairyland USA Corporation does not have an option
to acquire the facility under any of the agreements governing
this facility.
Dairyland USA Corporation also leases a warehouse and office
facility in Hanover, Maryland from Candlewood Road Property,
LLC, a Maryland limited liability company that is wholly-owned
by Christopher Pappas, John Pappas and Dean Facatselis, pursuant
to a lease agreement dated September 14, 2004. Candlewood
Road Property, LLC is the owner of the property. The lease
expires on September 30, 2014. The initial annual base rent
under the lease agreement was $360,000 and is subject to
cumulative annual increases of 3.5%. In fiscal 2010, Dairyland
USA Corporation paid Candlewood Road Property, LLC $431,308 in
rent under the terms of the lease. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal
2008, respectively, the lease payments totaled $416,723 and
$402,631. The aggregate amount of all periodic payments under
the lease agreement due on or after the beginning of fiscal year
2011 through the end of the lease is approximately $1,754,613,
plus annual taxes and operating expenses.
Employment of
Family Members
John Pappass brother-in-law, Constantine Papataros, is one
of our employees. We paid him $184,795, $175,100 and $170,000 in
total compensation in each of fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and
fiscal 2008, respectively.
82
DESCRIPTION OF
OUR CAPITAL STOCK
Our
Reorganization
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert from a Delaware limited liability company
(Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). The consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
which are the subject of the following discussion, are those of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated
subsidiaries. We expect that our conversion to the corporate
form of organization will not have any material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. When we use the terms
we, our, us and the
Company in the following discussion, we mean, prior
to the conversion and related transactions described under
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after
the conversion and related transactions, The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries. For a discussion of the principal transactions in
the reorganization, see Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction.
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock, which has a par value of $0.01, are
entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative
voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares
of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of
directors may elect all of the directors standing for election.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors
out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any
preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of
our common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets
available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities
and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred
stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive,
subscription, redemption or conversion rights. In the opinion of
our counsel, the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and
the shares offered by us pursuant to this prospectus will be,
when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The
rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the
rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
which we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Our board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations
prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue shares
of preferred stock in one or more series at any time or from
time to time. Each such series of preferred stock will have
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including
voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences, as will be determined by
our board of directors.
Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of
preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the
effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction that
might involve a premium price for holders of shares of our
common stock or which holders of our common stock might believe
to be in their best interests.
Certain
Anti-Takeover Matters
Delaware
Business Combination Statute
Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a corporation is prohibited
from engaging in any business combination with a stockholder
who, together with its affiliates or associates, owns (or who is
an affiliate or associate of the corporation and within a
three-year period did own) 15% or more of the corporations
outstanding voting stock, or an interested stockholder, for a
three-year period following the time the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to the time the stockholder became an interested
stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved
either the business combination or the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting
stock of the corporation, excluding specified shares, upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors of the corporation and authorized by the
affirmative vote, at an annual or special meeting, and not by
written consent, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
voting shares of the corporation, excluding shares held by that
interested stockholder.
|
A business combination generally includes:
|
|
|
|
|
mergers and consolidations with or caused by an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
sales or other dispositions of 10% or more of the assets of a
corporation to an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
specified transactions resulting in the issuance or transfer to
an interested stockholder of any capital stock of a corporation
or its subsidiaries; and
|
|
|
other transactions resulting in a disproportionate financial
benefit to an interested stockholder.
|
The provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL do not apply to a
corporation if, subject to certain requirements, the certificate
of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation contain a
provision expressly electing not to be governed by the
provisions of the statute or the corporation does not have
voting stock listed on a national securities exchange or held of
record by more than 2,000 stockholders.
Because we have opted out of Section 203 of the
DGCL in our Certificate of Incorporation, the statute will not
apply to business combinations involving us.
Provisions of
our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Under our Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy on our board
of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting
from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of
a majority of the directors then serving, or by the sole
remaining director. The limitations on filling of vacancies
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third
party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from
acquiring, control of us.
Our Certification of Incorporation also provides that any action
required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an
annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may be taken
only if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not
be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our Bylaws
provide that special meetings of the stockholders may only be
called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief
executive officer, the secretary, or the board of directors.
Under our Bylaws, in order for any matter to be considered
properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder
must comply with certain requirements regarding advance notice
to the company. The foregoing provisions could have the effect
of delaying until the next stockholders meeting stockholder
actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our
outstanding voting securities. These provisions also may
discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer
for our common stock because such person or entity, even if it
acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would
be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new
directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called
stockholders meeting and not by written consent.
The DGCL provides, generally, that the affirmative vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is
required to amend a corporations certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporations certificate
of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a
greater percentage.
NASDAQ Global
Market Listing Trading
We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol CHEF.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
We have appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
LLC to be our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
84
DESCRIPTION OF
OUR INDEBTEDNESS
New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities
In connection with the transactions described under the caption
Use of Proceeds, we have entered into a commitment
letter, which we expect will be replaced with definitive loan
documentation simultaneously with the closing of this offering,
with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., General Electric Capital
Corporation and a syndicate of financial institutions and other
entities with respect to a new senior secured credit facility.
The new senior secured credit facility will provide for
(i) a $30.0 million term loan facility, maturing in
2015 and (ii) a $50.0 million revolving credit
facility maturing in 2015. We will also be entitled to increase
our borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility by up
to $20.0 million if no event of default exists and certain
other requirements are satisfied. We anticipate that our new
revolving credit facility will be (i) jointly and severally
guaranteed by each of our existing or subsequently acquired or
formed subsidiaries, (ii) secured by a first priority
security interest on substantially all of the Companys and
all of our subsidiaries tangible and intangible personal
property, (iii) secured by a first priority security
interest on all owned real property and (iv) secured by a
pledge of all of the capital stock of our subsidiaries.
We also expect that our new senior secured credit facilities
will require us to meet financial tests, including a maximum
consolidated total leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated
fixed charge coverage ratio. In addition, our new senior secured
credit facilities will contain negative covenants limiting,
among other things, additional indebtedness, transactions with
affiliates, additional liens, sales of assets, dividends,
investments and advances, capital expenditures, prepayments of
debt, mergers and acquisitions, and other matters customarily
restricted in such agreements. Our new senior secured credit
facilities will contain customary events of default, including
payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties,
covenant defaults, defaults under other material debt, material
damage or destruction of any collateral that is not insured,
events of bankruptcy and insolvency, failure of any guaranty or
security document supporting the new senior secured credit
facilities to be in full force and effect, and a change of
control of our business.
Borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities will
bear interest at our option of either (i) the Chase Bank
floating rate plus the applicable margin of 0.5% (revolving
loans) or 2.0% (term loans) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate
plus the applicable margin of 2.25% (revolving loans) or 4.0%
(term loans). The Chase Bank floating rate means the prime rate
of interest announced from time to time by Chase or its parent,
changing when and as said prime rate changes; provided that such
rate shall never be less than the adjusted one month LIBOR Rate
on such day. The Adjusted LIBO Rate means the rate for
eurodollar deposits for a period equal to one, two, three or six
months appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any other
service providing comparable rate quotations), two business days
prior to the first day of the applicable interest period.
In addition to paying on any outstanding principal amount under
our new senior secured credit facilities, we will be required to
pay an unused facility fee to the lenders equal to .375% per
annum on the aggregate amount of the unused revolving credit
facility, commencing on the execution and delivery of the new
senior secured credit facilities and payable quarterly in
arrears. A fronting fee of .25% per annum of the face amount of
each letter of credit issued will be payable to the issuing
lender, together with any processing charges.
Existing Senior
Secured Credit Facilities
In connection with our 2010 recapitalization, we entered into
our existing $100.0 million senior credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior secured credit
facilities provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million (including a sublimit cap
of up to $1.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). Payment of all
obligations under the existing senior credit facilities is
collateralized by a first priority security interest in
substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries.
Borrowings under our existing term loan facility bear interest,
at our option, at a rate equal to the greater of the federal
funds rate, the adjusted one month London Interbank Offered
Rate, or LIBOR, or 3%, in each case plus 8%, or LIBOR plus 9%,
with LIBOR having a 2% floor. Borrowings under the existing
revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at a
rate per annum based on the administrative agents prime
rate, plus a margin of up to 1.25%, or LIBOR, plus a margin of
up to 3.5%, with the margins determined by certain financial
ratios. In addition to the interest on our borrowings, we must
pay an annual commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of
the existing revolving credit facility. The weighted-average
interest rate under our
85
existing senior secured revolving credit facility was
approximately 3.4% for the year ended December 24, 2010 and
3.8% for the three months ended March 25, 2011.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees. As of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, approximately $86.0 million and
$82.2 million, respectively, principal amount of loans were
outstanding under our existing senior secured credit facilities.
Subsequent to March 25, 2011, we borrowed approximately
$8.9 million under our existing senior secured revolving credit
facility to finance our acquisition on June 24, 2011 of
certain of the assets of Harry Wils & Co.
The existing senior secured credit facilities contain certain
customary events of default, including, without limitation, upon
the occurrence of certain change of control transactions that
include the completion of this offering.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
In connection with our 2010 recapitalization, we also issued
$15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes. Interest on
these notes is not payable in cash prior to the maturity date,
but rather in kind through the issuance of additional notes, and
accrues at a rate of 20% semi-annually in arrears. Interest may,
however, be paid in cash if our leverage ratio is below certain
levels. The principal on the notes is due on October 22,
2014.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior subordinated
notes due 2014 and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
including the call premium associated with such redemption or
repurchase. As of December 24, 2010 and March 25,
2011, approximately $15.5 million and $16.3 million,
respectively, aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated
notes were outstanding. Our senior subordinated notes include a
call premium, which we expect would equal approximately
$0.8 million in connection with the redemption of these
notes in connection with the offering.
The senior subordinated notes contain certain customary events
of default, including, without limitation, upon the occurrence
of certain change of control transactions that include the
completion of this offering.
86
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for shares of
our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future
sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability for
future sales of shares of our common stock, will have on the
market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time
to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock in the market, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our
common stock.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to, or at the time, the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective by the SEC, Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
We will issue 16,000,000 shares of common stock in our
reorganization transaction and each of the holders of our
Class B units and Class C units will receive
approximately 0.2942 shares of our common stock for each
unit of membership interest in Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC owned by them at the time of the conversion.
Of the total number of shares we issue in the reorganization
transaction, 445,057 shares will be restricted shares of
our common stock issued upon conversion of our Class C
units that have not vested as of the date we consummate the
reorganization transaction. As of the date hereof, we had 15
members, four of whom own Class B units and 11 of whom own
Class C units. Immediately following this reorganization
transaction, we will have 15 holders of shares of our common
stock.
Sale of
Restricted Shares
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, we will have 20,666,667 shares of common
stock outstanding, based upon 54,375,000 units of ownership
interest outstanding as of July 12, 2011. Of these shares,
the shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, will
be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act,
except for any shares purchased by our affiliates as
that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. In general, affiliates include our executive
officers, directors, and 10% stockholders. Shares purchased by
affiliates will remain subject to the resale limitations of
Rule 144.
Upon completion of this offering, 12,666,667 shares of our
common stock will be restricted securities, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for
public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act
or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act,
which are summarized below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act, the shares of our common
stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) will be
available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,114,943 shares will be eligible for sale upon the
expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning
180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
Lock-Up
Agreements
Our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock will enter into
lock-up
agreements in connection with this offering, generally providing
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any
option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock,
units or any securities that are convertible into, that are
exercisable for or that represent the right to receive shares of
common stock owned by them for a period of at least
180 days after the date of this prospectus without the
prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc.
87
Despite possible earlier eligibility for sale under the
provisions of Rule 144, shares subject to
lock-up
agreements will not be salable until these agreements expire or
are waived by the underwriters. The
lock-up
agreements will provide exceptions, however, for the transfer of
shares in certain limited situations, including, but not limited
to, transfers made as a bona fide gift, transfers made to any
trust, corporation, partnership or limited liability company the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or members of which are
the transferor or the transferors immediate family, the
exchange of Class B units and Class C units for shares
of our common stock in connection with the reorganization
transaction and transfers made pursuant to a will or other
testamentary document or applicable laws of descent.
Approximately 58.6% of our outstanding shares of common stock
will be subject to such
lock-up
agreements. These agreements are more fully described in
Underwriting No Sales of Similar
Securities.
We have been advised by the underwriters that they may at their
discretion waive the
lock-up
agreements; however, they have no current intention of releasing
any shares subject to a
lock-up
agreement. The release of any
lock-up
would be considered on a
case-by-case
basis. In considering any request to release shares covered by a
lock-up
agreement, Jefferies & Company, Inc. would consider
circumstances of emergency and hardship. No agreement has been
made between the underwriters and us or any of our stockholders
pursuant to which the underwriters will waive the
lock-up
restrictions.
Rule 144
Generally, Rule 144 provides that an affiliate who has
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common
stock for at least six months will be entitled to sell on the
open market in brokers transactions, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal 206,667 shares upon completion of this
offering; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to such sale.
|
In addition, sales under Rule 144 are subject to
requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice, and the
availability of current public information about us.
In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate
purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or
acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our
employee benefits plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares
held by that person will be subject to the volume limitations
and other restrictions described in the preceding two paragraphs.
The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions
described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For
purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or
entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not
been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we
have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate
who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock
for six months may rely upon Rule 144 provided that certain
public information regarding us is available. The six-month
holding period increases to one year in the event we have not
been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a
non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares
proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to
any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we
have been a reporting company.
Form S-8
Registration Statements
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the
completion of this offering for shares issued upon the exercise
of options and shares to be issued under our employee benefit
plans, including the Omnibus Plan. As a result, any such options
or shares will be freely tradable in the public market.
Notwithstanding that we will have filed a registration statement
covering shares of our common stock issuable under our employee
benefit plans, such shares held by affiliates will still be
subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and
public information requirements of Rule 144 of the
SECs rules and regulations.
88
MATERIAL U.S.
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-UNITED
STATES HOLDERS
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of shares of our common stock applicable to
non-U.S. holders.
As used herein, a
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is
not a U.S. person (as defined below) or a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that
will hold shares of our common stock as capital assets (within
the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). For
U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
U.S. person includes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
a corporation (or other business entity treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized
in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a
court within the United States and the control of one or more
U.S. persons, or (2) was in existence on
August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. domestic trust
immediately prior to that date, and has validly elected to
continue to be treated as a U.S. domestic trust.
|
In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common
stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership
generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a
partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult
your own tax advisors.
This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances
that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holders
tax position and does not consider state and local or
non-U.S. tax
consequences. It also does not consider
non-U.S. holders
subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal
income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through
entities, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated
investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in
securities, holders of shares of our common stock that hold such
shares as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction or other risk-reduction
transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign
investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to
avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations,
former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or
receive shares of our common stock as compensation). This
summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable Treasury
regulations, administrative pronouncements of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and
judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all
of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis,
and different interpretations.
Each prospective
non-U.S. holder
should consult its tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. income,
estate and other tax consequences of purchasers holding and
disposing of shares of our common stock.
U.S. Trade or
Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income, and gain on
the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, will
be considered to be U.S. trade or business
income if such dividend income or gain is
(1) effectively connected with the conduct by a
non-U.S. holder
of a trade or business within the United States and (2) in
the case of a
non-U.S. holder
that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with
the United States, attributable to a permanent
establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed
base) maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business
income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
(provided the
non-U.S. holder
complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements); instead, U.S. trade or business income is
subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at
regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as
a U.S. person. Any U.S. trade or business income
received by a
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional
branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, under specific
circumstances.
The U.S. federal withholding tax does not apply to any
dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as
described above, of a
non-U.S. holder
who provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or appropriate substitute
89
or successor form), certifying that the dividends are
effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Distributions
Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock
distributions) that we pay on shares of our common stock (or
certain redemptions that are treated as distributions of shares
of our common stock) will be taxable as dividends for
U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from
our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined
under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of
a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return
of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock, and
thereafter will be treated as capital gain. See
Dispositions of Shares of Our Common Stock below. A
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable
income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of
shares of our common stock. In order to obtain a reduced rate of
U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax
treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
will be required to provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) certifying its
entitlement to benefits under the treaty. Special certification
and other requirements apply to certain
non-U.S. holders
that act as intermediaries. A
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced
rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax
treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts
withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the
IRS. A
non-U.S. holder
should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible
entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
Dispositions of
Shares of Our Common Stock
A
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is U.S. trade or business income, as described
above;
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or
more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets
certain other conditions; or
|
|
|
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding
corporation, which we refer to as a USRPHC,
under section 897 of the Code at any time during the
shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of
disposition and the
non-U.S. holders
holding period for its shares of our common stock.
|
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value
of its U.S. real property interests equals or
exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide
(domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other
assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe
that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition, based on our
financial statements and current expectations regarding the
value and nature of our assets and other relevant data, we do
not anticipate becoming a USRPHC, although there can be no
assurance these conclusions are correct or might not change in
the future based on changed circumstances. If we are found to be
a USRPHC, a
non-U.S. holder,
nevertheless, will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of shares of our common stock so long as shares of
our common stock are regularly traded on an established
securities market as defined under applicable Treasury
regulations and a
non-U.S. holder
owns, actually and constructively, 5% or less of the shares of
our common stock during the shorter of the five year period
ending on the date of disposition and such
non-U.S. holders
holding period for its shares of our common stock. Prospective
investors should be aware that no assurance can be given that
shares of our common stock will be so regularly traded when a
non-U.S. holder
sells its shares of our common stock.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject
to a flat 30% tax, which may be offset by certain
U.S. source capital losses.
Information
Reporting Requirements, Backup Withholding and Certain Other
Required Withholding
We must annually report to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
any dividend income and any amount of tax, if any, withheld with
respect to such dividends that is subject to U.S. federal
withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax
pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information
returns also may be made available under the provisions of a
specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the
country in which the
90
non-U.S. holder
resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup
withholding obligation (at a rate of 28% through 2012 and 31%
thereafter, absent U.S. Congressional action) on certain
reportable payments. Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock generally will be exempt from
backup withholding if the
non-U.S. holder
provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of
our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any
broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information
reporting and possible backup withholding unless the holder
certifies (generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
that the holder is not a U.S. person under penalties of
perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the
broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the
holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the
proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock to
or through a
non-U.S. office
of a
non-U.S. broker
will not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. broker
is a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections
(a U.S. related person). In the case of the
payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our
common stock to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person, the Treasury regulations
require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on
the payment unless the holder certifies under penalties of
perjury (usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
that the holder is not a U.S. person or otherwise
establishes an exemption and the broker has no knowledge to the
contrary.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors on the application of
information reporting and backup withholding to them in their
particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of
shares of our common stock).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
will be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, if the
non-U.S. holder
timely provides the required information to the IRS and meets
certain other requirements.
For taxable years beginning after 2012, a U.S. federal
withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends and
proceeds of sale in respect of shares of our common stock paid
to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial
entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution
undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or
(ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it
does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes
identifying information regarding each substantial United States
owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must
enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury
requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify
accounts held by certain United States persons or United
States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain
information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to
account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with
these reporting and other requirements. If payment of
U.S. federal withholding tax is required,
non-U.S. holders
that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction
of, U.S. federal withholding taxes with respect to such
dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from
the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction.
The legislation would apply to payments made after
December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult
their tax advisor regarding this legislation. We will not pay
any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.
Federal Estate
Tax
Individual
non-U.S. holders
and entities the property of which is potentially includible in
such an individuals gross estate for U.S. federal
estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an
individual and with respect to which the individual has retained
certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an
applicable treaty benefit, shares of our common stock will be
treated as U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
91
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
underwriting agreement to be dated on or
about ,
2011, between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters
named below, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell
to the underwriters, and the underwriters have severally agreed
to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of
shares indicated in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
NUMBER OF SHARES
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canaccord Genuity Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp.
and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as joint
book-running
managers of this offering, and are also acting as
representatives of the underwriters named above.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent
such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers
certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal
matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides
that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares if any of
them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting
agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the
nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting
agreement may be terminated. We and the selling stockholders
have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their
controlling persons against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to
payments that the underwriters may be required to make in
respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to
make a market in the shares. However, the underwriters are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making
activities at any time without notice. No assurance can be given
as to the liquidity of the trading market for the shares.
The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their
acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders
and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject
orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have
advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any
account over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Commission and
Expenses
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the
shares to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain
dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per share. The underwriters may
allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the
concession not in excess of $ per
share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the
initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to
dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction
will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
92
The following table shows the public offering price, the
underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling
stockholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds,
before expenses, to us and the selling stockholders in
connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
|
WITHOUT
|
|
|
WITH
|
|
|
WITHOUT
|
|
|
WITH
|
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to us, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling
stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this
offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions
referred to above, will be approximately $1,955,000. We estimate
expenses payable by the selling stockholders in connection with
this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and
commissions referred to above, will be approximately $45,000.
Determination of
Offering Price
Prior to the offering, there has not been a public market for
our shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for
our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the
underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these
negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial
information, market valuations of other companies that we and
the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of
our business potential, the present state of our development and
other factors deemed relevant.
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the shares will trade in
the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active
trading market for the shares will develop and continue after
the offering.
Listing
We have applied to have our shares listed on The NASDAQ Global
Market under the trading symbol CHEF.
Over-Allotment
Option
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up
to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the
underwriters to purchase up to 1,200,000 additional shares from
the selling stockholders solely to cover over-allotments. If the
underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will
purchase shares covered by the option at the public offering
price that appears on the cover of this prospectus, less the
underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full,
assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, the total price to the public will be
approximately $18.0 million and the total underwriting
discounts and commissions payable by the selling stockholders
will be approximately $1.3 million. The underwriters have
severally agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment option
is exercised, they will each purchase a number of additional
shares proportionate to the underwriters initial amount
reflected in the table above.
93
No Sales of
Similar Securities
We, our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our
outstanding stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions,
not to directly or indirectly:
|
|
|
|
|
sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any
short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open put
equivalent position within the meaning of
Rule 16a-l(h)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, the
Exchange Act, or
|
|
|
otherwise dispose of any shares, options or warrants to acquire
shares, or securities that are convertible into, that are
exercisable for or that represent the right to shares of common
stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or
beneficially, or
|
|
|
publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Jefferies &
Company, Inc.
|
This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the
shares on and including the 180th day after the date of
this prospectus. However, subject to certain exceptions, in the
event that either:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period,
we issue an earnings release or material news or a material
event relating to us occurs, or
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period,
|
then in either case the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the issuance of an earnings
release or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Jefferies & Company, Inc. waives,
in writing, such an extension.
Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion
and at any time or from time to time before the termination of
the 180-day
period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to
lock-up
agreements. There are no existing agreements between the
underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a
lock-up
agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period.
Stabilization
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to
Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons
participating in the offering may engage in transactions,
including over-allotment, stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have
the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the
shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in
the open market. Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in
excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short
position.
Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not
greater than the underwriters option to purchase
additional shares in this offering. The underwriters may close
out any covered short position by either exercising their option
to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open
market. In determining the source of shares to close out the
covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the option to purchase additional shares.
Naked short sales are sales in excess of the option
to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out
any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
this offering.
A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares on behalf
of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the
price of the shares. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid
for or the purchase of shares on behalf of the underwriters to
reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in
connection with the offering. A penalty bid is an arrangement
permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession
otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the
offering if the shares originally sold by such syndicate member
are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore
have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.
94
None of we, the selling stockholders or any of the underwriters
makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or
magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above
may have on the price of our shares. The underwriters are not
obligated to engage in these activities, and, if commenced, any
of the activities may be discontinued at any time.
Directed Share
Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 233,333 shares of common
stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors,
officers, employees, business associates and related persons.
Reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers will be
subject to the
lock-up
provisions described above. The number of shares of our common
stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced
to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any
reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the
same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by
this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the
directed shares.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by
electronic mail or on the websites or through online services
maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their
affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online.
The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number
of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such
allocation for online distributions will be made by the
underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than
the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the
underwriters websites and any information contained in any
other website maintained by any of the underwriters is not part
of this prospectus, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon
by investors.
Affiliations and
Conflicts of Interest
The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are
full service financial institutions engaged in various
activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and
investment banking, financial advisory, investment management,
investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing
and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their
respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and
may in the future perform, various financial advisory and
investment banking services for the Company, for which they
received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the
underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make
or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and
equity securities (or related derivative securities) and
financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own
account and for the accounts of their customers, and such
investment and securities activities may involve securities
and/or
instruments of the Company. The underwriters and certain of
their respective affiliates may also make investment
recommendations
and/or
publish or express independent research views in respect of such
securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend
to clients that they acquire, long
and/or short
positions in such securities and instruments.
As described under the caption Use of Proceeds, we
intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering
to redeem or repurchase all of our senior subordinated notes and
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities. Because an affiliate of
Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under our
existing term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive more than 5% of the net
proceeds of this offering, Jefferies & Company, Inc.
may be deemed to have a conflict of interest under
the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of FINRA.
Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the
applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Rule 5121
currently requires that a qualified independent
underwriter, as defined by the FINRA rules, participate in
the preparation of the registration statement and the prospectus
and exercise the usual standards of due diligence in respect
thereto. Wells Fargo Securities, LLC has served in that capacity
and will not receive any additional fees for serving as
qualified independent underwriter in connection with this
offering. We have agreed to indemnify Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a
qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under
the Securities Act. In accordance with Rule 5121,
Jefferies & Company, Inc. will not make sales to
discretionary accounts without the prior written consent of the
account holder.
95
Selling
Restrictions
European Economic Area. In relation to each
Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented
the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member
State) an offer to the public of any shares which are the
subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not
be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to
the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be
made at any time under the following exemptions under the
Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that
Relevant Member State:
|
|
(a)
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
(b)
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
(c)
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such
offer; or
|
(d)
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the
shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us
or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
|
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any
communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under,
the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed to
have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each
underwriter and us that:
|
|
(a)
|
it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that
Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive; and
|
(b)
|
in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial
intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the
Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the
offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been
acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any
Relevant Member State, other than qualified investors, as that
term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances
in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given
to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been
acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State
other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it
is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been
made to such persons.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer to the public in relation to any shares in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by
any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to
decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that
Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant
Member State.
Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
|
|
(a)
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (the FSMA)) to persons who are investment
professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA
(Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
|
(b)
|
it has complied with and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
|
Switzerland. The shares offered pursuant to
this document will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to
the public in Switzerland and this document does not constitute
a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant
to art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of
Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the shares
being offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement on the SWX
Swiss Exchange or on any other regulated securities market, and
consequently, the information presented in this document does
not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in
the relevant listing rules. The shares being offered pursuant to
this prospectus supplement have not been registered with the
Swiss Federal Banking Commission as foreign investment funds,
and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of investment
fund certificates does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Investors are advised to contact their legal, financial or tax
advisers to obtain an independent assessment of the financial
and tax consequences of an investment in shares.
96
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon
for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville,
Tennessee. Certain legal matters in connection with this
offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of December 24,
2010 and December 25, 2009 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 24, 2010 included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
BDO USA, LLP (BDO), an independent registered public
accounting firm, appearing elsewhere therein, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
In 2011, BDO informed us that in 2008, Trenwith Valuation, LLC,
an affiliate of BDO, provided certain valuation services to our
company in connection with the acquisition of American Gourmet
Foods, Inc., and that these services were not in accordance with
the Auditor Independence Rules of
Regulation S-X
and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). BDO
informed our management that, after considering the impact that
the provision of the non audit service may have had on
BDOs independence with respect to us, it believes that it
is and was capable of exercising its objective and impartial
judgment on all issues encompassed within the audit engagement
noted above.
Throughout the first quarter of 2011, members of our senior
management and our board of directors considered the impact that
the non audit service may have had on BDOs independence
with respect to us. Our board members, in discussion with
members of our senior management, considered this matter in
light of all the facts and circumstances and determined that a
reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and
circumstances would conclude that BDO is and was capable of
exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues
encompassed within the accounting engagement.
Members of our senior management and our board of directors
based our conclusion on the fact that management prepared the
initial analysis that was reported on by Trenwith Valuation,
LLC. Furthermore management prepared the analysis on all other
aspects of the acquisition such as valuation of accounts
receivable, inventory and liabilities.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND MORE INFORMATION
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on
Form S-1
that we have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act
covering the shares of common stock that we are offering. As
permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this
prospectus omits certain information contained in the
registration statement. For further information with respect to
us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration
statement and to its exhibits and schedules. We make reference
in this prospectus to certain of our contracts, agreements and
other documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration
statement. For additional information regarding those contracts,
agreements and other documents, please see the exhibits attached
to this registration statement.
You can read the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules filed with the registration statement or any reports,
statements or other information we have filed or file, at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the public
reference room (Room 1580), 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the
documents from such offices upon payment of the prescribed fees.
You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
room. You may also request copies of the documents upon payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. In addition, the
SEC maintains a website that contains reports and other
information regarding registrants (including us) that file
electronically with the SEC, which you can access at
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, we will file
periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. These periodic and current reports,
proxy statements and other information will be available for
inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and
website of the SEC referred to above.
97
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
Ridgefield, CT
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC as of December 24,
2010 and December 25, 2009 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, Redeemable Class A Units and
members deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 24, 2010. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC at
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 and the
related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 24,
2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
Melville, New York
March 14, 2011
F-2
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25, 2009
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,400 in 2010 and
$2,150 in 2009 and $2,472 as of March 25, 2011
|
|
|
36,200
|
|
|
|
30,977
|
|
|
|
36,223
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
16,441
|
|
|
|
15,289
|
|
|
|
17,284
|
|
Deferred taxes, net
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,631
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
3,608
|
|
|
|
2,087
|
|
|
|
2,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
59,878
|
|
|
|
50,709
|
|
|
|
58,903
|
|
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
4,228
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
4,342
|
|
Receivables and advances related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software costs, net
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,479
|
|
|
|
9,359
|
|
|
|
11,479
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
2,168
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3,717
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
3,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Redeemable Class A Units and Members
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
23,563
|
|
|
$
|
19,290
|
|
|
$
|
25,241
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,686
|
|
|
|
3,396
|
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,430
|
|
Current portion of long term debt
|
|
|
16,945
|
|
|
|
2,794
|
|
|
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
47,672
|
|
|
|
28,230
|
|
|
|
46,037
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
82,580
|
|
|
|
29,928
|
|
|
|
81,999
|
|
Other liabilities and deferred credits
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
2,445
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
131,484
|
|
|
|
60,603
|
|
|
|
129,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable Class A members units, 0, 25,000,000 and 0
authorized, issued and outstanding, at liquidation value at
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members Deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B members units, no par, 50,000,000 units
authorized, issued and outstanding at December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
Class C members units, no par, 8,333,333 units
authorized, 4,375,000, 4,927,084 and 4,375,000 issued and
outstanding at December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009
and March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members deficit
|
|
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Class A Units and
Members Deficit
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
24, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
26, 2008
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
(Gain)/Loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per members unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
Pro Forma net income per common share (unaudited) (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma weighted average shares used in computing net loss per
common share (unaudited) (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
20,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLASS A
|
|
|
|
CLASS B
|
|
|
CLASS C
|
|
|
MEMBERS
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
December 26, 2007
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,491
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
6,033
|
|
|
$
|
(37,905
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
Issuance of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2008
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
35,491
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
7,876
|
|
|
|
(38,709
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
Issuance of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,788
|
)
|
|
|
(263
|
)
|
Forfeiture of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,794
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to Members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 25, 2009
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
41,698
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,927
|
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
Redemption of Class A Units
|
|
|
(25,000
|
)
|
|
|
(45,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
Purchases of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
Distribution to Members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,597
|
)
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 24, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-5
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
ENDED DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
1,477
|
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Original issue discount amortization
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred credits
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(2,470
|
)
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
(614
|
)
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized (gain)/loss on interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
Accrual of paid in kind interest
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
Loss on sale lease back
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on asset disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(5,643
|
)
|
|
|
(3,054
|
)
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
1,069
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
(843
|
)
|
|
|
(1,208
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
(390
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
999
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
4,988
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
(7,794
|
)
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(863
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Receivable from related party
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
13,524
|
|
|
|
11,885
|
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
3,136
|
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(1,133
|
)
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
(1,848
|
)
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
Cash paid for acquisitions
|
|
|
(3,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,766
|
)
|
|
|
(4,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
(4,827
|
)
|
|
|
(5,848
|
)
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for Class C Shares
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Redemption of Class A Shares
|
|
|
(68,250
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of debt
|
|
|
97,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of debt
|
|
|
(20,400
|
)
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,351
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
Borrowings under revolving credit line
|
|
|
325,810
|
|
|
|
323,090
|
|
|
|
342,450
|
|
|
|
81,706
|
|
|
|
71,677
|
|
Payments under revolving credit line
|
|
|
(334,085
|
)
|
|
|
(327,695
|
)
|
|
|
(338,155
|
)
|
|
|
(84,224
|
)
|
|
|
(72,441
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
(1,597
|
)
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(5,961
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(7,550
|
)
|
|
|
(7,774
|
)
|
|
|
3,591
|
|
|
|
(3,869
|
)
|
|
|
(1,547
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
(716
|
)
|
|
|
(641
|
)
|
|
|
(1,122
|
)
|
|
|
455
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
1,591
|
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of year
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
1,591
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
5,789
|
|
|
$
|
3,067
|
|
|
$
|
3,040
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
$
|
643
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
2,817
|
|
|
$
|
3,099
|
|
|
$
|
1,695
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
Non-cash financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Class A Units
|
|
$
|
4,123
|
|
|
$
|
6,207
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,180
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Note 1 Operations
and Basis of Presentation
Description of
Business and Basis of Presentation
The financial statements include the consolidated accounts of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC (the Company),
and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Our fiscal year is comprised
of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the fifth Friday of each December
and included 52 weeks for fiscal years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008. Our quarters contain 13 weeks ending on
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010. The Company operates in one
segment, food product distribution, which is concentrated on the
East and West Coasts of the United States. Our customer base is
primarily high-end restaurants, hotels, country clubs and other
similar institutions.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of
March 25, 2011, consolidated statements of operations and
cash flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and the consolidated statements of changes
in Redeemable Class A units and members deficit for
the three months ended March 25, 2011, and the related
interim information contained within the notes to the
consolidated financial statements, have been prepared in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the
information and the notes required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America
(GAAP) for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of
normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair
presentation of the Companys financial position at
March 25, 2011 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The results for the three-month period
ended March 25, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of
future results.
Consolidation
of Ownership
On October 22, 2010, the Company redeemed all authorized
and outstanding class A units, for a redemption price of
$68,250. The redemption price consisted of $45,821 of principal
and accreted interest as well as $22,429 of deemed equity value.
The redemption price was calculated in line with the
Companys LLC agreement and was mutually agreed upon by all
participating parties. The redemption resulted in Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLCs founders, management and
employees increasing their ownership interests from 68.5% to
100%. The class A units were retired at the time of
redemption.
Consolidation
The wholly-owned operating companies include Dairyland USA
Corporation (Dairyland), a New York corporation,
engaged in business as a food product distribution company of
dairy, meat, and specialty foods; Bel Canto Foods, LLC (a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Dairyland), a New York limited
liability company, engaged in a business of importing primarily
Mediterranean-style food products; The Chefs Warehouse,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company engaged in a business
similar to Dairyland, primarily in the state of Maryland and the
District of Columbia; The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, engaged in a business
similar to Dairyland, primarily in California and Nevada, and
The Chefs Warehouse of Florida, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company engaged in a business similar to Dairyland,
primarily in southern Florida. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Acquisitions
On June 18, 2010 the Company purchased all the assets of
Monique & Me, Inc. doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, Inc. The financial statements include the
results of the acquired operations from the respective
acquisition date. See Note 5 for additional information.
On August 28, 2009 the Company purchased all the assets of
European Imports SF, Inc. (EI). The operations of EI
were integrated into the Companys San Francisco, CA
operations. The financial statements include the results of the
acquired operations from the respective acquisition date. See
Note 5 for additional information.
F-7
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
On May 30, 2008 the Company purchased all the assets of
American Gourmet Foods, Inc. The financial statements include
the results of the acquired operations from the respective
acquisition date. See Note 5 for additional information.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the Companys consolidated financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues,
expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
Estimates are used in determining, among other items, the
allowance for doubtful accounts, reserves for inventories,
future cash flows associated with impairment testing for
goodwill and long-lived assets, useful lives for intangible
assets, and tax reserves. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Subsequent
Events
The Company accounts for subsequent events in accordance with
Accounting Standard Update
2010-09,
Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure
Requirements, which amended ASC 855 Subsequent
Events. These financial statements considered subsequent
events through March 14, 2011, the date the financial
statements were available to be issued. Subsequent to the date
of the balance sheet but prior to March 14, 2011, the
Company settled an ongoing contract dispute with a former
employee in the amount of $175. The settlement of this dispute
has been expensed in the Companys 2010 financial
statements. There were no other material subsequent events
during this time period. The Company is in the process of filing
an Initial Public Offering, the proceeds of which will be used
for working capital purposes and to retire certain debt.
Note 2 Net
Income (Loss) Per Unit and Pro Forma Net Income Per Share
(Unaudited)
Net income (loss) per unit is presented by combining all classes
of units. In the event a dividend is paid on Class B
members units, holders of all outstanding Class A
members units are entitled to a proportionate share of any
such dividend. For all periods presented, dividends attributable
to holders of Class A members units were cumulative.
Basic net income (loss) per unit attributable to Class A,
Class B and vested Class C members units is
computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to
members by the weighted average number of members units
outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per
unit attributable to Class A, Class B and Class C
members units is computed by using the weighted average
number of members units outstanding, including unvested
Class C members units which will be automatically
converted into shares of common stock upon an initial public
offering. 2,521 and 5,105 units were not included for 2010 and
2008, respectively, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to
common stockholders represents net income, as adjusted (see
below), divided by the pro forma weighted average shares
outstanding as though the conversion of the
F-8
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Companys Class C members units into common
stock occurred on the original issuance dates or date. Pro forma
diluted weighted average shares outstanding also reflects the
effect of any dilutive stock options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25, 2009
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26, 2008
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
|
MARCH 26, 2010
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A common members
units(1)
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members
units(1)
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per members unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Accreted dividends and the
distribution for the final redemption of the Class A units
are removed from earnings from the net income (loss)
attributable to members units as these distributions were
not available to those members.
|
Pro Forma net income attributable to common shares (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
BASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
Historical income before provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
18,441
|
|
|
$
|
1,687
|
|
Pro forma provision for income
taxes(a)
|
|
|
7,376
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,065
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
Other pro forma adjustments, net of
tax(b)(c)
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
1,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to Common shares
|
|
$
|
12,033
|
|
|
$
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Diluted net income per share
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
20,883
|
|
|
|
20,873
|
|
The pro forma earnings per share has been computed to give
effect to the conversion of the Companys Class B and
Class C members units into shares of common stock and
accordingly reflect:
|
|
(a) |
Pro forma effective tax rate of 39% for the full year ended
December 24, 2010 and the three months ended March 25,
2011.
|
F-9
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
|
|
(b) |
The elimination of historical interest expense, including the
amortization of debt issuance costs and the write-off of
deferred debt costs of $3,219 and $3,094, respectively, related
to the loan balances at December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011 under the Companys credit facility
which is assumed to be repaid using a portion of the net
proceeds of the Companys initial public offering of its
common stock.
|
|
|
(c) |
To record compensation expense associated with the issuance of
common stock upon consummation of the offering of $1,934 and $96
for the year ended December 24, 2010 and the three months
ended March 25, 2011.
|
|
|
(d) |
The issuance of 4,666,667 shares of common stock at the
assumed initial offering price of $15 per share (the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus of which
these financial statements are a part), where the proceeds of
such issuance of shares would have been sufficient to repay
outstanding loan balances as of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, respectively.
|
Note 3 Members
Equity
The Company is authorized to issue three classes of units
consisting of 25,000,000 Class A Units; 50,000,000
Class B Units and 8,333,333 Class C Units.
|
|
i.
|
Class A Units On October 22,
2010, the Company redeemed and retired all outstanding
Class A units held by BGCP
c/o CCMP
Capital Advisors, LLC and Drawbridge Special Opportunities
Fund LP. As of December 24, 2010 and March 25,
2011 there were zero Class A units authorized and
outstanding.
|
ii.
|
Class B Units All Class B units
were issued to the founders of the Company and carry a single
vote per unit.
|
iii.
|
Class C Units All Class C
units were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and
other service providers. As of December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009, there were 4,375,000 and 4,927,084
Class C units issued, respectively. The Class C units
are redeemable upon a liquidity event or upon termination of the
holder at the option of the Company. Compensation charges
associated with these units were immaterial in the reported
periods.
|
Note 4 Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue from the sale of a product is recognized at the point at
which the product is delivered to the customer. The Company
grants certain customers sales incentives such as rebates or
discounts and treats these as a reduction of sales at the time
the sale is recognized. Sales tax billed to customers is not
included in revenue but rather recorded as a liability owed to
the respective taxing authorities at the time the sale is
recognized.
Cost of Goods
Sold (COGS)
The Company records COGS based upon the purchase price paid for
product, including applicable freight charges incurred to
deliver the product to the Companys warehouse.
Operating
Expenses
Operating Expenses include the costs of facilities, product
handling and replenishment, delivering, selling and general
administrative activities.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of less than three months to be cash
equivalents.
The Company maintains balances at financial institutions which
may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC) insured limits. The Company has not
experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not
exposed to any significant risks on its cash in bank accounts.
F-10
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables from customers
and are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based upon a
number of specific criteria, such as whether a customer has
filed for or been placed into bankruptcy, has had accounts
referred to outside parties for collections or has had accounts
significantly past due. The allowance also covers short paid
invoices the Company deems to be uncollectable as well as a
portion of trade accounts receivable balances projected to
become uncollectable based upon historic patterns.
Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods, food and
related food products held for resale and are valued at the
lower of cost
(first-in
first-out method) or market. The Company maintains reserves for
slow-moving and obsolete inventories.
Purchase
Incentives
The Company receives consideration and product purchase credits
from certain vendors that we account for as a reduction of cost
of goods sold. There are several types of cash consideration
received from vendors. The purchase incentive is primarily in
the form of a specified amount per pound or per case. For the
year ended December 24, 2010, year ended December 25,
2009, and December 26, 2008 the recorded purchase
incentives totaled approximately $3,996, $3,164 and $2,536,
respectively. For the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 the recorded purchase incentives totaled
approximately $817 and $698, respectively.
Concentrations
of Credit Risks
Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of
credit risk consist of cash, temporary cash investments, trade
receivables, and short-term and long-term debt. Our policy is to
deposit our cash and temporary cash investments with major
financial institutions.
The Company distributes its food and related products to a
customer base that consists primarily of restaurants, country
clubs, catering halls, hotels and other institutions. To reduce
credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its customers financial conditions. The Company generally
does not require collateral. However, the Company, in certain
instances, has obtained personal guarantees from certain
customers. There is no significant balance with any individual
customer.
Equipment and
Leasehold Improvements
The Company records equipment and leasehold improvements at
cost. Equipment that has been financed through capital leases is
recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments,
which approximates cost. Equipment and leasehold improvements,
including capital lease assets, are depreciated on a
straight-line basis as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES (IN YEARS)
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements (lesser of life of lease or)
|
|
|
7-15
|
|
Machinery and equipments
|
|
|
5-10
|
|
Computer, data processing and other equipment
|
|
|
3-7
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7
|
|
Software
Costs
The Company capitalizes certain computer software licenses and
software implementation costs that are included in Software
costs in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs were
incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer
software for internal use if it has a useful life in excess of
one year, in accordance with Accounting
F-11
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Standards Codification (ASC)
350-40
Internal-Use Software. Subsequent additions,
modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are
capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to
perform a task that it previously did not perform. Internal use
software is amortized on a straight-line basis over a three to
seven year period.
Capitalized costs include direct acquisitions as well as
software and software development acquired under capitalized
leases. Capitalized software purchases and related development
costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $373 at
December 24, 2010, $539 at December 25, 2009 and $322
at March 25, 2011.
Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for
impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC)
360-10-35-15,
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
that only requires testing whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets
may not be recoverable. If any indicators are present, a
recoverability test is performed by comparing the carrying
amount of the asset to the net undiscounted cash flows expected
to be generated from the asset. If the net undiscounted cash
flows do not exceed the carrying amount (i.e., the asset is not
recoverable), an additional step is performed that determines
the fair value of the asset and records an impairment, if any.
Debt Issuance
Costs and Debt Discount
Certain costs associated with the issuance of debt instruments
are capitalized and included in non-current assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had unamortized debt
issuance costs of $2,941, $3,344 and $188 as of March 25, 2011,
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 respectively.
These costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt
instruments on a straight-line basis. Amortization of debt
issuance costs was $715 for the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010, $397 for the fiscal year ended
December 25, 2009 and $359 for the year ended
December 26, 2008. Amortization of debt issuance costs was
$292 and $137 for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010, respectively. The unamortized portion of
original issue discount (OID) is classified with the related
debt, and the amortization of the OID is charged to interest
expense using the effective interest method. As of
March 25, 2011, December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009 the Company had unamortized OID of
$1,944, $2,127 and $0 respectively.
Intangible
Assets
The intangible assets recorded by the Company consist of
customer relationships which are amortized over their useful
lives on a schedule that approximates the pattern in which
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of businesses
over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. In
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, Impairment
testing for goodwill is performed at least annually unless
indicators of impairment exist. The impairment test for goodwill
uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the consolidated
level, as the Company has a single reporting unit. Step one
compares the fair value of the Company (calculated using a
discounted cash flow method) to its carrying value. If the
carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is potential
impairment and step two must be performed. Step two compares the
carrying value of the entitys goodwill to its implied fair
value (i.e., fair value of the entity less the fair value of the
entitys assets and liabilities, including identifiable
intangible assets). If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds
its implied fair value, the excess is required to be recorded as
impairment. Through March 25, 2011 there have been no
impairments recorded.
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Derivatives are carried as assets or liabilities at their fair
values in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 820 Fair Value Measurements. The
Companys derivative is comprised of an interest rate swap
commitment entered into with a financial institution to hedge
the risk associated with the Companys variable rate debt.
The financial instrument does not qualify for hedge accounting
and is carried at fair value with the changes in fair value
recorded in earnings. As of March 25, 2011,
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009, the fair
value of the interest rate swap was $0, $(81) and $(991),
respectively, and is included in Other Liabilities.
F-12
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Employee
Benefit Programs
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan covering
substantially all full-time employees (the 401(k)
Plan). The Company, at the discretion of its Board Of
Directors, may make contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The
Company has not made nor has it accrued for any discretionary
contributions for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and the years ended December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008, respectively.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes.
Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recorded to reflect
the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and their
tax basis at each year-end. These amounts are adjusted, as
appropriate, to reflect enacted changes in tax rates expected to
be in effect when the temporary differences reverse.
On December 26, 2008, the Company adopted certain
provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (previously
reported as Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation
of FASB Statement No. 109) which established a single
model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions and
clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a
minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to
meet before being recognized in the financial statements. The
Company evaluates uncertain tax positions, if any, by
determining if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon
examination by the tax authorities. The Company records
uncertain tax positions when they are estimatable and probable
that such liabilities have been incurred. The adoption of this
guidance did not result in any reserves for uncertain tax
provisions. The Company, when required, will accrue interest and
penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
Commitments
and Contingencies
We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to
lawsuits, taxes and environmental matters, as well as
commitments under contractual and other commercial obligations.
We recognize liabilities for contingencies and commitments when
a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
Fair Value
Measurements
Effective December 26, 2008, the Company adopted Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value
Measurements, as it relates to financial assets and
financial liabilities. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have
material impact on the consolidation financial statements. The
carrying values of the Companys liabilities approximate
the fair values except for the fair value of the Companys
debt, which are based on prevailing interest rates and market
prices for debt of similar terms and maturities.
As of December 24, 2010, the Companys only financial
instruments required to be measured at fair value is an interest
rate swap. As of March 25, 2011 the Companys only
financial instrument required to be measured at fair value is a
foreign exchange contract. The interest rate swap and foreign
exchange contract are valued using current quoted market prices,
and are considered level two instruments.
Note 5 Acquisitions
We account for acquisitions in accordance with Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business
Combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed
are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at
their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
On June 18, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of
Monique & Me, Inc. doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, Inc. based in Miami, Florida. On
August 28, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of
European Imports, SF, Inc., (EI), based in
San Francisco. On May 30, 2008 the Company completed
the acquisition of American Gourmet Foods, Inc. (AG).
F-13
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
The table below details the assets and liabilities acquired as
part of the acquisitions of Monique & Me, as of
June 18, 2010, EI as of August 28, 2009, and American
Gourmet as of May 30, 2008 respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONIQUE & ME
|
|
|
EI
|
|
|
AG
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
1,324
|
|
|
$
|
1,096
|
|
|
$
|
2,385
|
|
Intangible assets other than goodwill
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(1,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
$
|
3,738
|
|
|
$
|
3,766
|
|
|
$
|
5,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The goodwill recognized as part of these acquisitions is
expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The results
of operations for the period subsequent to the acquisition date
for these acquisitions are included in the consolidated
financial statements. The revenues subsequent to the acquisition
date and the pro forma effect assuming the acquisitions happened
at the beginning of the respective fiscal years is not material.
Note 6 Plant
and Equipment
Plant, equipment and leasehold improvements consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 24,
|
|
|
December 25,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
USEFUL LIVES
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
|
$
|
5,390
|
|
|
$
|
5,312
|
|
|
$
|
5,379
|
|
Computers, data processing and other equipment
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
|
|
2,383
|
|
|
|
2,947
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
7-15 years
|
|
|
|
5,566
|
|
|
|
4,176
|
|
|
|
5,570
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Construction-in-process
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,910
|
|
|
|
13,843
|
|
|
|
15,294
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,682
|
)
|
|
|
(9,603
|
)
|
|
|
(10,952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,228
|
|
|
$
|
4,240
|
|
|
$
|
4,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $1,312, $1,334, $1,512, $321 and $316
for the years ended December 24, 2010, December 25,
2009, December 26, 2008 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010, respectively.
Note 7 Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are presented as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 26, 2008
|
|
$
|
6,709
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 25, 2009
|
|
|
9,359
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 24, 2010 (audited) and
March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
11,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Other intangible assets consist of customer relationships being
amortized over a period ranging from six to eight years. The
changes in the carrying amount of other intangible assets for
the years presented are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 26, 2008
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
Customer relations recorded during the year
|
|
|
50
|
|
Amortization expense incurred during the year
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 25, 2009
|
|
|
115
|
|
Customer relations recorded during the year
|
|
|
596
|
|
Amortization expense incurred during the year
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 24, 2010
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
Amortization expense for the three months ended March 25,
2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense for the next five years is expected to be
$112, $91, $83, $83 and $81.
Note 8 Debt
Obligations
Debt obligations as of December 24, 2010, December, 25 2009
and March 25, 2011 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25,
|
|
|
|
December 24,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
$
|
12,219
|
|
|
$
|
20,495
|
|
|
$
|
9,701
|
|
Term loan
|
|
|
73,750
|
|
|
|
11,650
|
|
|
|
72,500
|
|
Original issue discount-term loan
|
|
|
(2,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,945
|
)
|
Note payable
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Senior subordinated PIK note
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations
|
|
|
99,525
|
|
|
|
32,722
|
|
|
|
96,588
|
|
Less: current installments
|
|
|
(16,945
|
)
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
|
(14,589
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations, excluding current installments
|
|
$
|
82,580
|
|
|
$
|
29,928
|
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of debt obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER:
|
|
PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
OID
|
|
|
NET
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
17,652
|
|
|
$
|
(707
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,945
|
|
2012
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
(653
|
)
|
|
|
5,597
|
|
2013
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
(587
|
)
|
|
|
6,413
|
|
2014
|
|
|
70,750
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
70,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
101,652
|
|
|
$
|
(2,127
|
)
|
|
$
|
99,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Facility
On April 15, 2010, the Company entered into a term loan and
revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit
Agreement). The term loan commitment was in the amount of
$7,500, while the revolving credit facility provided
F-15
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
the Company with up to $37,500 in borrowing capacity. In line
with the redemption of Class A units on October 22,
2010, the $7,500 term note was paid in full and the credit
facility was amended to provide the Company with up to $25,000
in revolving borrowing capacity. The Revolving Credit Agreement
matures on October 22, 2013. The outstanding revolver
balance as of December 24, 2010, is being classified on the
balance sheet in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codifications (ASC) 470 Debt. The Revolving
Credit Agreement contains certain events of default that under
certain circumstances could call for the immediate repayment of
the outstanding revolver balance. These subjective
acceleration clauses in addition to the Revolving Credit
Agreement requiring full dominion of lockbox receipts, requires
that the outstanding revolver balance be presented in current
portion of long term debt. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Agreement bear interest, at the Companys option, at the CB
Floating Rate (defined as the Administrative Agents prime
rate, never to be less than the adjusted one month Libor rate,
plus applicable rate) or LIBOR plus applicable rate. The
applicable rate is contingent upon the Companys leverage
ratio. As of December 24, 2010 the CB Floating applicable
rate was 1.25% and the Libor applicable rate was 3.25%. The
Revolving Credit Agreement also provides for an annual fee of
.25% of unused commitments. The Revolving Credit Agreement
contains various covenants that require the maintenance of
certain financial ratios, as described in the Credit Agreement,
and also contains customary events of default. Balances
outstanding on the credit facility are secured against the
assets of the Company.
Term
Debt
On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $75,000
second lien term note (the Term Loan Credit
Agreement). The Term Loan Credit Agreement requires
principal payments of $5,000 in year 1, $6,000 in year 2, $7,000
in year 3, with the remaining principal due at maturity, on
April 23, 2014. Borrowings under the Term Loan Credit
Agreement bear interest at the Companys option of ABR Loan
(defined as the greater of the Federal funds rate, the adjusted
one month LIBOR rate or 3%) plus 8% or LIBOR plus 9%, with LIBOR
having a floor of 2%. The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains
various covenants that require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Term Loan Credit
Agreement, and also contains customary events of default.
Balances outstanding on the term note are secured by a second
lien on trade receivables and inventory, as well as a first lien
on all other assets of the Company. This term debt was issued
with an OID of $2,250 which is classified with the debt and is
charged to interest expense, using the effective interest method.
Senior
Subordinated Debt
On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $15,000
unsecured PIK note (the Note) due October 22,
2014. The note bears interest at 20% and accrues interest every
six months. The balance at March 25, 2011 and
December 24, 2010 is $16,250 and $15,500, respectively,
which includes accrued interest. The note contains various
covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial
ratios, as described in the note agreement, and contains
customary events of default.
Note 9 Leases
The Company leases various warehouse and office facilities and
certain vehicles and equipment under long-term operating lease
agreements that expire at various dates, with related parties
and with others. See Note 11 for additional discussion of
related party transactions. The Company records operating lease
costs, including any
F-16
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
determinable rent increases, on a straight-line basis over the
lease term. As of December 24, 2010, the Company is
obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to
make future minimum lease payments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THIRD
|
|
|
|
|
|
THIRD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELATED PARTY
|
|
|
PARTY REAL
|
|
|
THIRD PARTY
|
|
|
PARTY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL ESTATE
|
|
|
ESTATE
|
|
|
VEHICLES
|
|
|
OTHER
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,614
|
|
|
$
|
1,828
|
|
|
$
|
2,641
|
|
|
$
|
591
|
|
|
$
|
6,674
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
2,082
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
5,566
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
1,599
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
4,516
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
1,187
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
3,791
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
6,677
|
|
|
$
|
7,062
|
|
|
$
|
8,529
|
|
|
$
|
1,105
|
|
|
$
|
23,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense for operating leases for the years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008 were $7,241, $7,066 and $7,269,
respectively. Total rent expense for operating leases for the
three months ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 was $1,917
and $1,754, respectively.
One of our subsidiaries, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases
one of its distribution centers from an entity controlled by our
founders, The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases the distribution
center from the New York City Industrial Development Agency. In
connection with this sublease arrangement, Dairyland USA
Corporation and two of the Companys other subsidiaries are
required to act as guarantors of The Chefs Warehouse
Leasing Co., LLCs mortgage obligation on the distribution
center. The mortgage payoff date is December 2029 and the
potential obligation under this guarantee totaled
$11.7 million at March 25, 2011. The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has the ability to opt out of its
lease agreement with the New York City Industrial Development
Agency by giving 60 days notice. This action would
cause the concurrent reduction in the term of the sublease with
Dairyland USA Corporation to December 2014.
Note 10 Income
Taxes
Certain subsidiaries of the Company are taxed as a C
Corporation. As part of the Class A unit redemption that
occurred on October 22, 2010, the remaining subsidiaries of
the Company elected to be taxed as a C corporation.
These subsidiaries of the Company were taxed as a partnership
for the first ten months of the year, and then as a
C Corporation for the last two months of the year.
The income of the partnership is subject to tax at the LLC
member level, with the exception of certain unincorporated
business taxes. Dairyland is a C Corporation that is
taxed as a stand alone entity subject to the corporate tax rates.
The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the
years ended December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
4,035
|
|
|
$
|
1,908
|
|
|
$
|
2,614
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current income tax expense
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
1,844
|
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(1,983
|
)
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
(469
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(487
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax (benefit)
|
|
|
(2,470
|
)
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
(614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
The income tax expense differed from the total statutory income
tax expense as computed by applying the statutory
U.S. Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes.
The reasons for the differences for the years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory U. S. Federal tax
|
|
$
|
6,270
|
|
|
$
|
3,799
|
|
|
$
|
1,920
|
|
Differences due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-taxable operating results
|
|
|
(1,792
|
)
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
559
|
|
Other permanent differences
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
1,309
|
|
Change to C-Corp status
|
|
|
(2,744
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in prior year tax estimate
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Other/net
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 24, 2010
and December 25, 2009 consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables and inventory
|
|
$
|
1,562
|
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
Unrealized loss on swap
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
Paid time off accrual
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
Other
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deduction of prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(495
|
)
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset, net
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
2,263
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Rent accrual
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
Reserve on deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
Other
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property & equipment
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(488
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset, net
|
|
$
|
2,362
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The deferred tax provision results from the effects of net
changes during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities
arising from temporary differences between the carrying amounts
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company saw a
significant increase in its
F-18
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
deferred tax assets recorded on its financial statements as a
result of the C corporation tax election made during
the year. This increase in deferred tax assets, which was
primarily due to the establishment of a $2.8 million
deferred tax asset for goodwill established at the time of
issuance of our Class A units and will be deductible for
tax purposes after October 22, 2010, resulted in the
recording of a large tax benefit, lowering the Companys
overall effective tax rate.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. Federal
and various state and local jurisdictions. For Federal income
tax purposes, the 2007 through 2010 tax years remain open for
examination by the tax authorities under the normal three-year
statute of limitations. For state tax purposes, the 2007 through
2010 tax years remain open for examination by the tax
authorities under a four-year statute of limitations. The
Company records interest and penalties, if any, in income tax
expense.
Note 11 Related
Parties
The Company leases two warehouse facilities from related
parties. These facilities are 100% owned by certain members of
the Company and are deemed to be affiliates, (see Note 9).
Expense related to the above facilities was $1,537 for each of
the years ended December 24, 2010, and December 25,
2009 and December 26, 2008 and $384 for each of the three
months ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010.
Note 12 Legal
Matters
The Company is subject to a number of claims and proceedings
that generally arise in the ordinary conduct of our business.
Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with
certainty and the impact of the final resolution of these
matters on the Companys results of operations is not
known, management does not believe that the resolution of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on the financial
position of the Company or the ability of the Company to meet
its financial obligations as they become due.
Note 13 Product
Information
The Company offers a full line of products to its customers. The
sales mix for the principal product categories for each fiscal
year is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Dry Goods
|
|
$
|
86,413
|
|
|
$
|
70,456
|
|
|
$
|
71,802
|
|
Center of Plate
|
|
|
70,655
|
|
|
|
57,969
|
|
|
|
57,401
|
|
Cheeses
|
|
|
49,283
|
|
|
|
40,764
|
|
|
|
42,957
|
|
Pastries and Other Bakery Products
|
|
|
44,259
|
|
|
|
37,162
|
|
|
|
36,254
|
|
Oils and Vinegars
|
|
|
39,065
|
|
|
|
34,216
|
|
|
|
39,295
|
|
Dairy Products
|
|
|
33,290
|
|
|
|
25,334
|
|
|
|
29,074
|
|
Kitchen Supplies
|
|
|
7,153
|
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
|
|
4,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Note 14 Valuation
Reserves
A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts
appears below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
2,150
|
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
$
|
1,400
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
1,477
|
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
Customer accounts written off, net of recoveries
|
|
|
(792
|
)
|
|
|
(1,127
|
)
|
|
|
(938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,400
|
|
|
$
|
2,150
|
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the activity in the inventory valuation reserve
appears below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
575
|
|
|
$
|
640
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
1,527
|
|
Customer accounts written off, net of recoveries
|
|
|
(1,146
|
)
|
|
|
(1,096
|
)
|
|
|
(1,592
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
570
|
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 15 Subsequent
Event
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. The purchase price paid to Harry Wils
& Co. was approximately $7.7 million for the
intangible assets, plus approximately $1.2 million for the
inventory on hand. The Company assumed no liabilities in
connection with the transaction and has relocated the inventory
purchased to our Bronx, New York distribution facility. The
Company financed the purchase price for these assets with
borrowings under our Revolving Credit Agreement.
F-20
UNAUDITED PRO
FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
financial statements, which consist of unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal
year ended December 24, 2010 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011, give effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the redemption of our Class A units and the resulting
incurrence of the indebtedness necessary to finance such
redemption, together with the resulting elimination of dividends
on those units during the fiscal year ended December 24,
2010;
|
|
|
our conversion to a subchapter C corporation prior to the
effectiveness of this registration statement in connection with
the reorganization transaction described elsewhere in this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of 4,666,667 shares of our common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00
per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, and our receipt of $63.1 million in net
proceeds, after deducting the underwriting discount and
estimated expenses of the offering payable by us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the use of the net proceeds from this offering to
(1) redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior
subordinated notes due 2014 and to pay any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees, including the call
premium associated with such redemption or repurchase; and
(2) repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing
senior secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our incurrence of $38.3 million of borrowings under our new
senior secured credit facilities; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance of shares of our common stock upon consummation of
this offering in an amount equal to 1% of our outstanding shares
of common stock upon consummation of this offering, 50% of which
will vest immediately upon grant and 50% of which will vest
ratably over the four-year period following grant, and the
portion of the compensation expense associated with the portion
of this award that will vest at grant and over the first fifteen
months following the grant date
|
as if all of those transactions had occurred on
December 26, 2009.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements set out below should be read in conjunction with the
sections of this prospectus entitled Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, our
audited financial statements and the corresponding notes as of
and for the year ended December 24, 2010 and our unaudited
financial statements and the corresponding notes as of and for
the three months ended March 25, 2011, included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements set out below have been derived from our historical
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements
appearing below are based upon a number of assumptions and
estimates and are subject to uncertainties, and do not purport
to be indicative of the actual results of operations or
financial condition that would have occurred had the
transactions described above in fact occurred on the dates
indicated, nor do they purport to be indicative of future
results of operations or financial condition that we may achieve
in the future. The assumptions and estimates used and pro forma
adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently
available information, and we believe such assumptions are
reasonable under the circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of
operations do not adjust for the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the write off of $2.8 million in deferred financing costs
in connection with the repayment of our outstanding indebtedness
in connection with this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the redemption premium associated with the repayment of our
outstanding senior subordinated notes of approximately
$0.8 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the operating expenses that we will incur as a result of our
becoming a public reporting company upon consummation of this
offering, which we estimate to be approximately
$1.4 million per year.
|
F-21
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 24,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHEFS
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRO FORMA FOR
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAREHOUSE
|
|
|
OCTOBER 2010
|
|
|
OCTOBER 2010
|
|
|
OFFERING AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
RECAPITALIZATION
|
|
|
RECAPITALIZATION
|
|
|
REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
PRO FORMA
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit data)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
388
|
(a)
|
|
|
64,594
|
|
|
|
971
|
(f)
|
|
|
65,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)(a)
|
|
|
21,184
|
|
|
|
(971
|
)(f)
|
|
|
20,213
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
8,475
|
(b)
|
|
|
12,516
|
|
|
|
(11,119
|
)(g)
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
(8,863
|
)
|
|
|
9,578
|
|
|
|
10,148
|
|
|
|
19,726
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
1,168
|
(c)
|
|
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
3,958
|
(h)
|
|
|
7,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
(10,031
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,843
|
|
|
$
|
6,190
|
|
|
$
|
12,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
4,123
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
22,429
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to members units/ common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,521
|
|
|
$
|
5,843
|
|
|
$
|
6,190
|
|
|
$
|
12,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per members unit/share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(20,535
|
)
|
|
|
51,959
|
|
|
|
(31,900
|
)(i)
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(18,084
|
)
|
|
|
54,410
|
(e)
|
|
|
(33,527
|
)(j)
|
|
|
20,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 25,
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHEFS WAREHOUSE
|
|
|
OFFERING AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
PRO FORMA
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit data)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
96
|
(f)
|
|
|
17,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)(f)
|
|
|
4,963
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
(3,017
|
)(k)
|
|
|
433
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Loss on asset disposal
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,921
|
|
|
|
4,608
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,130
|
(l)
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,791
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to members units/ common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per members unit/share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
(32,273
|
)(m)
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
(33,502
|
)(n)
|
|
|
20,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT PER UNIT DATA)
|
|
(a)
|
This adjustment reflects the removal of $262 for a management
fee paid to BGCP/DL, LLC in fiscal 2010, net of $608 of
additional amortization of deferred financing costs and $42 of
administrative agent fees incurred in connection with the
management of the debt structure associated with the redemption
of the Class A units.
|
(b)
|
This adjustment reflects $593 of additional original issue
discount amortization fees and $7,882 of additional interest
expense, in each case related to the borrowings used to finance
the redemption of our Class A units.
|
(c)
|
This adjustment reflects additional tax provision expense as a
result of our electing to be taxed as a subchapter C corporation
as of December 26, 2009 at a full year assumed effective
tax rate of 39%.
|
(d)
|
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the impact of the
accretion of the dividend on the Class A units during
fiscal 2010 and the elimination of the deemed dividend
associated with the redemption of the Class A units.
|
|
|
(e) |
This adjustment reflects the exclusion of 20,535 Class A
members units on a weighted average basis and the inclusion of
the weighted average dilutive impact of 2,451 shares of
Class C units, which had been excluded from the calculation
of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC Historical net (loss)
income per members unit because of the net loss
attributable to members units for the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010 as a result of the dividend accretion and
deemed dividend associated with the Class A units.
|
|
|
(f) |
This adjustment for the full year ended December 24, 2010
reflects the removal of $921 of amortization of deferred
financing costs and $42 of administrative agent fees incurred in
the management of the debt structure associated with the
redemption of Class A units and the inclusion of $1,934 of
compensation expense associated with our issuance of common
stock upon consummation of this offering in an amount equal to
1% of our total outstanding shares of common stock upon
consummation of this offering. For the three months ended
March 25, 2011 this adjustment reflects the inclusion of
$96 of compensation expense associated with our issuance of
common stock upon consummation of this offering in an amount
equal to 1% of our total outstanding shares of common stock upon
consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
(g) |
This adjustment reflects the removal of $716 of original issue
discount amortization fees and $10,403 of interest expense as a
result of using the net proceeds from this offering to redeem or
repurchase our outstanding senior subordinated notes and repay
all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior secured
credit facilities. The $10,403 of interest expense that is being
removed is net of $1,397 of interest expense incurred in
connection with the $38.3 million of borrowings under our
new senior secured credit facilities at an assumed interest rate
of 4.25% for borrowings under the new term loan facility and
2.5% under the new revolving loan facility.
|
|
|
(h) |
This adjustment reflects the application of the adjustment
described in footnote (c) above to higher levels of net
income.
|
|
|
(i) |
This adjustment reflects the 36,670 share reduction in our
weighted average basic shares of common stock outstanding
resulting from the reorganization transaction in which the
50,000 Class B units and 1,959 vested Class C units
were converted into 14,713 and 576 shares of our common stock,
respectively, and the addition of the 4,667 shares of our
common stock we are selling in this offering and the issuance of
103 fully vested restricted shares of common stock upon
consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
(j) |
This adjustment reflects the 38,401 share reduction in our
weighted average diluted shares of common stock outstanding
resulting from the reorganization transaction in which the
50,000 Class B units, 1,959 vested Class C units and
2,452 unvested Class C units were converted into 14,713,
576 and 721 shares of our common stock, respectively, and the
addition of the 4,667 shares of our common stock we are
selling in this offering and the issuance of 206 restricted
shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering, of
which 103 shares were fully vested upon issuance.
|
|
|
(k) |
This adjustment reflects the removal of $182 of original issue
discount amortization fees, $191 of amortization of deferred
financing costs and $2,644 of interest expense as a result of
using the net proceeds of this offering to redeem or repurchase
our outstanding senior subordinated notes and repay all of our
loans outstanding under our existing senior secured credit
facilities, net of $369 of interest expense incurred in
connection with the $38.3 million of borrowings under our
new senior secured credit facilities at an assumed interest rate
of 4.25% for borrowings under the new term loan facility and
2.5% for borrowings under the new revolving loan facility.
|
F-24
|
|
(l) |
This adjustment reflects the additional tax provision expense
resulting from the increase in net income.
|
|
|
(m) |
This adjustment reflects the 37,070 share reduction in our
weighted average basic shares of common stock outstanding
resulting from the reorganization transaction in which 50,000
Class B units and 2,526 vested Class C units were converted
into 14,713 and 744 shares of our common stock, respectively,
and the addition of the 4,667 shares of our common stock we are
selling in this offering and the issuance of 103 fully vested
restricted shares of common stock upon consummation of this
offering and 26 shares that will vest one year from the
date of grant.
|
|
|
(n) |
This adjustment reflects the 38,375 share reduction in our
weighted average basic shares of common stock outstanding
resulting from the reorganization transaction in which 50,000
Class B units and 2,526 vested Class C units and 1,849 unvested
Class C units were converted into 14,713, 744, and 543 shares of
our common stock, respectively, and the addition of the 4,667
shares of our common stock we are selling in this offering and
the issuance of 206 restricted shares of common stock upon
consummation of this offering, of which 103 shares were fully
vested upon issuance and 26 shares that will vest one year
from the date of grant.
|
Reconciliation of
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share for the Fiscal Year Ended
December 24, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma for
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
October 2010
|
|
|
October 2010
|
|
|
Offering and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 24,
|
|
|
Recapitalization
|
|
|
Recapitalization
|
|
|
Reorganization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
|
16,521
|
|
|
|
5,843
|
|
|
|
6,190
|
|
|
|
12,033
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Class A Units Outstanding
|
|
|
20,535
|
|
|
|
(20,535
|
)(o)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Class B Units Outstanding
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
(35,287
|
)(q)
|
|
|
14,713
|
|
Weighted Average Class C Units Outstanding
|
|
|
1,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,959
|
|
|
|
(1,383
|
)(q)
|
|
|
576
|
|
Fully Vested Common Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,667
|
(r)
|
|
|
4,667
|
|
Fully Vested Employee Stock Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
(r)
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Weighted Average Basic Units/Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(20,535
|
)
|
|
|
51,959
|
|
|
|
(31,900
|
)
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive Effect of Unvested Class C Units/Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,451
|
(p)
|
|
|
2,451
|
|
|
|
(1,730
|
)(q)
|
|
|
721
|
|
Dilutive Effect of Unvested Employee Stock Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
(s)
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Diluted Units/Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(18,084
|
)
|
|
|
54,410
|
|
|
|
(33,527
|
)
|
|
|
20,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Earnings (Loss) per Unit/Share
|
|
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
Fully Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Unit/Share
|
|
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
F-25
Reconciliation of
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share for the Three Months Ended
March 25, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Offering and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25,
|
|
|
Reorganization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,791
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Class B Units Outstanding
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
(35,287
|
)(q)
|
|
|
14,713
|
|
Weighted Average Class C Units Outstanding
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
|
|
(1,782
|
)(q)
|
|
|
744
|
|
Fully Vested Common Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,667
|
(t)
|
|
|
4,667
|
|
Fully Vested Employee Stock Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
(t)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Weighted Average Basic Units/Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
(32,273
|
)
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive Effect of Unvested Class C Units/Shares
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
(1,306
|
)(q)
|
|
|
543
|
|
Dilutive Effect of Unvested Employee Stock Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
(u)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Diluted Units/Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
(33,502
|
)
|
|
|
20,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Earnings per Unit/Share
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
Fully Diluted Earnings per Unit/Share
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
(o) |
This adjustment reflects the redemption of the Class A
units as of December 26, 2009 rather than October 22,
2010.
|
|
|
(p) |
This adjustment reflects the unvested Class C units that
are included in diluted earnings per unit/share.
|
|
|
(q) |
This adjustment reflects the conversion of the units into shares
of common stock at a conversion ratio of 0.29426 per unit.
|
|
|
(r) |
This adjustment reflects the 4,667 common shares that will be
issued in this offering as well as 103 restricted common shares
that will be granted, and immediately vest, upon consummation of
this offering.
|
|
|
(s) |
This adjustment reflects the 103 unvested restricted common
shares that will be granted upon consummation of this offering
and vest ratably over a four-year period following the grant
date.
|
|
|
(t) |
This adjustment reflects the 4,667 common shares that will be
issued in this offering as well as 103 restricted common shares
that will be granted, and immediately vest, upon consummation of
this offering and 26 shares that will vest one year from
the date of grant.
|
|
|
(u) |
This adjustment reflects the remaining 77 unvested restricted
common shares that will be granted upon consummation of this
offering.
|
F-26
8,000,000 Shares
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE,
INC.
Common Stock
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Jefferies
BMO Capital Markets
Wells Fargo
Securities
BB&T Capital
Markets
Canaccord Genuity
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
,
2011
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other Expenses
of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in
connection with the sale of the common stock being registered.
All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration
fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing
fee. In addition to the fees shown below which are being paid by
the registrant, the selling stockholders will pay approximately
$45,000 of expenses incurred in connection with the sale of
their shares of common stock in the offering including $7,120 of
the $17,090 SEC registration fee and $37,880 of legal fees.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$
|
9,970
|
|
FINRA Filing Fee
|
|
$
|
15,220
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market Listing Fee
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
825,000
|
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
601,310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,955,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation, because the person is or was a director or officer
of the corporation. Such indemnity may be against expenses,
including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if
the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have
reasonable cause to believe the persons conduct was
unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action
or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or
officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including
attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner
the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be
indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or
such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is
or was a director or officer of the corporation against any
liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or
arising out of the persons status as such, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person
against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our
certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be
liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director. In addition, our by-laws
provide that we will indemnify each director and officer and may
indemnify employees and agents, as determined by our board, to
the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.
II-1
The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions
of section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
provisions that will be included in our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits
the limitation of directors personal liability to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach
of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or
redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have
been informed that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
We refer you to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect
to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.
We maintain directors and officers liability
insurance for our officers and directors.
Our Underwriting Agreement for this offering will provide that
each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
us, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the
registration statement, and each person who controls The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc. within the meaning of the Securities
Act but only with respect to written information relating to
such underwriter furnished to The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. by
or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in
the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.
We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each
of our executive officers and directors that provides, in
general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent
permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on
our behalf.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent Sales
of Unregistered Securities.
|
Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the
filing of this registration statement, we have not issued any
securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.
From July 22, 2008 to June 16, 2009, we awarded
2,508,332 Class C units to our executive officers and other
employees. The units were issued for no cash consideration as
compensation for past and future services provided by the
executive officers and other employees to the Company and in
reliance upon the exemption from registration under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. None of these issuances
involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions
or any public offering. The recipients of the securities in such
transactions represented their intentions to acquire the
securities for investment only and not with a view to or for
sale in connection with any distribution thereof. In addition,
these units were at the time of issuance, and remain as of the
date hereof, subject to restrictions on transfer under the terms
of our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
as amended. All recipients either received adequate information
about us or had adequate access, through their relationship with
us, to such information.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules.
|
|
|
(a)
|
Exhibits. The attached Exhibit Index is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
(b)
|
Financial Statement Schedules. See the Index to Financial
Statements included on
page F-1
for a list of the financial statements included in this
registration statement.
|
|
|
(a)
|
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
|
(b)
|
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the undersigned registrant pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
|
II-2
|
|
|
undersigned registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the undersigned
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
|
|
|
(c) |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by
the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
be part of this registration statement as of the time it was
declared effective.
|
|
(2)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
|
(3)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to
this offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
this registration statement as of the date it is first used
after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made
in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of this
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into this registration
statement or prospectus that is part of this registration
statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of
sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement
that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that
was part of this registration statement or made in any such
document immediately prior to such date of first use.
|
|
(4)
|
For the purpose of determining liability of the undersigned
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of
securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned
registrant relating to the offering required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424;
|
|
ii.
|
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by
or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred
to by the undersigned registrant;
|
|
iii.
|
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information about the undersigned
registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the
undersigned registrant; and
|
|
iv.
|
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by
the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
|
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Ridgefield, State of Connecticut, on
the
14th day
of July, 2011.
CHEFS WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
|
Christopher Pappas
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE
|
|
TITLE
|
|
DATE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
Christopher
Pappas
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
July 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
John
Pappas
|
|
Director and Vice Chairman
|
|
July 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Clark
Kenneth
Clark
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
July 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Dean
Facatselis
|
|
Director
|
|
July 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
John
Couri
|
|
Director
|
|
July 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
Christopher
Pappas
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
|
3
|
.3**
|
|
Form of Certificate of Incorporation of The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc.
|
|
3
|
.4**
|
|
Form of Bylaws of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
|
|
4
|
.1**
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC.
|
|
10
|
.1**
|
|
Sublease between A.L. Bazzini Co., Inc. and Dairyland USA
Corporation, dated as of April 1, 2003.
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
Lease between The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC and
Dairyland USA Corporation, dated as of December 29, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Employment Letter by and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC,
and Christopher Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
Written Description of Oral Amendment to Employment Letter by
and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA
Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs
Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, and Christopher
Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Letter by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The
Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse West
Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, JP Morgan Chase & Co, and
Christopher Pappas, dated as of December 12, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.6**
|
|
Employment Letter by and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC,
and John Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
Written Description of Oral Amendment to Employment Letter by
and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA
Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs
Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, and John Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Letter by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The
Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse West
Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, JP Morgan Chase & Co, and
John Pappas, dated as of December 12, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
Kenneth Clark, dated as of March 6, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
James Wagner, dated as of April 8, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
Frank ODowd, dated as of January 28, 2007.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Employee Confidentiality, Non-Solicit, Non-Interference,
Non-Compete and Severance Agreement by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
Dairyland USA Corporation, and James Wagner, dated as of April
16, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14**
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Officers and
Employees).
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.16**
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.17**
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (Officers and
Employees).
|
|
10
|
.18**
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.19**
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.20**
|
|
Sublease Agreement between The Chefs Warehouse Leasing
Co., LLC and Dairyland USA Corporation, dated as of
December 1, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.21**
|
|
Amended letter agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC and James Wagner, dated as of June 28, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement by and between The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc. and Christopher Pappas.
|
II-5
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement by and between The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc. and John Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc. and its directors and executive officers.
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
Subsidiaries of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC (included in their
opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of Kevin Cox.
|
|
23
|
.4**
|
|
Consent of Stephen Hanson.
|
|
23
|
.5**
|
|
Consent of John Austin.
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
**
|
|
Previously filed.
|
|
|
|
Denotes a management contract or
compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
II-6
exv1w1
Exhibit 1.1
[Number of Shares]
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[ ], 2011
JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
As Representative of the several Underwriters
c/o JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Introductory. The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), proposes to
issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the Underwriters) an
aggregate of [___] shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (Common Stock) of the
Company (the Company Shares); and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule
B (collectively, the Selling Stockholders) severally propose to sell to the Underwriters an
aggregate of [___] shares of Common Stock of the Company (the Selling Stockholders Firm Shares).
In addition, the Selling Stockholders have
severally granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [___] shares of
Common Stock (the Optional Shares), with each Selling Stockholder selling up
to the amount set forth opposite such Selling Stockholders name in Schedule B, all as
provided in Section 2. The Company Shares and the Selling Stockholders Firm Shares are
collectively called the Firm Shares. The
Selling Stockholders Firm Shares and the Optional Shares are collectively called the Selling
Stockholders Shares. The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the
Optional Shares are collectively called the Offered Shares. Jefferies & Company, Inc.
(Jefferies), BMO Capital Markets Corp.
(BMO) and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
(Wells Fargo) have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity,
the Representatives) in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares.
The
Representatives agrees that up to ________ of the Company Shares (the Directed
Shares) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters and their affiliates to certain eligible
directors, officers and employees of the Company and persons having business relationships with the
Company (collectively, the Participants), as part of the distribution of the Offered Shares by
the Underwriters (the Directed Share Program) subject to the terms of this Agreement, the
applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority,
Inc. (FINRA) and all other applicable laws, rule and regulations. To the extent that such
Directed Shares are not orally confirmed for purchase by the Participants by the
end of the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Directed Shares may be
offered to the public by the Underwriters as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.
The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Commission) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-173445), which contains a form of
prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such
registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules
thereto, in the form in which it was declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the Securities Act),
including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule
430A under the Securities Act, is called the Registration Statement. Any registration statement
filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is called the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, and from and after the date and time of filing of the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement the term Registration Statement shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement. The preliminary prospectus dated [ ], 2011 describing the Offered
Shares and the offering thereof as amended or supplemented prior to the Applicable Time (as defined
below), is called the Preliminary Prospectus, and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other
preliminary prospectus that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior
to the filing of the Prospectus (as defined below), is called a preliminary prospectus. As used
herein, the term Prospectus shall mean the final prospectus that describes the Offered Shares and
the offering thereof, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered
Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of
purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act. As used herein, Applicable Time is
__:___ _m (New York time) on [ ], 2011. As used herein, free writing
prospectus has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and Time of Sale
Prospectus means the preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented immediately prior to the
Applicable Time, together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule C
hereto (including any orally communicated pricing information). As used herein, each Road Show
means a bona fide electronic road show as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that
has been made without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms Registration
Statement, Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, preliminary
prospectus, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus shall include the documents incorporated
and deemed to be incorporated by reference therein. All references in this underwriting agreement
(this Agreement) to amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale
Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder (collectively, the Exchange Act) which is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference
in the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus,
any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be. All
references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the 462(b) Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, a preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendments or
supplements to any of the foregoing, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission
pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR) and (ii) the
Prospectus shall be deemed to include the electronic Prospectus provided for use in connection
with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3.A.(n) of this Agreement.
The
Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their engagement
of Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC
(the Independent Underwriter) as, and the Independent Underwriter
2
hereby confirms its agreement with the Company and the Selling Stockholders to render services
as, a qualified independent underwriter, within the meaning of Section (f)(12) of FINRA Rule 5121
with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares. Independent
Underwriter agrees to undertake the legal responsibilities and
liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically
including those inherent in Section 11 thereof. Independent Underwriter, solely in its
capacity as the qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the
QIU.
All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information
that are contained, included or stated in the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement , the Preliminary Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale
Prospectus or the Prospectus (and all other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and
include all such financial statements and schedules and other information that is or is deemed to
be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
the Preliminary Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the
Prospectus, as the case may be; and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements
to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus,
any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to mean
and include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act that is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
the Preliminary Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the
Prospectus, as the case may be.
The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their respective agreements
with the Underwriters and the QIU as follows:
Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
A. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and
warrants to each Underwriter and the QIU, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First
Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereafter
defined), if any, with each Underwriter, as follows:
(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement has been
declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to
the Commissions satisfaction, with all requests of the Commission for additional or
supplemental information. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such
purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the Companys knowledge, are contemplated or
threatened by the Commission.
The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus at the time of filing with the
Commission complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by
electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under
the Securities Act), was identical to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in
connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement,
any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
thereto, as of the applicable effective date, complied and, until such time as the
Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus in order to confirm sales of the
Offered Shares will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and
will not contain any
3
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As
of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus, together with each Road Show, if any, did
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its applicable filing date
and until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus to
confirm sales of the Offered Shares, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The
representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not
apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto, the Time of Sale Prospectus,
the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto or any free writing prospectus, made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the
Company in writing by the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and
agreed that the only such information furnished by the Representatives to the Company consists
of the information described in Section 9(c) below. There are no contracts or other documents
required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.
The Company is not an ineligible issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) as of the eligibility determination date for purposes of Rules 164 and 433
under the Securities Act with respect to the offering of the Offered Shares. Any free writing
prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities
Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule
433(d) under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or
is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by
or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material
respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act including timely filing
with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing
prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the
public offer and sale of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any
information that conflicted, conflicts with or will conflict with the information contained in
the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, including any
document incorporated by reference therein. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any,
identified in Schedule C hereto, and any Road Show, if any, furnished to the
Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will
not, without the Representatives prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing
prospectus.
(b) Offering Materials Furnished to Underwriters. The Company has delivered to the
Representatives one complete copy of the Registration Statement, each amendment thereto and any
Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts filed as a
part thereof, and conformed copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment thereto and
any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (without exhibits) and preliminary prospectuses, the
Time of Sale
Prospectus, the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, and any free writing prospectus
reviewed and consented to by the Representatives, in such quantities and at such places as the
Representatives has reasonably requested for each of the Underwriters.
(c) Distribution of Offering Material By the Company. The Company has not distributed and
will not distribute, prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option
granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2; (ii) the completion of the
4
Underwriters
distribution of the Offered Shares; and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the
Prospectus, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered
Shares other than the Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or
the Registration Statement.
(d) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered to the Representatives by the Company.
(e) Authorization of the Company Shares. The Company Shares have been duly authorized for
issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company
against payment therefor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable, and the issuance and sale of the Company Shares is not subject to any
preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase
the Company Shares.
(f) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. Except as described in the Time
of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and except for such rights as have already been waived,
there are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt
securities of the Company registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in
the offering contemplated by this Agreement, other than the Selling Stockholders with respect
to the Selling Stockholders Shares which have been registered for sale under the Registration
Statement.
(g) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Time of Sale
Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of
Sale Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, or in the earnings, business, results of operations or
prospects, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries,
considered as one entity (any such change is called a Material Adverse Change); (ii) the
Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material
liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business
nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business;
and (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the
Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, any of its
subsidiaries on any class of capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.
(h) Independent Accountants. BDO USA, LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect
to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes
thereto) and supporting schedules filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration
Statement and included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (each, an Applicable
Prospectus and collectively, the Applicable Prospectuses), are, to the Companys knowledge,
(i) independent public or certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act and
(ii) a registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and by the rules and
regulation of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the PCAOB).
(i) Preparation of the Financial Statements. The financial statements filed with the
Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each Applicable Prospectus
present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and
its subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their
5
operations and cash
flows for the periods specified. The supporting schedules included in the Registration
Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated
therein. Such financial statements and supporting schedules have been prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) applied on a
consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the
related notes thereto and except for normal year end adjustments that have not been made in the
case of interim financial statements. No other financial statements or supporting schedules
are required to be included in the Registration Statement or any Applicable Prospectus. The
financial data set forth in each Applicable Prospectus under the captions Prospectus Summary -
Consolidated Financial Data, Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Capitalization
fairly present in all material respects the information set forth therein on a basis consistent
with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement and each
Applicable Prospectus. To the Companys knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred
from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply
with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or
otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules
or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and
included in any Applicable Prospectus.
(j) Companys Accounting System. The Company and each of its subsidiaries make and keep
books and records that are accurate in all material respects and maintain a system of internal
accounting controls that are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions
are executed in accordance with managements general or specific authorization; (ii)
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is
permitted only in accordance with managements general or specific authorization; and (iv) the
recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in each
Applicable Prospectus, since December 31, 2010, there has been no material weakness in the
Companys internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the
Exchange Act)) (whether
or not remediated), and there has been no change in the Companys internal control over
financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
(k) Incorporation or Organization and Good Standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized, as the case
may be, and is validly existing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as
applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or
organization and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its
properties and to conduct its business as described in each Applicable Prospectus, except to
the extent that the failure to be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate,
result in a Material Adverse Change, and, in the case of the Company, to enter into and perform
its obligations under this Agreement. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to
transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such
qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the
conduct of business, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified would not,
individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. All of the issued and
outstanding capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of each subsidiary
6
of the
Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and,
except as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, are owned by the Company, directly or
indirectly through its subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
lien, encumbrance or adverse claim, except to the extent that any such security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien encumbrance or adverse claim would not, individually or in the
aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company does not own or control, directly
or indirectly, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity other
than (i) the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement and (ii) such
other entities omitted from Exhibit 21.1 which, when such omitted entities are considered in
the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary within
the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
(l) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters. The authorized, issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in each Applicable Prospectus under
the caption Capitalization (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee
benefit plans upon the exercise of outstanding options described in each Applicable
Prospectus). The capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the
description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with federal and
state securities laws or applicable exemptions from the requirements thereof. None of the
outstanding capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of any preemptive rights,
rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the
Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights
of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
other than those accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
The description of the Companys stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or
arrangements, and the options or other rights granted
thereunder, set forth in each Applicable Prospectus accurately and fairly presents in all
material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such plans,
arrangements, options and rights.
(m) Stock Exchange Listing. The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on The
NASDAQ Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.
(n) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals
Required. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or
by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational document, as
applicable, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in
default) (Default) under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract,
franchise, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
or by which it or any of them may be bound (including, without limitation, any credit
agreement, indenture, pledge agreement, security agreement or other instrument or agreement
evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries ), or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is subject (each, an Existing Instrument), except for such Defaults as would
not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The Companys
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and by each Applicable Prospectus and the issuance and sale of the Company
Shares (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in
any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or
7
operating
agreement or other similar organizational document of the Company or any subsidiary, as
applicable, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of or Default or a Debt
Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of
any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to (except for any such
consent that has already been obtained), any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in
any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree
applicable to the Company or any subsidiary, except for such conflicts, breaches, Defaults or
violations specified in subsections (ii) and (iii) immediately above that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. No consent, approval,
authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Companys execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and by each Applicable Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or made by the
Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act, applicable state securities
or blue sky laws and from FINRA. As used herein, a Debt Repayment Triggering Event means any
event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the
holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such
holders behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a
portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(o) No Material Actions or Proceedings. Except as otherwise disclosed in each Applicable Prospectus, there are no legal or
governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the Companys knowledge, threatened
(i) against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) which name as party thereto any
officer or director of, or which have as the subject thereof any property owned or leased by,
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) relating to environmental or discrimination
matters, where in any such case (A) there is a reasonable possibility that such action, suit or
proceeding would be determined adversely to the Company, such subsidiary or such officer or
director, (B) any such action, suit or proceeding, if so determined adversely, which would
result in a Material Adverse Change or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (C) any such action, suit or proceeding is or
would be material in the context of the sale of the Offered Shares. No material labor dispute
with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Companys
knowledge, is threatened or imminent.
(p) Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and each of its subsidiaries own or possess
sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses,
approvals, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, Intellectual Property
Rights) reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as now conducted; and the expected
expiration of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a Material Adverse
Change. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice of
infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. The Company is
not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual
Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the
Prospectus and are not described therein. None of the Intellectual Property Rights employed by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or, to the Companys knowledge, any of its or its subsidiaries officers,
directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, except for such
violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse
Change.
8
(q) All Necessary Permits, etc. The Company and each of its subsidiaries possess such
valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state,
federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary for and material to the conduct of
their respective businesses as described in each Applicable Prospectus, and neither the Company
nor any subsidiary has received, or any written notice of proceedings relating to the
revocation or modification of, or material non-compliance with, any such certificate,
authorization or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Change.
(r) Title to Properties. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable
title to all of the real and personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the
financial statements referred to in Section 1.A.(i) above (or elsewhere in each Applicable
Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens,
encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects, except for such security interests,
mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects described in the
Applicable Prospectuses or that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material
Adverse Change. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held
under lease by the Company or any subsidiary are held under valid and enforceable leases,
subject to (1) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent transfer
or other laws affecting creditors rights generally from time to time in effect and (2) to general
principles of equity and public policy and the discretion of the court or other body before which
any proceeding may be brought, including without limitation, concepts of materiality,
reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, in each case, regardless of whether considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, the Enforceability
Exceptions) and except for such invalid and unenforceable leases that would not, individually or
in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change.
(s) Tax Law Compliance. The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have filed all
material federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed by
the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or have properly requested extensions thereof and
have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or
similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or
penalties, the non-payment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a
Material Adverse Change. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the
applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1.A.(i) above in respect of all material
federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax
liability of the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiaries has not been finally
determined.
(t) Company Not an Investment Company. The Company is not, and will not be, either
after receipt of payment for the Company Shares or after the application of the proceeds
therefrom as described under Use of Proceeds in each Applicable Prospectus, an investment
company required to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
Investment Company Act).
(u) Insurance. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is insured by recognized
institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks
that the Company deems to be commercially reasonable. The Company has no reason to believe
that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance
9
coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar
institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business.
(v) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. The Company has
not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected
to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any other
reference security (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (Regulation
M)) whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken
no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.
(w) Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related-party
transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person which are
required to be described in each Applicable Prospectus and which have not been described as
required.
(x) FINRA Matters. All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for
the Underwriters by the Company, and to the Companys knowledge, its officers and directors and
the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the
Company in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA
pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 is true, complete and correct in all material respects.
(y) Parties to Lock-Up Agreements. Each of the Companys directors and executive officers
and each of the other persons and entities listed in Exhibit C has executed and
delivered to Jefferies a lock-up agreement in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
Exhibit C hereto contains a true, complete and correct list of all directors and executive
officers of the Company. If any additional persons shall become directors or executive
officers of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the
Company shall cause each such person, prior to, contemporaneously with their election and/or
appointment as a director or executive officer of the Company, or reasonably thereafter, to
execute and deliver to Jefferies lock-up agreement in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D.
(z) Statistical and Market-Related Data. The statistical, demographic and market-related data
included in the Registration Statement and each Applicable Prospectus are based on or derived
from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate in all material
respects or represent the Companys good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data
derived from such sources.
(aa) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries nor, to the Companys knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any
subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for,
any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be
disclosed in the Registration Statement and each Applicable Prospectus.
(bb) Companys Accounting System, Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Disclosure
Controls and Procedures. The Company and each of its subsidiaries make and keep books and
records that are accurate in all material respects and maintain a system of internal accounting
controls that are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed
in accordance with managements general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
10
statements in conformity with GAAP and
to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance
with managements general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals
and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company and its
subsidiaries maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule
13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed
to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known
to the Companys principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within
those entities, particularly during the periods in which periodic reports required under the
Exchange Act will be prepared; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all
material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.
(cc) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as described in each Applicable
Prospectus and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material
Adverse Change, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any
federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or
rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any
judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or
protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without
limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals,
pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or
petroleum products (collectively, Hazardous Materials) or to the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials
(collectively, Environmental Laws), (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits,
authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in
compliance in all material respects with their requirements, (iii) there are no pending, or to
the Companys knowledge, or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits,
demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or
proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries
and (iv) to the Companys knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably
be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or
proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against the Company or any of
its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(dd) ERISA Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries and any employee benefit plan
(as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the
regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, ERISA)) established or
maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) are
in compliance in all material respects with ERISA, except as would not, individually or in the
aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. ERISA Affiliate means, with respect to the
Company or a subsidiary, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and
published interpretations thereunder (the Code) of which the Company or such subsidiary is a
member. No reportable event (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected
to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company,
its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, except as would not, individually or in the
aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. No employee benefit plan established or
maintained by the Company,
its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, if such employee benefit plan were
11
terminated, would have any amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined under ERISA).
Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor any of their ERISA Affiliates has incurred or
reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to
termination of, or withdrawal from, any employee benefit plan or (ii) Sections 412, 4971,
4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the
Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action
or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.
(ee) Brokers. Except for the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the
Underwriters as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is no
broker, finder or other similar party that is entitled to receive from the Company any
brokerage or finders fee or other similar fee or commission as a result of any transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
(ff) No Outstanding Loans or Other Extensions of Credit. Since the adoption of Section
13(k) of the Exchange Act, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has extended or
maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in
the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer (or equivalent
thereof) of the Company and/or any such subsidiary except for such extensions of credit as are
expressly permitted by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
(gg) Compliance with Laws. Except as disclosed in the Applicable Prospectus, the Company
has not been advised, and has no reason to believe, that it and each of its subsidiaries are
not conducting business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the
jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, except where failure to be so in compliance
would not result in a Material Adverse Change.
(hh) Directed Share Program. (i) Each Applicable Prospectus complies, and any further
amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of
foreign jurisdictions in which such Applicable Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if
applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and (ii) no
authorization, approval, consent, license, order registration or qualification of or with any
government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is
necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the
Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused
the Underwriters to offer, any Offered Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share
Program with the intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to
alter the customers or suppliers level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade
journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its
products.
(jj) Dividend Restrictions. Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the
Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly,
from paying dividends to the Company, or from making any other distribution with respect to
such subsidiarys equity securities or from repaying to the Company or any other subsidiary of
the Company any amounts that may from time to time become due under any loans or advances to
such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any property or assets to the Company or
to any other subsidiary.
12
(kk) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor,
to the Companys knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person
acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action,
directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation of the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the FCPA),
including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of
interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or
authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or
authorization of the giving of anything of value to any foreign official (as such term is
defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for
foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and the Company and its subsidiaries
and, to the Companys knowledge, the Companys affiliates have conducted their respective
businesses in compliance with the FCPA.
(ll) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are, and
have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and
reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as
amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and
regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines,
issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the Money
Laundering Laws), except for any such noncompliance that would not, individually or in the
aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before
any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or
any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the
Companys knowledge, threatened.
(mm) OFAC. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Companys
knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by
the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (OFAC); and the Company
will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or
otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person
or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any
U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and
delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered
thereby.
The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters,
will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of each foregoing
representation, but only to the extent of the content of each such representation, and
hereby consents to such reliance.
B. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder
represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to each Underwriter as follows:
13
(a) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered to the Representatives by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
(b) The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney. Each of the (i) Custody Agreement signed
by such Selling Stockholder and [___], as custodian (the Custodian), relating to the deposit
of the Selling Stockholders Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the Custody
Agreement) and (ii) Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals named therein as such
Selling Stockholders attorneys-in-fact (each, an Attorney-in-Fact) to the extent set forth
therein relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Prospectus (the Power of
Attorney), of such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification thereunder may be
limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by the
Enforceability Exception.
(c) Title to Selling Stockholders Shares to be Sold. Such Selling Stockholder has, and on
the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined below) will have,
good and valid title to all of the Selling Stockholders Shares which may be sold by such
Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement on such date and the legal right and power to
sell, transfer and deliver all of the Selling Stockholders Shares which may be sold by such
Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and to comply with its other obligations
hereunder and thereunder.
(d) Delivery of the Selling Stockholders Shares to be Sold. Delivery of the Selling
Stockholders Shares which are sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement will
pass good and valid title to such Selling Stockholders Shares, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim.
(e) Non-Contravention; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. The execution and
delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its
obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney will not
contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a Default under, or require
the consent of any other party to (except for any such consent that has already been obtained),
(i) the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement, trust agreement or other organizational
documents of such Selling Stockholder,
(ii) any other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by
which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, or (iii) any provision
of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or regulation applicable to such Selling
Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or
arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (ii) and
(iii) immediately above as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material
Adverse Change. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or
filing with, any court or other governmental authority or agency, is required for the
consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement,
except such as have already been obtained or made and are in full force and effect under the
Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from FINRA.
(f) No Registration, Pre-emptive, Co-Sale or Other Similar Rights. Such Selling
Stockholder (i) does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or
debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included
in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as are
14
described in the
Time of Sale Prospectus under Shares Eligible for Future Sale, (ii) does not have any
preemptive right, co-sale right or right of first refusal or other similar right to purchase
any of the Offered Shares that are to be sold by the Company or any of the other Selling
Stockholders to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, except for such rights as such
Selling Stockholder has waived prior to the date hereof and as have been described in the
Registration Statement and Time of Sale Prospectus, and (iii) does not own any warrants,
options or similar rights to acquire, and does not have any right or arrangement to acquire,
any capital stock, right, warrants, options or other securities from the Company, other than
those described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(g) No Further Consents, etc. Except for such consents, approvals and waivers which have
been obtained by such Selling Stockholder on or prior to the date of this Agreement, no
consent, approval or waiver is required under any instrument or agreement to which such Selling
Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or
benefit, in connection with the offering, sale or purchase by the Underwriters of any of the
Selling Stockholders Shares which may be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement
or the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of any of the other transactions contemplated
hereby.
(h) Disclosure Made by Such Selling Stockholder in the Prospectus. All information
furnished by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in writing expressly for use in the
Registration Statement and Time of Sale Prospectus is, and on the First Closing Date and the
applicable Option Closing Date will be, true, correct, and complete in all material respects,
and does not, and on the First Closing Date and the applicable Option Closing Date will not,
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to
make such information not misleading, it being understood and agreed that the only such
information furnished by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder consists of the description of
such Selling Stockholder and the number of Selling Stockholders Shares held by such Selling
Stockholder as described under the caption Principal and Selling Stockholders in the Time of
Sale Prospectus. Such Selling
Stockholder confirms as accurate the number of Selling Stockholders Shares set forth
opposite such Selling Stockholders name in the Time of Sale Prospectus under the caption
Principal and Selling Stockholders (both prior to and after giving effect to the sale of the
Offered Shares).
(i) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. Such Selling
Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be
reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the
Selling Stockholders Shares or any other reference security, whether to facilitate the sale or
resale of the Selling Stockholders Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would
directly or indirectly violate any provision of Regulation M.
(j) No Transfer Taxes or Other Fees. There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or
charges under Federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof,
required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the sale
by the Selling Stockholders of the Selling Stockholder Shares.
(k) Distribution of Offering Materials by the Selling Stockholders. The Selling
Stockholders have not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of (i) the
expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters under Section 2;
(ii) the completion of the Underwriters distribution of the Offered Shares; and (iii) the
expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus, any offering material in connection
with the offering
15
and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Preliminary Prospectus, the
Time of Sale Prospectus or the Registration Statement.
(n) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Selling Stockholders is aware of or has
taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation of
the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or
instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise
to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give,
or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any foreign official (as such term is
defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for
foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and each of the Selling Stockholders
have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA.
(o) Money Laundering Laws. Each of the Selling Stockholders is in compliance with
applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws,
except for any such noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a
Material Adverse Change, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or
governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any Selling Stockholder with
respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to each Selling Stockholders knowledge,
threatened.
(p) OFAC. None of the Selling Stockholders is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions
administered by OFAC; and none of the Selling Stockholders will directly or indirectly use the
proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any
subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the
activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
Any
certificate signed by the Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Representatives or
to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Selling
Stockholder to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
Such Selling Stockholder acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the
opinion to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Selling Stockholder and
counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of each foregoing
representation, but only to the extent of the content of each such representation, and hereby
consents to such reliance.
Section 2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares.
(a) The Firm Shares. Upon the terms herein set forth, (i) the Company agrees to issue
and sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [___] Company Shares and (ii) the
Selling Stockholders agree to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [___] Selling
Stockholders Firm Shares, with each Selling Stockholder selling the number of Selling
Stockholders Firm Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholders name on Schedule
B. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and
upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree,
severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders the
respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A and
Schedule B. The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters
to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be $[___] per share (which represents a price
to the public of $[___] less a discount to the Underwriters of $[___]).
16
(b) The First Closing Date. Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased
by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP,
885 Third Avenue, New York, New York (or such other place as may reasonably be agreed to by
the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York time, on [___], 2011 or such other
time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York time, on
[___], 2011 as the Representatives
shall designate by written notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called
the First Closing Date). The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby acknowledge that
circumstances under which the Representatives may provide written notice to postpone the First
Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are in no way limited to, any determination
by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Representatives to recirculate to the public
copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of
Section 11.
(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date. In addition, on the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to
the conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby grant an
option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate
of [___] Optional Shares from the Company and the Selling Stockholders at the purchase price
per share to be
paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder is for use by
the Underwriters solely in covering any over-allotments in connection with the sale and
distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and
from time to time in whole or in part upon written notice by the
Representatives to the Company
and the Selling Stockholders, which written notice may be given at any time within 30 days from
the date of this Agreement. Such written notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of
Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option, (ii) the names and
denominations in which the certificates for the Optional Shares are to be registered and (iii)
the time, date and place at which such certificates will be delivered (which time and date may
be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such
time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term First Closing Date shall
refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional
Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is
called an Option Closing Date and shall be
determined by the Representatives and shall not be
earlier than three nor later than five full business days after delivery of such written notice
of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, (i) each Underwriter agrees,
severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such
adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the
same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm
Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total
number of Firm Shares and (ii) the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and
not jointly, to sell the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate
fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the
total number of Optional Shares to be sold as the number of Optional Shares set forth in
Schedule B opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder (or, in the case of the
Company, as the number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Company as set forth in the
paragraph Introductory of this Agreement) bears to the total number of Optional Shares. The
Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written
notice of such cancellation to the Company and the Selling Stockholders.
(d)
Public Offering of the Offered Shares. The Representatives hereby advises the Company
and the Selling Stockholders that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public,
initially on the terms set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their
17
respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and
the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the
Representatives, in its sole
judgment, has determined is advisable and practicable.
(e) Payment for the Offered Shares. Payment for the Company Shares to be sold by the
Company shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing
Date) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company. Payment for
the Selling Stockholders Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders shall be made at the
First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing Date) by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the order of the Custodian.
It
is understood that the Representatives has been authorized, for its own account and the
accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment
of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters
have agreed to purchase. Jefferies, BMO and Wells Fargo, individually
and not as Representatives of the
Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for the Firm Shares and any
Optional Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by
the Representatives by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case
may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such
Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.
The Company and each Selling Stockholder hereby agrees that (i) each Selling Stockholder
will pay all stock transfer taxes, stamp duties and other similar taxes, if any, payable upon
the sale or delivery of the Offered Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling
Stockholder to the several Underwriters, the initial resales thereof by the Underwriters or
otherwise in connection with the performance of the Company and such Selling Stockholders
obligations hereunder and (ii) the Custodian is authorized to deduct for such payment any such
amounts from the proceeds to the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder and to hold
such amounts for the account of the Company and such Selling Stockholder with the Custodian
under the Custody Agreement.
(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares. The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Representatives for the accounts of the several
Underwriters, through the facilities of DTC and for the account of the Underwriters,
certificates for the Firm Shares to be sold by them at the First Closing Date, against the
irrevocable release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the
purchase price therefor. The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall also deliver, or cause
to be delivered, to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, through
the facilities of the DTC and for the account of the Underwriters, certificates for the
Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase from them at the First Closing Date or
the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the irrevocable release of a
wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor.
The certificates for the Offered Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such
names and denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business
days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may
be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing
Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City
as the Representatives may designate.
Section 3. Covenants of the Company.
18
A. Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each
Underwriter as follows:
(a) Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The
Company shall furnish to the Representatives, without charge, as many copies of the Registration
Statement, any amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (including
exhibits thereto) as the Representatives shall reasonably
request and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration
Statement, any amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (without exhibits
thereto) and shall furnish to the Representatives in New York City, without charge, prior to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement
and during the period mentioned in Section 3(e) or 3(f) below, as many copies of the Time of
Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the
Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b)
Representatives Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. Prior to amending or
supplementing the Registration Statement (including any registration statement filed under Rule
462(b) under the Securities Act), any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or
the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount
of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each such proposed
amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or
supplement without the Representatives consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and
to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the
Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule 424(b).
(c)
Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representatives for
review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy
of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto to be prepared
by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use
or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without
the Representatives consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall
furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus
prepared by or on behalf of, or used by the Company, as such Underwriter may reasonably
request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act (including,
without limitation, pursuant to Rule 173(d) under the Securities Act) to be delivered in
connection with sales of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and
including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result
of which any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by
the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration
Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or
would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company
shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such
conflict or so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or
supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances prevailing at such subsequent time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided,
however, that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the Company
shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the
proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or
19
supplemented free
writing prospectus and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or
supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representatives consent which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
(d) Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not to take any
action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared
by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required
to file thereunder.
(e) Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus
is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not
yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a
result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the
Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall
occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the
information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the reasonable opinion of
counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale
Prospectus to comply in all material respects with applicable law, including the Securities
Act, the Company shall (subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c)) forthwith prepare, file with the
Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request,
either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the
Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when delivered to a prospective purchaser,
not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no
longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as
amended or supplemented, will comply in all material respects with applicable law including the
Securities Act.
(f) Securities Act Compliance. After the date of this Agreement and until such time as
the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus in order to confirm sale of the
Offered Shares, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing (i) of the
receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the
Commission, (ii) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the
Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement
to the Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the
Prospectus, (iii) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective and (iv) of the issuance
by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
or any post-effective amendment thereto, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any
amendment or supplement to the Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, or the
Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Prospectus, the
Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings
to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Offered Shares from any
securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for
quotation, or of the threatening in writing or initiation of any proceedings for any of such
purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use
its reasonable best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at
20
the earliest possible time. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with
the provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A, as applicable, under the Securities Act
and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under such
Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.
(g) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If any
event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or
supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not
misleading, or if in the reasonable opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the
Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply in all
material respects with applicable law, including the Securities Act, the Company agrees
(subject to Section 3(b) and 3(c)) to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish at
its own expense to the Underwriters and to dealers, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus
so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is
delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
will comply with applicable law including the Securities Act. Neither
the Representatives
consent to, or delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any
of the Companys obligations under Sections 3(b) or (c).
(h)
Blue Sky Compliance. The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel
for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain
exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian
provincial securities laws of those jurisdictions designated by the
Representatives, shall
comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in
effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not
be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to
general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or
where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the
Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such
exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or
any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the
issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company
shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible
time.
(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Company Shares in the manner described under the caption Use of Proceeds in each Applicable
Prospectus.
(j) Transfer Agent. The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent
for the Offered Shares.
(k) Earnings Statement. As soon as practicable, but in any event no later than sixteen
months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will make generally
available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement (which need
not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal
quarter of the Company occurring after the effective date of the Registration
21
Statement which
shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(l) Periodic Reporting Obligations. Until such time as the Underwriters are no longer
required to deliver a Prospectus in order to confirm sales of the Offered Shares, the Company
shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market all reports and
documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act.
(m) Directed Share Program. In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company
will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the FINRA or
the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three
months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The
Representatives will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted.
Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Directed
Shares, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses
(including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.
(n) Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the
inclusion and quotation of the Offered Shares on The NASDAQ Global Market and to maintain the
inclusion and quotation of the Shares on The NASDAQ Global Market.
(o) Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the
Internet. The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one
business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the
Representatives an electronic Prospectus
to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares.
As used herein, the term electronic Prospectus means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and
any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall
be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the
Representatives, that may be transmitted
electronically by the Representatives and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the
Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale
Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated
electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the
electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation
of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper
format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representatives, that will allow investors to store
and have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without
charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and
for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the
Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration
Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request
by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be
transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(p) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional shares of Common Stock. During the period
commencing on and including the date hereof and ending on and including the 180th day following
the date of the Prospectus (as the same may be extended as described below, the Lock-up
Period), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent
may be withheld at the sole discretion of Jefferies), directly or indirectly, sell (including,
without limitation, any short sale), offer, contract or grant any option to sell, pledge,
transfer or establish an open put equivalent position within the meaning of Rule
22
16a-1(h)
under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or
file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any shares of Common
Stock, options, rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock or securities exchangeable
or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock or publicly announce the
intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the preceding sentence shall not
apply to (i) the Offered Shares, (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or
options to purchase shares of Common Stock, or the issuance by the Company of shares of Common
Stock upon the exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock
plan or arrangement described in each Applicable Prospectus, (iii) the issuance of shares of
Common Stock in connection with the acquisition of warehouse and/or distribution facilities or
land suitable for development as a warehouse and/or distribution facility and (iv) the issuance
by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or the conversion of a
security outstanding on the date of this Agreement of which Jefferies has been advised in
writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-up Period,
the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the
Company occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, the Company announces
that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the
Lock-up Period, then in each case the Lock-up Period will be extended until the expiration of
the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Jefferies waives, in
writing, such extension (which waiver may be withheld at the sole discretion of Jefferies). The
Company will provide Jefferies with prior notice of any such announcement that gives
rise to an extension of the Lock-up Period.
(q)
Future Reports to the Representatives. During the period of three years hereafter the
Company will furnish to the Representatives: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each
fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the
Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders equity and
cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Companys independent public
or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies
of each proxy statement,
Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or
other report filed by the Company with the Commission, FINRA or any securities exchange; and
(iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company mailed
generally to holders of its capital stock, provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the
requirements set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) immediately above by filing copies of such
information on the Companys website or with the Commission through the EDGAR filing system.
(r) Investment Limitation. The Company shall not invest, or otherwise use the proceeds
received by the Company from its sale of the Company Shares in such a manner as would require
the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act.
(s) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. The Company will not
take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to
cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Company Shares or any
other reference security, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or
otherwise, and the Company will, and shall cause each of its controlled affiliates to, comply
with all applicable provisions of Regulation M. If the limitations of Rule 102 of Regulation M
(Rule 102) do not apply with respect to the Offered Shares or any other
23
reference security
pursuant to any exception set forth in Section (d) of Rule 102, then promptly upon notice from
the Representatives (or, if later, at the time stated in the notice), the Company will, and
shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with Rule 102 as though such exception were not
available but the other provisions of Rule 102 (as interpreted by the Commission) did apply.
(t) Existing Lock-Up Agreements. During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all existing agreements between the Company and any of its
security holders that prohibit the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of any
of the Companys securities in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(u) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. The Company will establish and maintain disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), which (i) will be
designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Companys principal executive officer and its
principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in
which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared; (ii) will be
been evaluated by management of the Company for effectiveness as of the end of the Companys
most recent fiscal quarter; and (iii) will be effective in all material respects to perform the
functions for which they were established.
B. Covenants of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder agrees with each
Underwriter:
(a) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. Such Selling
Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be
reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the
Selling Stockholders Shares or any other reference security, whether to facilitate the sale or
resale of the Selling Stockholders Shares or otherwise, and such Selling Stockholder will, and
shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.
If the limitations of Rule 102 do not apply with respect to the Offered Shares or any other
reference security pursuant to any exception set forth in Section (d) of Rule 102, then
promptly upon notice from the Representatives (or, if later, at the time stated in the notice),
such Selling Stockholder will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with Rule 102
as though such exception were not available but the other provisions of Rule 102 (as
interpreted by the Commission) did apply.
(b) Delivery of Forms W-8 and W-9. Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the
Representatives prior to the First Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States
Treasury Department Form W-8 (if the Selling Stockholder is a non-United States person) or Form
W-9 (if the Selling Stockholder is a United States person).
C.
The Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in its sole
discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company or any Selling Stockholder of any
one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for its performance.
Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company and the Selling Stockholders, jointly and
severally, agree to pay in such proportions as they may agree upon among themselves all costs,
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations
24
hereunder
and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i)
all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all
printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent
of the Offered Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection
with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and
expenses of the Companys counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other
advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing,
filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial
statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Time of Sale
Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by,
or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and
supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, reasonable and properly
documented attorneys fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in
connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or
registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the state
securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by
the Representatives, preparing and printing a Blue Sky Survey or memorandum and a Canadian
wrapper, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications,
registrations and exemptions, (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with FINRAs review, if any, and
approval of the Underwriters participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered
Shares, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any
road show
undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares,
including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any
electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics,
reasonable and properly documented travel and lodging expenses of the representatives,
employees and officers of the Company and of the Representatives, and one half (1/2) of the
cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, provided, however, that the
prior written approval of the Company was obtained prior to the chartering of any such
aircraft, (ix) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to in Item 13 of Part
II of the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the fees and expenses payable by the
Company to counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to clause (vi) immediately above shall not
exceed $5,000 in the aggregate. Except as provided in this Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and
Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and
disbursements of their counsel.
The Selling Stockholders further agree with each Underwriter to pay (directly or by
reimbursement) all fees and expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under
this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for herein, including but not
limited to (i) fees and expenses of counsel and other advisors for such Selling Stockholders,
(ii) fees and expenses of the Custodian and (iii) expenses and taxes incident to the sale and
delivery of the Selling Stockholders Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholders to the
Underwriters hereunder (which taxes, if any, may be deducted by the Custodian under the
provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement).
This Section 4 shall not affect or modify any separate, valid agreement relating to the
allocation of payment of expenses between the Company, on the one hand, and the Selling
Stockholders, on the other hand.
Section 5. Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally and not jointly,
covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being
25
required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free
writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be
required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter
Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the
Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares as provided herein on the First Closing
Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to
the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders set forth in Sections 1.A. and 1.B. hereof as of the date hereof and as of the
First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each
Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each
of the following additional conditions:
(a)
Accountants Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have
received from BDO USA, LLP, independent public or certified public accountants for the Company,
(i) a letter
dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in
accountants comfort letters to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing
Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited
financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement
and the Time of Sale Prospectus, and, with respect to each letter dated the date hereof only,
the Prospectus (and the Representatives shall have received an additional [___] conformed copies
of such accountants letter for each of the several Underwriters), and (ii) confirming that
they are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and
by the rules and regulations of the PCAOB.
(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order. For the period from and
after effectiveness of this Agreement and prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to
the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date:
(i) the Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the
information required by Rule 430 A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the
time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have
filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information
required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective;
and
(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any
Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been
instituted, or to the Companys knowledge, threatened by the Commission.
(c) No Material Adverse Change . For the period from and after the date of this Agreement
and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each
Option Closing Date, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives there shall not have
occurred any Material Adverse Change.
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option
Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC,
counsel for the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, the form of which is
26
attached as
Exhibit A (and the Representatives shall have received an additional [___] signed copies
of such counsels legal opinion for each of the several Underwriters).
(e) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters. On each of the First Closing Date and each
Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP,
counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as
of such Closing Date.
(f)
Officers Certificate. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall
have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the
Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, to the
effect set forth in subsection (b)(ii) of this Section 6, and further to the effect that:
(i) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including
such Closing Date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;
(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section
1(A) of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though
expressly made on and as of such Closing Date; and
(iii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all the agreements
hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.
(g) Bring-down Comfort Letter. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing
Date the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP, independent public or certified
public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the
letter furnished by them pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 6, except that the
specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than
three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as
the case may be (and the Representatives shall have received an additional [___] conformed
copies of such accountants letter for each of the Underwriters).
(h) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders. On each of the First Closing Date
and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Bass, Berry
& Sims PLC, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated as of such Closing Date, the form of
which is attached as Exhibit B.
(i) Selling Stockholders Certificate. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option
Closing Date the Representatives shall receive a written certificate executed by each Selling
Stockholder, dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect that:
(i) the representations, warranties and covenants of such Selling Stockholder set
forth in Section 1(B) of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect
as though expressly made by such Selling Stockholder on and as of such Closing Date; and
27
(ii) such Selling Stockholder has complied in all material respects with all of the
agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at
or prior to such Closing Date.
(j) Selling Stockholders Documents. On the date hereof, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall have furnished for review by the Representatives copies of the Powers of
Attorney and Custody Agreements executed by each of the Selling Stockholders and such further
information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(k) Lock-Up Agreement from Certain Securityholders of the Company . On or prior to the
date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to Jefferies an agreement in the form of
Exhibit D hereto from the persons listed on Exhibit C hereto, and such
agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option
Closing Date.
(l) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule
462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission prior to the First
Closing Date and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.
(m) Additional Documents. On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option
Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such
information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling
them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in
order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the
satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings
taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as
contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
the Representatives and
counsel for the Underwriters.
If any condition specified in this Section 6, except for subsection (m) of this Section 6,
is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the
Representatives by written notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time on or
prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or
prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on
the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 6, Section 8 and
Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriters Expenses. If this Agreement is terminated by
the Representatives pursuant to Section 6, Section 8, Section 11 or Section 12(a)(iv), or if the
sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or the Selling
Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the
Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters
as have terminated this
Agreement with respect to themselves), to the extent that such Underwriters are not
defaulting Underwriters pursuant to Section 11, severally, upon demand for all properly
documented out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been actually and reasonably incurred by the
Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering
and sale of the Offered Shares and in connection with matters
relating to the QIU and its activities contemplated by this Agreement,
28
including but not limited to reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges.
Section 8. Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not become effective
until the later of (i) the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and (ii)
notification by the Commission to the Company and the Representatives of the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement under the Securities Act. Prior to such effectiveness, this
Agreement may be terminated by any party by written notice to each of the other parties hereto,
and any such termination shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company or the
Selling Stockholders to any Underwriter, except that the Company and the Selling Stockholders
shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters
pursuant to Sections 5 and 7 hereof, (b) any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling
Stockholders, or (c) any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section
9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 9. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless each Underwriter, its officers and employees, the affiliates
of each Underwriter who have, or who are alleged to have,
participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as
underwriters, and each person, if any, who controls
any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss,
claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such officer,
employee, affiliate or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act,
other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign
jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise
(including in settlement of any litigation), if such settlement is effected in accordance with
Section 9(e)), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect
thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any
amendment thereto, including any information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or
(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus any free writing prospectus, any Road Show,
that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule
433(d) under the Securities Act or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or
the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; or (iii) any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any
Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the Offered Shares or the
offering contemplated hereby, and which is included as part of or referred to in any loss,
claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon any matter covered by clause
(i) or (ii) immediately above, provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable under
this clause (iii) to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have
determined in a final, non-appealable judgment, that such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action resulted primarily and directly from any such acts or failures to act undertaken or
omitted to be taken by such Underwriter through its bad faith, gross negligence or willful
misconduct; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such officer,
employee, affiliate and controlling
person for any and all properly documented and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives and
counsel to the QIU and each other indemnified party referred to in
Section 9(f) below) as such expenses are reasonably incurred
by such Underwriter or such officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person in connection with
investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss,
29
claim, damage,
liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall
not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the
extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement,
any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Road Show, any such free writing
prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and
agreed that the only such information furnished by the Representatives to the Company consists
of the information described in subsection (c) of this Section 9 below. The indemnity
agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the
Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have.
(b)
Indemnification of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder agrees,
severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers,
directors, the affiliates of each Underwriter who have, or who are
alleged to have, participated in the distribution of the Offered
Shares as underwriters, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as
incurred, to which any Underwriter, or any such director, officer,
affiliate or controlling person may
become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory
law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if
such settlement is effected in accordance with Section 9(e)), insofar as such loss, claim,
damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out
of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, or arises out of or is
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary
prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus that the Company has
used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) promulgated under
the Securities Act, the Prospectus (or such amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder
expressly for use therein; and to reimburse each Underwriter, or any
such director, officer, affiliate or
controlling person for any reasonable and properly documented legal and other expense
reasonably incurred by each Underwriter, or any such director,
officer, affiliate or controlling person
in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss,
claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, that the liability of such Selling
Stockholder under the foregoing indemnity shall be limited to an amount equal to the product of
the number of the Offered Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public
offering price of the Offered Shares (less the related underwriting discounts and commissions)
set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this
Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that such Selling Stockholder may
otherwise have under this Agreement.
(c) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers and the Selling
Stockholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration
Statement , the Selling Stockholders (including each of their respective directors, officer,
manager, members and partners, if any) and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any
Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such
director, officer, Selling Stockholder (including each of their respective directors,
30
officer,
manager, members and partners, if any) or controlling person may become subject, under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at
common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Road Show,
any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to
file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or the Prospectus (or such amendment or
supplement thereto), or arises out of or is based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the
Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such Road
Show, such free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is
required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, the Prospectus (or such
amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by the
Representatives expressly for use
therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer, Selling Stockholder or
controlling person for any legal and other expense reasonably incurred by the Company, or any
such director, officer , Selling Stockholder (or its directors, officers, managers, members and
partners, if any) or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling,
compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. Each of the
Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, hereby acknowledges that the only information
that the Representatives and the Underwriters have furnished to the Company and the Selling
Stockholders expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the
Time of Sale Prospectus, any Road Show, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed,
or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or the Prospectus (or
any amendment or supplement thereto) are the statements set forth in [______]. The indemnity
agreement set forth in this Section 9(c) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each
Underwriter may otherwise have.
(d) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an
indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying
party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement
thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying
party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party for contribution or
otherwise than under the indemnity
agreement contained in this Section 9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is
prejudiced as a result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any
indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an
indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the
extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by
written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice
from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory
to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both
the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have
reasonably concluded based upon the advice of outside counsel that representation of both
parties would be inappropriate due to an actual or potential conflict of interest or that there
may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from
or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the
31
indemnified party or parties
shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise
participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon
receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying
partys election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party
of such counsel, not to be unreasonably withheld, the indemnifying party will not be liable to
such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the
indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the
preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local
counsel), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel
(together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the
Representatives (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a)
and 9(b) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred
to in Section 9(c) above)) (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a
reasonable time after written notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying
party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the
expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel
shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.
(e) Settlements. The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to
indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason
of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party
for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(d) hereof, the indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its
written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such
indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have
reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement or have not otherwise notified such indemnified party in good faith that such
indemnifying party is contesting the amount of such reimbursement request. No indemnifying
party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect
any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or
threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could
have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified
party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such
indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit
or proceeding.
(f) Indemnification of the QIU. Without limitation and in addition to its
obligation under the other subsections of this Section 9, each of the Company and each of the
Selling Stockholders agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the QIU,
its officers and employees, the affiliates of the QIU who
have, or who are alleged to have, participated in the distribution of
the Offered Shares as underwriters,
and each person, if any, who controls the QIU within the meaning of the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act from and against any loss, claim, damage, liabilities or expense, as incurred,
arising out of or based upon the QIUs participation as a qualified independent underwriter (within
the meaning of Rule 5121 of FINRA) in connection with the offering contemplated by this
Agreement, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified person for any reasonable
32
and properly
documented legal or other expense reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating,
defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or
action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent
that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense results from the bad faith, gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the QIU.
Section 10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any
reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein,
then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the
Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this
Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to
in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on
the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and
the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in
connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed
to be in the same respective proportions as the total gross proceeds from the offering of the
Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company
and the Selling Stockholders, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by
the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus bear to
the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover.
The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the
Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling
Stockholders, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other
hand, and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity
to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 9(d), any reasonable and properly documented legal or other
fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or
defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(d) with respect to notice
of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this
Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any
action for which notice has been given under Section 9(d) for purposes of indemnification.
The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred
to in this Section 10.
33
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such
Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the
public. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Selling Stockholder shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the product of the number of Offered Shares sold
by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Offered Shares (less
the related underwriting discounts and commissions) set forth on the front cover page of the
Prospectus. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective
underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A.
The Selling Stockholders obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several,
and not joint, in proportion to the proceeds of the Offered Shares sold by each such Selling
Stockholder divided by the proceeds of the Offered Shares sold by all of the Selling
Stockholders. For purposes of this Section 10, each officer and
employee of an Underwriter, the affiliates of each Underwriter who have,
or who are alleged to have, participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, and
each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or
the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, each officer, director, employee, partner, member and agent of the QIU,
the affiliates of the QIU who have, or who are alleged to
have, participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, and each person,
if any, who controls the QIU within the Meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the QIU, and each
director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and
each person, if any, who controls the Company with the meaning of the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, and each officer and
employee of a Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls a Selling Stockholder
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to
contribution as such Selling Stockholder.
The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that the QIU will not receive any additional benefits hereunder for serving as the
QIU in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares.
Section 11. Default of One or More of the Underwriters. If, on the First Closing Date or
the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase
hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the
aggregate number of the Offered
Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory
to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the
Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the other Underwriters
shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate
number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or
in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representatives with the consent of the
non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter
or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing
Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the
Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of
Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of
Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the
Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48
hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any
other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall
at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the
Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the
applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days
in order that the
34
required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or
any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
As used in this Agreement, the term Underwriter shall be deemed to include any person
substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this
Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any
default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
Section 12. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by
the Underwriters on the First Closing Date this Agreement may be terminated by the
Representatives by notice given to the Company and the Selling Stockholders if at any time (i)
trading or quotation in any of the Companys securities shall have been suspended or limited by
the Commission or by The NASDAQ Global Market, or trading in securities generally on either The
NASDAQ Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited, or
minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges
by the Commission or FINRA; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by
federal or New York authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred (A) any outbreak or escalation
of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a
national emergency or war, or (B) any substantial change in the United States or international
political, financial or economic conditions if the effect of any such event described in
subclause (A) or (B) of this clause, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, is
material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and
on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts
for the sale of securities; or (iv) in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives there
shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12
shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company or the Selling Stockholders to any
Underwriter, except that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be obligated to
reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Sections 4 and 7
hereof, (b) any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling Stockholders,
or (c) of any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section 9 and
Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees
that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the
determination of the public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and
commissions, is an arms-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand,
and the Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated
hereby and the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is and has been acting
solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders,
creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an
advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering
contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter
has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any
obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the
obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective
affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ
from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting,
regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has
consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed
appropriate.
35
Section 14. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company,
Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will
remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors, the affiliates of each Underwriter who have, or who are alleged to have, participated
in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, or any
controlling person, or the Selling Stockholders, or by or on behalf of the QIU, any officer, director, employee, partner, member or agent of the QIU, its affiliates who have, or who are alleged to have,
participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, or any person controlling the QIU, as the case may be, and, anything herein to
the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold
hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.
Section 15. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:
If to the Representatives:
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile: (212) 284-2280
Attention: General Counsel
If to the Company
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, CT 06877
Facsimile: [___]
Attention: [___]
If to the Selling Stockholders:
[Custodian]
[address]
Facsimile: [___]
Attention: [___]
Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice
to the other parties hereto.
Section 16. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to
the benefit of the employees, officers and directors, the affiliates
of each Underwriter who have, or who are alleged to have, participated in the distribution of the Offered Shares as underwriters, and controlling persons referred to in
Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and personal
representatives, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term
successors shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the
Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.
Section 17. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section,
paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any
other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this
Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to
be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and
enforceable.
36
Section 18. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and
to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based
upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal
courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New
York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in
the City of New York (collectively, the Specified Courts), and each party irrevocably submits
to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement
of a judgment of any such court as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts
in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by
mail to such partys address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any
suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and
unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other
proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to
plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any
such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 19. Failure of One or More of the Selling Stockholders to Sell and Deliver Offered
Shares. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and deliver to the
Underwriters the Offered Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholders at the
First Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, then the Underwriters may at their option, by
written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, either (i)
terminate this Agreement without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as
provided in Sections 4, 7, 9 and 10 hereof, the Company or the other Selling Stockholders, or
(ii) purchase the shares which the Company and other Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell
and deliver in accordance with the terms hereof. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders
shall fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Offered Shares to be sold and delivered
by such Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement at the First Closing Date or the
applicable Option Closing Date, then the Underwriters shall have the right, by written notice
from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, to postpone the First
Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for
longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
Section 20. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the
parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral
agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing by all of the parties hereto,
and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each
party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Table of Contents and the Section headings
herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or
interpretation of this Agreement.
Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was
adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof,
including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution
provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions.
37
Each of the parties
hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 hereto fairly allocate the
risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its
business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each Road Show, each free
writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements thereto), as required
by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
38
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign
and return to the Company and the Custodian the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this
instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance
with its terms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Title] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[SELLING STOCKHOLDERS] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Attorney-in-fact) |
|
|
39
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the
Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acting as Representatives of the
several Underwriters named in
the attached Schedule A.
[Signature Page to the Underwriting Agreement]
40
SCHEDULE A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Firm Shares |
Underwriters |
|
to be Purchased |
Jefferies & Company, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp. |
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Canaccord Genuity Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
Firm Shares |
|
|
Optional Shares |
|
Selling Stockholder |
|
to be Sold |
|
|
to be Sold |
|
Selling Stockholder #1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[address] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: [___] |
|
|
[___] |
|
|
|
[___] |
|
Selling Stockholder #2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[address] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: [___] |
|
|
[___] |
|
|
|
[___] |
|
|
|
|
Total: |
|
|
[___] |
|
|
|
[___] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE C
Schedule of Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Time of Sale Prospectus
EXHIBIT A
Opinion of Company Counsel
[To be delivered pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Underwriting Agreement.]
A-1
EXHIBIT B
Opinion of Selling Stockholders Counsel
[Pursuant to Section 6(h) and to be rendered to the Representative at the request of the
Company.]
B-1
EXHIBIT C
LIST OF PERSONS EXECUTING LOCK-UPS
|
|
|
1. |
|
Christopher Pappas |
2. |
|
John Pappas |
3. |
|
Dean Facatselis |
4. |
|
Kay Facatselis |
5. |
|
John Couri |
6. |
|
Kenneth Clark |
7. |
|
James Wagner |
8. |
|
Frank ODowd |
9. |
|
Patricia Lecouras |
10. |
|
Kevin Cox |
11. |
|
Stephen Hanson |
12. |
|
John Austin |
13. |
|
Alexandros Aldous |
C-1
EXHIBIT D
[To be attached]
1
exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800
Nashville, TN 37201
(615) 742-6200
July __, 2011
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, CT 06877
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-173445)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-173445), as amended (the Registration Statement), filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act)
by The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. (the Company), which will be formed upon the filing of (i) a
certificate of conversion by Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
and (ii) a certificate of incorporation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware, in connection with the registration under the Act of 9,200,000 shares of the Companys
common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the Shares), of which up to 4,666,667 Shares will be
issued and sold by the Company and up to 4,533,333 Shares (including up to 1,200,000 Shares
issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Selling Stockholders (as defined
below)) will be sold by certain selling stockholders (the Selling Stockholders). We understand
that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the
Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company, the
Selling Stockholders and the underwriters named herein (the Underwriting Agreement).
We are acting as counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders in connection with the
sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of the Shares. In connection with this opinion,
we have examined and relied upon such records, documents, certificates and other instruments as in
our judgment are necessary or appropriate to form the basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth.
In all such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on original documents and
the conformity to such original documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or
photostatic copies, and as to certificates of public officials, we have assumed the same to have
been properly given and to be accurate. As to matters of fact material to this opinion, we have
relied upon statements and representations of representatives of the Company and public officials.
In rendering the opinion expressed herein, we have assumed that the conversion of Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC to the Company as described in the Registration Statement, pursuant to
which (i) Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC shall have been converted into a corporation incorporated
under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) the units of membership interest owned by the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC immediately prior to the effective time of such
conversion shall have been converted into shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of the
Company will be consummated on substantially the terms described in the Registration Statement.
This opinion is limited in all respects to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the applicable provisions of the
Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting those laws currently in
effect), and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any
effect which such laws may have on
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
July ___, 2011
Page 2
the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the
matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly
stated herein.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set
forth herein, we are of the opinion that, (i) when the conversion of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
into the Company has become effective as set forth in the certificate of conversion to be filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the certificate of incorporation of the
Company has become effective following its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware; (ii) the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission; (iii) the
shares of the Companys common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of Chefs Warehouse
Holdings, LLC into the Company have been issued on substantially the terms described in the
Registration Statement; and (iv) the Shares are issued and delivered against receipt of payment
therefore as contemplated by the Registration Statement, (1) the Shares to be issued and sold by
the Company will have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in
accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and (2) the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders will have been duly
authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement
and to the reference to us under the caption Legal Matters in the prospectus forming a part of
the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC.
2011 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 2. |
|
Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 3. |
|
Administration |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 4. |
|
Shares Available For Awards |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5. |
|
Eligibility |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 6. |
|
Stock Options And Stock Appreciation Rights |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 7. |
|
Restricted Shares And Restricted Share Units |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 8. |
|
Performance Awards |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 9. |
|
Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10. |
|
Non-Employee Director And Outside Director Awards |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 11. |
|
Provisions Applicable To Covered Officers And Performance Awards |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 12. |
|
Separation From Service |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 13. |
|
Change In Control |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 14. |
|
Amendment And Termination |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 15. |
|
General Provisions |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 16. |
|
Term Of The Plan |
|
|
17 |
|
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC.
2011 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose.
This plan shall be known as the The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan (the Plan). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of The Chefs Warehouse,
Inc. (the Company) and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining key officers, employees
and directors of, and consultants to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; (ii)
motivating such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long-range
performance goals; (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and
financial success of the Company; (iv) encouraging ownership of stock in the Company by such
individuals; and (v) linking their compensation to the long-term interests of the Company and its
stockholders. With respect to any awards granted under the Plan that are intended to comply with
the requirements of performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan
shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such requirements.
Section 2. Definitions.
As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
2.1 Affiliate means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the
Company, (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, and (iii) an
affiliate of the Company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange
Act.
2.2 Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted
Share Unit, Performance Award, or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan, whether singly,
in combination or in tandem, to a Participant by the Committee (or the Board) pursuant to such
terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as the Committee (or the Board) may
establish.
2.3 Award Agreement means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document
evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.
2.4 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5 Cause means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) the
engaging by the Participant in willful misconduct that is injurious to the Company or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (ii) the embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or property of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates by the Participant. For purposes of this paragraph,
no act, or failure to act, on the Participants part shall be considered willful unless done, or
omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the
Participants action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Any determination of
Cause for purposes of the Plan or any Award shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.
Any such determination shall be final and binding on a Participant.
2.6 Change in Control means, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement,
the happening of one of the following:
(a) any person or entity, including a group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act, other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof or any employee
benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the
Companys securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company
(other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the
ordinary course of business); or
(b) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger
or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, or any combination of
the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then
outstanding securities of the Company or any
successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or
such other corporation or entity after such transaction are held in the aggregate by
the holders of the Companys securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or
(c) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any
such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Companys stockholders,
of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of
at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors
of the Company at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement,
with respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall mean a
change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company, or a
change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as such terms are
defined in Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.
2.7 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.8 Committee means a committee of the Board composed of not less than two Non-Employee
Directors, each of whom shall be (i) a non-employee director for purposes of Exchange Act Section
16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder, (ii) an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m), and (iii)
independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.
2.9 Consultant means any consultant to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
2.10 Covered Officer means at any date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous
taxable year of the Company, was a covered employee of the Company within the meaning of Section
162(m); provided, however, that the term Covered Officer shall not include any such individual
who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any
subsequent time, as reasonably expected not to be such a covered employee with respect to the
current taxable year of the Company or the taxable year of the Company in which the applicable
Award will be paid or vested, and (ii) any individual who is designated by the Committee, in its
discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected to be such a
covered employee with respect to the current taxable year of the Company or with respect to the
taxable year of the Company in which any applicable Award will be paid or vested.
2.11 Director means a member of the Board.
2.12 Disability means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, a
disability that would qualify as a total and permanent disability under the Companys then current
long-term disability plan. With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless
otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, the term Disability shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 409A of the Code.
2.13 Early Retirement means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, retirement
with the express consent of the Committee at or before the time of such retirement, from active
employment with the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate prior to age 65, in accordance with any
applicable early retirement policy of the Company then in effect or as may be approved by the
Committee.
2.14 Effective Date has the meaning provided in Section 16.1 of the Plan.
2.15 Employee means a current or prospective officer or employee of the Company or of any
Subsidiary or Affiliate.
2.16 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
2
2.17 Fair Market Value with respect to the Shares, means, for purposes of a grant of an
Award as of any date, (i) the reported closing sales price of the Shares on the Nasdaq Stock
Market, or any other such market or
exchange as is the principal trading market for the Shares, on such date, or in the absence of
reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which
sales were reported or (ii) in the event there is no public market for the Shares on such date, the
fair market value as determined, in good faith and by the reasonable application of a reasonable
valuation method (as applicable), by the Committee in its sole discretion, and for purposes of a
sale of a Share as of any date, the actual sales price on that date.
2.18 Good Reason means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) a material
reduction in a Participants position, authority, duties or responsibilities following a Change in
Control as compared to such level immediately prior to a Change in Control, (ii) any material
reduction in a Participants annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to a Change in
Control; (iii) the relocation of the office at which the Participant is to perform the majority of
his or her duties following a Change in Control to a location more than 30 miles from the location
at which the Participant performed such duties prior to the Change in Control; or (iv) the failure
by the Company or its successor to continue to provide the Participant with benefits substantially
similar in aggregate value to those enjoyed by the Participant under any of the Companys pension,
life insurance, medical, health and accident or disability plans in which Participant was
participating immediately prior to a Change in Control, unless the Participant is offered
participation in other comparable benefit plans generally available to similarly situated employees
of the Company or its successor after the Change in Control.
2.19 Grant Price means the price established at the time of grant of an SAR pursuant to
Section 6 used to determine whether there is any payment due upon exercise of the SAR.
2.20 Incentive Stock Option means an option to purchase Shares from the Company that is
granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
2.21 Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of
the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.
2.22 Non-Qualified Stock Option means an option to purchase Shares from the Company that is
granted under Sections 6 or 10 of the Plan and is not intended to be an Incentive
Stock Option.
2.23 Normal Retirement means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement,
retirement of a Participant from active employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates on or after such Participants 65th birthday.
2.24 Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
2.25 Option Price means the purchase price payable to purchase one Share upon the exercise
of an Option.
2.26 Other Stock-Based Award means any Award granted under Sections 9 or 10
of the Plan. For purposes of the share counting provisions of Section 4.1 hereof, an Other
Stock-Based Award that is not settled in cash shall be treated as (i) an Option Award if the
amounts payable thereunder will be determined by reference to the appreciation of a Share, and (ii)
a Restricted Share Award if the amounts payable thereunder will be determined by reference to the
full value of a Share.
2.27 Outside Director means, with respect to the grant of an Award, a member of the Board
then serving on the Committee.
2.28 Participant means any Employee, Director, Consultant or other person who receives an
Award under the Plan.
2.29 Performance Award means any Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan. For
purposes of the share counting provisions of Section 4.1 hereof, a Performance Award that
is not settled in cash shall be treated
3
as (i) an Option Award if the amounts payable thereunder
will be determined by reference to the appreciation of a
Share, and (ii) a Restricted Share Award if the amounts payable thereunder will be determined
by reference to the full value of a Share.
2.30 Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political
subdivision thereof or other entity.
2.31
Registration Date means the time that the
registration statement on Form S-1 of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC,
predecessor to the Company, becomes effective.
2.32 Restricted Share means any Share granted under Sections 7 to 10 of the Plan.
2.33 Restricted Share Unit means any unit granted under Sections 7 to 10 of the Plan.
2.34 Retirement means Normal or Early Retirement.
2.35 SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
2.36 Section 16 means Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder
and any successor provision thereto as in effect from time to time.
2.37 Section 162(m) means Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder and any successor provision thereto as in effect from time to time.
2.38 Separation from Service or Separates from Service shall have the meaning ascribed to
such term pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.39 Shares means shares of the common stock, no par value per share, of the Company.
2.40 Share Reserve has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
2.41 Specified Employee has the meaning ascribed to such term pursuant to Section 409A of
the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.42 Stock Appreciation Right or SAR means a stock appreciation right granted under
Sections 6, 8 or 10 of the Plan that entitles the holder to receive, with
respect to each Share encompassed by the exercise of such SAR, the amount determined by the
Committee and specified in an Award Agreement. In the absence of such a determination, the holder
shall be entitled to receive, with respect to each Share encompassed by the exercise of such SAR,
the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price.
2.43 Subsidiary means any Person (other than the Company) of which 50% or more of its voting
power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
2.44 Substitute Awards means Awards granted solely in assumption of, or in substitution for,
outstanding awards previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the
Company combines.
Section 3. Administration.
3.1 Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall be
appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board; provided, however, with respect to Awards to
Outside Directors, all references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to be references to
the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express
powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full
power and authority in its discretion (and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code with respect
to Awards subject thereto) to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine eligibility for
participation in the Plan and decide all questions concerning eligibility for and the amount of
Awards under the Plan; (iii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant;
(iv) determine the number of Shares
4
to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or
other matters are to be calculated in connection with Awards; (v) determine the timing, terms, and
conditions of any Award; (vi) accelerate the time at which all or any
part of an Award may be settled or exercised; (vii) determine whether, to what extent, and
under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities,
other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by
which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (viii) determine whether,
to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other
property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically
or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (ix) grant Awards as an alternative
to, or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or payable under, other bonus or
compensation plans, arrangements or policies of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate; (x) grant
Substitute Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, subject to
compliance with the Incentive Stock Option rules under Section 422 of the Code and the nonqualified
deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code, where applicable; (xi) make all
determinations under the Plan concerning any Participants Separation from Service with the Company
or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including whether such separation occurs by reason of Cause, Good
Reason, Disability, Retirement, or in connection with a Change in Control and whether a leave
constitutes a Separation from Service; (xii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument
or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (xiii) except to the extent prohibited by
Section 6.2, amend or modify the terms of any Award at or after grant with the consent of
the holder of the Award; (xiv) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and
appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and
(xv) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or
desirable for the administration of the Plan, subject to the exclusive authority of the Board under
Section 14 hereunder to amend or terminate the Plan.
3.2 Committee Discretion Binding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all
designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the
Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and
shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Subsidiary or
Affiliate, any Participant and any holder or beneficiary of any Award. A Participant or other
holder of an Award may contest a decision or action by the Committee with respect to such person or
Award only on the grounds that such decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful,
and any review of such decision or action shall be limited to determining whether the Committees
decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful.
3.3 Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may
delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Company or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or
to a Committee of such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations
as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to or to cancel, modify or waive rights with
respect to, or to alter, discontinue, suspend or terminate Awards held by Participants who are not
officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 or who are otherwise not subject to
such Section.
3.4 No Liability. No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or
determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.
Section 4. Shares Available For Awards.
4.1 Shares Available. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 below, the maximum
aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards after the Effective Date of
this Plan is 1,750,000 Shares (the Share Reserve). The number of Shares with respect to which
Incentive Stock Options may be granted shall be no more than 1,000,000. Each Share issued pursuant to
an Option shall reduce the Share Reserve by one (1) share. Each Share subject to a redeemed
portion of a SAR shall reduce the Share Reserve by one (1) share. Each Share issued pursuant to a
Restricted Stock Award or a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall reduce the Share Reserve by one (1)
share. If any Award granted under this Plan (whether before or after the Effective Date of this
Plan) shall expire, terminate, be settled in cash (in whole or in part) or otherwise be forfeited
or canceled for any reason before it has vested or been exercised in full, the Shares subject to
such Award shall, to the extent of such expiration, cash settlement, forfeiture, or termination,
again be available for Awards under the Plan, in accordance with this Section 4.1. The
Committee may make such other determinations regarding the counting of Shares issued pursuant to
this Plan as it deems necessary or advisable, provided that such determinations shall be permitted
by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
5
if an Option or SAR is exercised, in whole or in part, by
tender of Shares or if the Companys tax withholding obligation is satisfied by withholding Shares,
the number of Shares deemed to have been issued under the Plan for
purposes of the limitation set forth in this Section 4.1 shall be the number of Shares that
were subject to the Option or SAR or portion thereof, and not the net number of Shares actually
issued and any SARs to be settled in Shares shall be counted in full against the number of Shares
available for issuance under the Plan, regardless of the number of shares issued upon the
settlement of the SAR. Any Shares that again become available for grant pursuant to this Section
shall be added back as (i) one (1) Share if such Shares were subject to Options or Stock
Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, and (ii) as one (1) Share if such Shares were subject
to Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding
the foregoing and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2 hereof, no Participant
may receive Options or SARs under the Plan in any calendar year that, taken together, relate to
more than 200,000 Shares.
4.2 Adjustments. Without limiting the Committees discretion as provided in Section
13 hereof, in the event that the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution
(whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property, and other than a normal
cash dividend), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other
securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other
securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares, then
the Committee shall, in an equitable and proportionate manner as determined by the Committee (and,
as applicable, in such manner as is consistent with Sections 162(m), 422 and 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder) either: (i) adjust any or all of (1) the aggregate number of Shares or
other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect
to which Awards may be granted under the Plan; (2) the number of Shares or other securities of the
Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards under
the Plan, provided that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number;
(3) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award under the Plan, and (4) the limits on the
number of Shares or Awards that may be granted to Participants under the Plan in any calendar year;
(ii) provide for an equivalent award in respect of securities of the surviving entity of any
merger, consolidation or other transaction or event having a similar effect; or (iii) make
provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award. Any such adjustments to
outstanding Awards shall be effected in a manner that precludes the material enlargement of rights
and benefits under such Awards.
4.3 Substitute Awards. Any Shares issued by the Company as Substitute Awards in connection
with the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from any acquired corporation shall not
reduce the Shares available for Awards under the Plan.
4.4 Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may
consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of issued Shares which have been
reacquired by the Company.
Section 5. Eligibility.
Any Employee, Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be designated a Participant;
provided, however, that Outside Directors shall only be eligible to receive Awards granted
consistent with Section 10.
Section 6. Stock Options And Stock Appreciation Rights.
6.1 Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete
authority to determine the Participants to whom Options and SARs shall be granted, the number of
Shares subject to each Award, the exercise price and the conditions and limitations applicable to
the exercise of each Option and SAR. An Option may be granted with or without a related SAR. An
SAR may be granted with or without a related Option. The grant of an Option or SAR shall occur
when the Committee by resolution, written consent or other appropriate action determines to grant
such Option or SAR for a particular number of Shares to a particular Participant at a particular
Option Price or Grant Price, as the case may be, or such later date as the Committee shall specify
in such resolution, written consent or other appropriate action. The Committee shall have the
authority to grant Incentive Stock Options and to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options. In the case
of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply
with Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations implementing such
statute. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Incentive Stock
6
Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options are exercisable
for the first time by an Employee during any calendar year (under all plans described in Section
422(d) of the Code of the Employees
employer corporation and its parent and Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be
treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.
6.2 Price. The Committee in its sole discretion shall establish the Option Price at the time
each Option is granted and the Grant Price at the time each SAR is granted. Except in the case of
Substitute Awards, the Option Price of an Option may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a
Share on the date of grant of such Option, and the Grant Price of an SAR may not be less than the
Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such SAR. In the case of Substitute Awards or
Awards granted in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4.2 hereof in the
form of Options or SARS, such grants shall have an Option Price (or Grant Price) per Share that is
intended to maintain the economic value of the Award that was replaced or adjusted as determined by
the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as permitted by the provisions of
Section 4.2 hereof, the Committee shall not have the power to (i) amend the terms of
previously granted Options to reduce the Option Price of such Options, (ii) amend the terms of
previously granted SARs to reduce the Grant Price of such SARs, (iii) cancel such Options and grant
substitute Options with a lower Option Price than the cancelled Options, or (iv) cancel such SARs
and grant substitute SARs with a lower Grant Price than the cancelled SARs, in each case without
the approval of the Companys stockholders.
6.3 Term. Subject to the Committees authority under Section 3.1 and the provisions
of Section 6.6, each Option and SAR and all rights and obligations thereunder shall expire
on the date determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement. The Committee shall
be under no duty to provide terms of like duration for Options or SARs granted under the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 6.4(a) hereof, no Option or SAR shall
be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date such Option or SAR was granted.
6.4 Exercise.
(a) Each Option and SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms
and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award
Agreement or thereafter. The Committee shall have full and complete authority to determine,
subject to Section 6.6 herein, whether an Option or SAR will be exercisable in full
at any time or from time to time during the term of the Option or SAR, or to provide for the
exercise thereof in such installments, upon the occurrence of such events and at such times
during the term of the Option or SAR as the Committee may determine. An Award Agreement may
provide that the period of time over which an Option, other than an Incentive Stock Option,
or SAR may be exercised shall be automatically extended if on the scheduled expiration of
such Award, the Participants exercise of such Award would violate applicable securities
law; provided, however, that during the extended exercise period the Option or SAR may only
be exercised to the extent such Award was exercisable in accordance with its terms
immediately prior to such scheduled expiration date; provided further, however, that such
extended exercise period shall end not later than thirty (30) days after the exercise of
such Option or SAR first would no longer violate such laws.
(b) The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options or
SARs, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal, state or
foreign securities laws or the Code, as it may deem necessary or advisable. The exercise of
any Option granted hereunder shall be effective only at such time as the sale of Shares
pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws.
(c) An Option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part at any time, with respect to
whole Shares only, within the period permitted thereunder for the exercise thereof, and
shall be exercised by written notice of intent to exercise the Option or SAR, delivered to
the Company at its principal office, and payment in full to the Company at the direction of
the Committee of the amount of the Option Price for the number of Shares with respect to
which the Option is then being exercised.
(d) Payment of the Option Price shall be made in (i) cash or cash equivalents, (ii) at
the discretion of the Committee, by transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the
Company of unencumbered Shares previously acquired by the Participant, valued at the Fair
Market Value of such Shares on the date of exercise (or next succeeding trading date, if the
date of exercise is not a trading date), together with any
7
applicable withholding taxes,
such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee, (iii) by
a combination of (i) or (ii), or (iv) by any other method approved or accepted by the
Committee in its sole discretion, including, if the Committee so determines, (x) a cashless
(broker-assisted) exercise that complies with applicable laws or (y) withholding Shares
(net-exercise) otherwise deliverable to the Participant pursuant to the Option having an
aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price. Until
the optionee has been issued the Shares subject to such exercise, he or she shall possess no
rights as a stockholder with respect to such Shares. The Company reserves, at any and all
times in the Companys sole discretion, the right to establish, decline to approve or
terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a method set
forth in subsection (iv) above, including with respect to one or more Participants specified
by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other
Participants.
(e) At the Committees discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an
SAR may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares. A fractional Share
shall not be deliverable upon the exercise of a SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu
thereof.
6.5 Separation from Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement,
an Option or SAR may be exercised only to the extent that it is then exercisable, and if at all
times during the period beginning with the date of granting such Award and ending on the date of
exercise of such Award the Participant is an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant, and
shall terminate immediately upon a Separation from Service by the Participant. An Option or SAR
shall cease to become exercisable upon a Separation from Service of the holder thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.5 to the contrary, the Committee
may determine in its discretion that an Option or SAR may be exercised following any such
Separation from Service, whether or not exercisable at the time of such separation; provided,
however, that in no event may an Option or SAR be exercised after the expiration date of such Award
specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.4(a).
6.6 Ten Percent Stock Rule. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, if at the time
an Option is otherwise to be granted pursuant to the Plan, the optionee or rights holder owns
directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) Shares of the Company
possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock
of the Company or its parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate corporations (within the meaning of Section
422(b)(6) of the Code), then any Incentive Stock Option to be granted to such optionee or rights
holder pursuant to the Plan shall satisfy the requirement of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code, and the
Option Price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the
Shares of the Company, and such Option by its terms shall not be exercisable after the expiration
of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.
Section 7. Restricted Shares And Restricted Share Units.
7.1 Grant.
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete
authority to determine the Participants to whom Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units
shall be granted, the number of Restricted Shares and/or the number of Restricted Share
Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the
conditions under which, the Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units may be forfeited to
the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards. The Restricted Share and
Restricted Share Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the
Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject
to the terms and conditions provided hereunder and any additional terms and conditions
established by the Committee that are consistent with the terms of the Plan.
(b) Each Restricted Share and Restricted Share Unit Award made under the Plan shall be
for such number of Shares as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award
Agreement containing the terms of such Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit Award.
Such agreement shall set forth a period of time (not less than one year) during which the
grantee must remain in the continuous employment (or other service-providing capacity) of
the Company in order for the forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse. If the
Committee so determines, the restrictions may lapse during such restricted period in
installments with respect to specified portions of the Shares covered by the Restricted
Share or Restricted Share Unit
8
Award. The Award Agreement may also, in the discretion of
the Committee, set forth performance or other conditions that will subject the Shares to
forfeiture and transfer restrictions. The Committee may, at its
discretion, waive all or any part of the restrictions applicable to any or all outstanding
Restricted Share and Restricted Share Unit Awards.
7.2 Delivery of Shares and Transfer Restrictions.
(a) At the time a Restricted Share Award is granted, a certificate representing the
number of Shares awarded thereunder shall be registered in the name of the grantee. Such
certificate shall be held by the Company or any custodian appointed by the Company for the
account of the grantee subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, and shall bear such
a legend setting forth the restrictions imposed thereon as the Committee, in its discretion,
may determine. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may, in its
discretion, provide that a Participants ownership of Restricted Shares prior to the lapse
of any transfer restrictions or any other applicable restrictions shall, in lieu of such
certificates, be evidenced by a book entry (i.e., a computerized or manual entry) in the
records of the Company or its designated agent in the name of the Participant who has
received such Award, and confirmation and account statements sent to the Participant with
respect to such book-entry Shares may bear the restrictive legend referenced in the
preceding sentence. Such records of the Company or such agent shall, absent manifest error,
be binding on all Participants who receive Restricted Share Awards evidenced in such manner.
The holding of Restricted Shares by the Company or such an escrow holder, or the use of
book entries to evidence the ownership of Restricted Shares, in accordance with this
Section 7.2(a), shall not affect the rights of Participants as owners of the
Restricted Shares awarded to them, nor affect the restrictions applicable to such shares
under the Award Agreement or the Plan, including the transfer restrictions.
(b) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the grantee shall have
all rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to
receive dividends and the right to vote such Shares, subject to the following restrictions:
(i) the grantee shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate until the
expiration of the restricted period and the fulfillment of any other restrictive conditions
set forth in the Award Agreement with respect to such Shares; (ii) none of the Shares may be
sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of
during such restricted period or until after the fulfillment of any such other restrictive
conditions; and (iii) except as otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, all
of the Shares shall be forfeited and all rights of the grantee to such Shares shall
terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless the grantee remains
in the continuous employment of the Company for the entire restricted period in relation to
which such Shares were granted and unless any other restrictive conditions relating to the
Restricted Share Award are met. Restricted Share Units shall be subject to similar transfer
restrictions as Restricted Share Awards, except that no Shares are actually awarded to a
Participant who is granted Restricted Share Units on the date of grant, and such Participant
shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Share Units until the
restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement have lapsed.
7.3 Termination of Restrictions. At the end of the restricted period and provided that any
other restrictive conditions of the Restricted Share Award are met, or at such earlier time as
otherwise determined by the Committee, all restrictions set forth in the Award Agreement relating
to the Restricted Share Award or in the Plan shall lapse as to the Restricted Shares subject
thereto, and a stock certificate for the appropriate number of Shares, free of the restrictions and
restricted stock legend, shall be delivered to the Participant or the Participants beneficiary or
estate, as the case may be (or, in the case of book-entry Shares, such restrictions and restricted
stock legend shall be removed from the confirmation and account statements delivered to the
Participant or the Participants beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, in book-entry form).
7.4 Payment of Restricted Share Units. Each Restricted Share Unit shall have a value equal to
the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Share Units may be paid in cash, Shares, other
securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse
of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award
Agreement. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether a Participant will be entitled to
receive dividend equivalent rights in respect of Restricted Share Units at the time of any payment
of dividends to stockholders on Shares. If the applicable Award Agreement specifies that a
Participant will be entitled to dividend equivalent rights, (i) the amount of any such dividend
equivalent right shall equal the
9
amount that would be payable to the Participant as a stockholder
in respect of a number of Shares equal to the number of vested Restricted Share Units then credited
to the Participant, and (ii) any such dividend equivalent right
shall be paid in accordance with the Companys payment practices as may be established from time to
time and as of the date on which such dividend would have been payable in respect of outstanding
Shares (and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code with regard to Awards subject thereto);
provided, that no dividend equivalents shall be paid on Restricted Share Units that are not yet
vested. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, Restricted Share Units
may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed
of, and all Restricted Share Units and all rights of the grantee to such Restricted Share Units
shall terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless the grantee remains
in continuous employment of the Company for the entire restricted period in relation to which such
Restricted Share Units were granted and unless any other restrictive conditions relating to the
Restricted Share Unit Award are met.
Section 8. Performance Awards.
8.1 Grant. The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants
who shall receive a Performance Award, which shall consist of a right that is (i) denominated in
cash or Shares (including but not limited to Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units), (ii)
valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance
goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such
time and in such form as the Committee shall determine.
8.2 Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award
Agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance goals to be achieved during any
performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award and
the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award, and
may amend specific provisions of the Performance Award; provided, however, that such amendment may
not adversely affect existing Performance Awards made within a performance period commencing prior
to implementation of the amendment.
8.3 Payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in
installments following the close of the performance period or, in accordance with the procedures
established by the Committee, on a deferred basis. Separation from Service prior to the end of any
performance period, other than for reasons of death or Disability, will result in the forfeiture of
the Performance Award, and no payments will be made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee
may in its discretion, waive any performance goals and/or other terms and conditions relating to a
Performance Award. A Participants rights to any Performance Award may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of in any manner, except by
will or the laws of descent and distribution, and/or except as the Committee may determine at or
after grant.
Section 9. Other Stock-Based Awards.
The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Participants who shall receive an
Other Stock-Based Award, which shall consist of any right that is (i) not an Award described in
Sections 6 and 7 above and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or
payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares
(including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to
be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable
Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other
Stock-Based Award.
Section 10. Non-Employee Director And Outside Director Awards.
10.1 The Board may provide that all or a portion of a Non-Employee Directors annual retainer,
meeting fees and/or other awards or compensation as determined by the Board, be payable (either
automatically or at the election of a Non-Employee Director) in the form of Non-Qualified Stock
Options, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and/or Other Stock-Based Awards, including
unrestricted Shares. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Awards,
including the terms and conditions which shall apply upon a termination of the Non-Employee
Directors service as a member of the Board, and shall have full power and authority in its
discretion to administer such Awards, subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law.
10
10.2 The Board may also grant Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
including any Award described in Sections 6, 7 and 9 above. With respect
to such Awards, all references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to be references to the
Board.
Section 11. Provisions Applicable To Covered Officers And Performance Awards.
11.1 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee determines
that a Performance Award to be granted to a Covered Officer should not qualify as
performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m), Performance Awards granted to
Covered Officers shall be subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 11.
11.2 The Committee may grant Performance Awards to Covered Officers based solely upon the
attainment of performance targets related to one or more performance goals selected by the
Committee from among the goals specified below. For the purposes of this Section 11,
performance goals shall be limited to one or more of the following Company, Subsidiary, operating
unit, business segment or division financial performance measures:
|
(a) |
|
earnings before any one or more of the following: interest,
taxes, depreciation, amortization and/or stock compensation; |
|
|
(b) |
|
operating (or gross) income or profit; |
|
|
(c) |
|
operating efficiencies; |
|
|
(d) |
|
return on equity, assets, capital, capital employed or
investment; |
|
|
(e) |
|
after tax operating income; |
|
|
(f) |
|
net income; |
|
|
(g) |
|
earnings or book value per Share; |
|
|
(h) |
|
financial ratios; |
|
|
(i) |
|
cash flow(s); |
|
|
(j) |
|
total sales or revenues or sales or revenues per employee; |
|
|
(k) |
|
production (separate work units or SWUs); |
|
|
(l) |
|
stock price or total stockholder return; |
|
|
(m) |
|
dividends; |
|
|
(n) |
|
debt or cost reduction; |
|
|
(o) |
|
strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more
objectives based on meeting specified cost targets, business expansion goals
(including, without limitation, developmental, strategic or manufacturing
milestones of products or projects in development, execution of contracts with
current or prospective customers and development of business expansion
strategies) and goals relating to acquisitions, joint ventures or collaborations
or divestitures; or |
|
|
(p) |
|
any combination thereof. |
Each goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise
employ comparisons based on internal targets, the past performance of the Company or any
Subsidiary, operating unit, business segment or
11
division of the Company and/or the past or current
performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ
comparisons relating to capital, stockholders equity and/or Shares outstanding, or to assets or
net assets. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under criteria
set forth in this Section 11.2 to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a
performance period: (i) asset impairments or write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or
settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or
provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs,
(v) any extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
30 and/or in managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
appearing in the Companys annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, (vi) the effect
of adverse federal, governmental or regulatory action, or delays in federal, governmental or
regulatory action or (vii) any other event either not directly related to the operations of the
Company or not within the reasonable control of the Companys management; provided that the
Committee commits to make any such adjustments within the 90 day period set forth in Section
11.4.
11.3 With respect to any Covered Officer, the maximum annual number of Shares in respect of
which all Performance Awards may be granted under Section 8 of the Plan is 200,000 and the
maximum amount of all Performance Awards that are settled in cash and that may be granted under
Section 8 of the Plan in any year is $2,000,000.
11.4 In the case of grants of Performance Awards with respect to which compliance with Section
162(m) is intended, no later than 90 days following the commencement of each performance period (or
such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee
shall, in writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals applicable to the performance period,
(2) establish the various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such performance
period, and (3) specify the relationship between performance goals and targets and the amounts to
be earned by each Covered Officer for such performance period. Following the completion of each
performance period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance
targets have been achieved and the amounts, if any, payable to Covered Officers for such
performance period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Officer for a given performance
period, subject to any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce
(but not increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account
additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant in its sole discretion to the assessment of
individual or corporate performance for the performance period.
11.5 Unless otherwise expressly stated in the relevant Award Agreement, each Award granted to
a Covered Officer under the Plan is intended to be performance-based compensation within the
meaning of Section 162(m). Accordingly, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if any
provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to such an Award does not comply or is
inconsistent with Section 162(m), such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent
necessary to conform to such requirements, and no provision shall be deemed to confer upon the
Committee discretion to increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable to a Covered Officer
in connection with any such Award upon the attainment of the performance criteria established by
the Committee.
Section 12. Separation from Service.
The Committee shall have the full power and authority to determine the terms and conditions
that shall apply to any Award upon a Separation from Service with the Company, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, including a separation from the Company with or without Cause, by a Participant
voluntarily, or by reason of death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, and may provide
such terms and conditions in the Award Agreement or in such rules and regulations as it may
prescribe.
Section 13. Change In Control.
13.1 Certain Terminations. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, or in an Award
Agreement or by a contractual agreement between the Company and a Participant, if, within one year
following a Change in Control, a Participant Separates from Service with the Company (or its
successor) by reason of (a) death; (b) Disability; (c) Normal Retirement or Early Retirement; (d)
for Good Reason by the Participant; or (e) involuntary termination by the Company for any reason
other than for Cause, all outstanding Awards of such Participant shall vest, become immediately
exercisable and payable and have all restrictions lifted. For purposes of an Award subject
12
to Section 409A of the Code, Good Reason shall exist only if (i) the Participant notifies the Company
of the event establishing Good Reason within 90 days of its initial existence, (ii) the Company is
provided 30 days to cure such
event and (iii) the Participant Separates from Service with the Company (or its successor) within
180 days of the initial occurrence of the event.
13.2 Accelerated Vesting. The Committee may (in accordance with Section 409A, to the extent
applicable), in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement, or, in the event of a Change in
Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide, for the acceleration of the
exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with such Change in Control of each or any
outstanding Award or portion thereof and Shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions (if
any), including termination of the Participants service prior to, upon, or following such Change
in Control, to such extent as the Committee shall determine. In the event of a Change of Control,
and without the consent of any Participant, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that for
a period of at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Change in Control, any Options or Stock
Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable as to all Shares subject thereto and that upon the
occurrence of the Change in Control, such Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall
terminate and be of no further force and effect.
13.3 Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. In the event of a Change in Control, the
surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent
thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiror"), may (in accordance with Section 409A, to the extent
applicable), without the consent of any Participant, either assume or continue the Companys rights
and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the
Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a
substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquirors stock, as applicable; provided, that
in the event of such an assumption, the Acquiror must grant the rights set forth in Section
13.1 to the Participant in respect of such assumed Awards. For purposes of this Section, if so
determined by the Committee, in its discretion, an Award denominated in Shares shall be deemed
assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award (as adjusted, if applicable, pursuant to
Section 4.2 hereof) confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior
to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a
combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in
Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of
the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to
be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each Share subject to the Award, to
consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share
consideration received by holders of Shares pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portion
thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in
Control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall
terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in
Control.
13.4 Cash-Out of Awards. The Committee may (in accordance with Section 409A, to the extent
applicable), in its discretion at or after grant and without the consent of any Participant,
determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or a portion thereof
outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled
shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested Share (and each unvested
Share, if so determined by the Committee) subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of
the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii)
other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to
the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per Share in the Change in Control, reduced
by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award (which payment may, for the
avoidance of doubt, be $0, in the event the per share exercise or purchase price of an Award is
greater than the per share consideration in connection with the Change in Control). In the event
such determination is made by the Committee, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable
withholding taxes, if any), if any, shall be paid to Participants in respect of the vested portions
of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and may
be paid in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting
schedules applicable to such Awards.
13.5 Performance Awards. The Committee may (in accordance with Section 409A, to the extent
applicable), in its discretion at or after grant, provide that in the event of a Change in Control,
(i) any outstanding Performance Awards relating to performance periods ending prior to the Change
in Control which have been earned
13
but not paid shall become immediately payable, (ii) all
then-in-progress performance periods for Performance Awards that are outstanding shall end, and
either (A) any or all Participants shall be deemed to have earned an
award equal to the relevant target award opportunity for the performance period in question, or (B)
at the Committees discretion, the Committee shall determine the extent to which performance
criteria have been met with respect to each such Performance Award, if at all, and (iii) the
Company shall cause to be paid to each Participant such partial or full Performance Awards, in
cash, Shares or other property as determined by the Committee, within thirty (30) days of such
Change in Control, based on the Change in Control consideration, which amount may be zero if
applicable. In the absence of such a determination, any Performance Awards relating to performance
periods that will not have ended as of the date of a Change in Control shall be terminated and
canceled for no further consideration.
Section 14. Amendment And Termination.
14.1 Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate
the Plan or any portion thereof at any time (and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code with
regard to Awards subject thereto); provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension,
discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is
necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the Board deems
it necessary or desirable to comply.
14.2 Amendments to Awards. Subject to the restrictions of Section 6.2, the Committee
may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel
or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively in time (and in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code with regard to Awards subject thereto); provided that any
such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that
would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of
any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the
affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.
14.3 Adjustments of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The
Committee is hereby authorized to make equitable and proportionate adjustments in the terms and
conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring
events (and shall make such adjustments for the events described in Section 4.2 hereof)
affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting
principles.
Section 15. General Provisions.
15.1 Limited Transferability of Awards. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, an Award
Agreement or by the Committee at or after grant, no Award shall be assigned, alienated, pledged,
attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant, except by will or the laws
of descent and distribution. No transfer of an Award by will or by laws of descent and
distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished
with written notice thereof and an authenticated copy of the will and/or such other evidence as the
Committee may deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the transfer. No transfer
of an Award for value shall be permitted under the Plan.
15.2 Dividend Equivalents. In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award may
provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other
securities or other property on a current or deferred basis. All dividend or dividend equivalents
which are not paid currently may, at the Committees discretion, accrue interest, be reinvested
into additional Shares, or, in the case of dividends or dividend equivalents credited in connection
with Performance Awards, be credited as additional Performance Awards and paid to the Participant
if and when, and to the extent that, payment is made pursuant to such Award. The total number of
Shares available for grant under Section 4 shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or
dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as Performance Awards.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, the
payment, deferral or crediting of any dividends or dividend equivalents shall conform to the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code and such requirements shall be specified in writing.
14
15.3. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. No Award (or modification thereof) shall
provide for deferral of compensation that does not comply with Section 409A of the Code unless the
Committee, at the time of
grant, specifically provides that the Award is not intended to comply with Section 409A of the
Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if one or more of the payments
or benefits received or to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award would cause the
Participant to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee
may reform such provision to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the
applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, if
a Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of his or her Separation from Service, any
payments with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code to which the Participant
would otherwise be entitled by reason of such Separation from Service shall be made on the date
that is six months after the Participants Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of the
Participants death). Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that Awards will be
exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Company does
not warrant that any Award under the Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section
409A of the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign law. The Company shall
not be liable to any Participant for any tax, interest, or penalties that Participant might owe as
a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise, or payment of any Award under the Plan.
15.4 No Rights to Awards. No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there
is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards.
The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.
15.5 Share Certificates. All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof
shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem
advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any state
securities commission or regulatory authority, any stock exchange or other market upon which such
Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the
Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate
reference to such restrictions.
15.6 Tax Withholding. A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Subsidiary
or Affiliate and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby
authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or
under the Plan, or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in
cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding or
other tax-related obligations in respect of an Award, its exercise or any other transaction
involving an Award, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such
other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the
payment of such taxes. The Committee may provide for additional cash payments to holders of
Options to defray or offset any tax arising from the grant, vesting, exercise or payment of any
Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may in its discretion
permit a Participant to satisfy or arrange to satisfy, in whole or in part, the tax obligations
incident to an Award by: (a) electing to have the Company withhold Shares or other property
otherwise deliverable to such Participant pursuant to the Award (provided, however, that the amount
of any Shares so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy required federal, state
local and foreign withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for
federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to
supplemental taxable income) and/or (b) tendering to the Company Shares owned by such Participant
(or by such Participant and his or her spouse jointly) and purchased or held for the requisite
period of time as may be required to avoid the Companys or the Affiliates or Subsidiaries
incurring an adverse accounting charge, based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of the Shares
on the payment date as determined by the Committee. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made
in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that
the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
15.7 Award Agreements. Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that
shall be delivered to the Participant and may specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any
rules applicable thereto. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and any Award
Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail. The Committee shall, subject to applicable law,
determine the date an Award is deemed to be granted. The Committee or, except to the extent
prohibited under applicable law, its delegate(s) may establish the terms of agreements or other
documents evidencing Awards under this Plan and may, but need not, require as a condition to any
such agreements or documents effectiveness that such agreement or document be executed by the
Participant,
15
including by electronic signature or other electronic indication of acceptance, and
that such Participant agree to such further terms and conditions as specified in such agreement or
document. The grant of an Award under this Plan
shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and
subject to such conditions, as are specified in this Plan as being applicable to such type of Award
(or to all Awards) or as are expressly set forth in the agreement or other document evidencing such
Award.
15.8 No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent
the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation
arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of Options, Restricted Shares,
Restricted Share Units, Other Stock-Based Awards or other types of Awards provided for hereunder.
15.9 No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a
Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.
Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from
employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly
provided in an Award Agreement.
15.10 No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable
Award Agreement, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a
stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until such person has
become a holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of
Restricted Shares hereunder, the applicable Award Agreement shall specify if and to what extent the
Participant shall not be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted
Shares.
15.11 Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any rules and
regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.
15.12 Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is, or becomes, or is deemed to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would
disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision
shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be
construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the
intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person
or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
15.13 Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other
consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or
transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation
(including applicable non-U.S. laws or regulations) or entitle the Company to recover the same
under Exchange Act Section 16(b), and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other
holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to
the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.
15.14 No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed
to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person
acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate pursuant to an
Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.
15.15 No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the
Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities or other
property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional
Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.
15.16 Headings. Headings are given to the sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a
convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or
relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
16
Section 16. Term Of The Plan.
16.1
Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective upon the later to
occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) immediately prior to
the Registration Date (the Effective Date).
16.2 Expiration Date. No new Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the tenth
(10th) anniversary of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the
Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted hereunder may, and the authority of the
Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award or
to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award shall, continue after the tenth
(10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.
17
exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement), dated as of [_______ __], 20[__] is by
and between The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business
at 100 East Ridge Road, Ridgefield, Connecticut (together with its subsidiaries, the
Company), and Christopher Pappas, a resident of Ridgefield, Connecticut (the
Executive).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are parties to an Employment Letter, as amended by that
certain First Amendment to Employment Letter, dated as of December 12, 2008, (as amended, the
Employment Letter); and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to enter into this Agreement, which
supersedes and replaces the Letter Agreement and sets forth the terms and conditions of the
Executives continuing employment with the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises and covenants
set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Company and the Executive do hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment. The Company hereby continues to employ the Executive and the Executive
hereby accepts continued employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein. The Executive shall continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company and such other office or offices to which Executive may be appointed or elected by the
Board of Directors of the Company (the Board of Directors). Subject to the direction and
supervision of the Board of Directors, the Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily
associated with the offices of President and Chief Executive Officer and such other offices to
which Executive may be appointed or elected by the Board of Directors and such additional duties as
the Board of Directors may determine. The Executive will report directly to the Board of Directors.
During the term of employment, the Executive will devote the Executives best efforts and full time
and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company. The
Executive agrees to serve, without any additional compensation, as a director of the Company and as
a member of the board of directors and/or as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliated entity of
the Company. If the Executives employment terminates for any reason, whether such termination is
voluntary or involuntary, the Executive will resign as a director of the Company (and as a director
and/or officer of any of the Companys subsidiaries or affiliated entities), such resignation to be
effective no later than the date of termination of the Executives employment with the Company.
2. Term. Subject to the provisions of termination as hereinafter provided, the initial
term of the Executives employment under this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and shall
terminate on the third anniversary of the date hereof (the Initial Term). Unless the
Company notifies the Executive that his employment under this Agreement will not be extended or the
Executive notifies the Company that he is not willing to extend his employment, the term of his
employment under this Agreement shall automatically be extended for additional one (1)
year periods on the same terms and conditions as set forth herein (individually and
collectively, the Renewal Term). The Initial Term and the Renewal Term are sometimes
referred to collectively herein as the Term.
3. Notice of Non-Renewal. If the Company or the Executive elects not to extend the
Executives employment under this Agreement, the electing party shall do so by notifying the other
party in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any
Renewal Term.
4. Compensation.
4.1 Base Salary. Until termination of the Executives employment with the Company
pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (Base
Salary) of seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000.00) per annum, which shall be
payable to the Executive in regular installments in accordance with the Companys general payroll
policies and practices. The Executives compensation will be reviewed periodically by the Board of
Directors of the Company, or a committee or subcommittee thereof to which compensation matters have
been delegated, and after taking into consideration both the performance of the Company and the
personal performance of the Executive, the Board of Directors of the Company, or any such committee
or subcommittee, in their sole discretion, may increase the Executives compensation to any amount
it may deem appropriate.
4.2 Bonus. In the event either the Company or the Executive, or both, respectively
achieve certain financial performance and personal performance targets of the Company (as
established by the Board of Directors, or a committee or subcommittee thereof to which compensation
matters have been delegated) pursuant to a cash compensation incentive plan or similar plan or
arrangement established by the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual cash bonus
during the Term of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of such plan or arrangement. This bonus, if
any, shall be paid to the Executive by March 15 of the year following the year in which the
services which gave rise to the bonus were performed. The Board of Directors of the Company (or
applicable committee or subcommittee) may review and revise the terms of the cash compensation
incentive plan or similar plan referenced above at any time, after taking into consideration both
the performance of the Company and the personal performance of the Executive, among other factors,
and may, in their sole discretion, amend the cash compensation incentive or similar plan or
arrangement in any manner it may deem appropriate; provided, however, that any such amendment to
the plan or arrangement shall not affect the Executives right to participate in such amended plan
or plans.
4.3 Benefits. The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation
annually. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all compensation or
employee benefit plans or programs and receive all benefits and perquisites for which any salaried
employees are eligible under any existing or future plan or program established by the Company for
salaried employees. The Executive will participate to the extent permissible under the terms and
provisions of such plans or programs in accordance with program provisions. These may include group
hospitalization, health, dental care, life or other insurance, tax qualified pension, savings,
thrift and profit sharing plans, termination pay programs, sick leave plans, travel or accident
insurance, disability insurance, and equity-based incentive plans. Nothing in
2
this Agreement shall preclude the Company from amending or terminating any of the plans or
programs applicable to salaried or senior executives as long as such amendment or termination is
applicable to all salaried employees or senior executives. In addition, the Executive shall be
reimbursed by the Company up to two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) per month for a leased motor
vehicle for the Executives use in connection with the Executives duties as an executive officer
of the Company.
4.4 Expenses Incurred in Performance of Duties. The Company shall pay or promptly
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the
Executive in the performance of the Executives duties under this Agreement in accordance with the
Companys policies in effect from time to time with respect to business expenses. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 4.4, the Executive shall be reimbursed for such
expenses no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were
incurred.
4.5 Withholdings. All compensation payable hereunder shall be subject to withholding
for federal income taxes, FICA and all other applicable federal, state and local withholding
requirements.
4.6 Recoupment. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any amounts paid
or payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise by the Company, including any
equity compensation granted to the Executive, may be subject to forfeiture or repayment to the
Company pursuant to any clawback policy as adopted by the Board of Directors from time to time and
applicable to senior executives of the Company, and Executive hereby agrees to be bound by any such
policy.
5. Termination of Agreement.
5.1 General. During the term of this Agreement, the Company may, at any time and in
its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement with or without Cause, effective as of the date of
provision of written notice to the Executive thereof.
5.2 Effect of Termination with Cause. If the Executives employment with the Company
shall be terminated with Cause during the Term of this Agreement: (i) the Company shall pay to the
Executive the Base Salary earned through the date of termination of the Executives employment with
the Company (the Termination Date); and (ii) the Company shall not have any further
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement except those required to be provided by law or
under the terms of any other agreement between the Company and the Executive. For purposes of this
Agreement, Cause shall mean: (i) the engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct that
is injurious to the Company or its affiliates, or (ii) the embezzlement or misappropriation of
funds or property of the Company or its affiliates by the Executive; provided that, no act, or
failure to act, on the Executives part shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be
done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executives action
or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
5.3 Effect of Termination without Cause. If the Executives employment with the
Company shall be terminated by the Company without Cause during the Term of this
3
Agreement: (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary earned through the
Termination Date; and (ii) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the
Executives Base Salary, as in effect on the Termination Date, payable for a period of one (1) year
from the Termination Date and on the same terms and with the same frequency as the Executives Base
Salary was paid prior to such termination. In addition to such Base Salary continuation, if the
Executives employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, then Executive
shall be entitled to receive any bonus payment described in Section 4.2 previously earned
by the Executive (but not paid), payable as provided in Section 4.2. For the avoidance of
doubt, no bonus payment shall be earned within the meaning of the previous sentence unless the
performance period applicable to such bonus has fully elapsed.
5.4 Resignation by the Executive. The Executive shall be entitled to resign the
Executives employment with the Company at any time during the Term of this Agreement. If the
Executive resigns during the Term of this Agreement: (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive the
Base Salary earned through the Termination Date; and (ii) the Company shall not have any further
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement except those required to be provided by law or
under the terms of any other agreement between the Company and the Executive.
5.5 Section 409A. It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided
under this Agreement is a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the United States
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code) and (2) that the payments satisfy, to the
greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided
under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on
the date Executives employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company
determines to be relevant, the Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined under
Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section
409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code
(Section 409A Taxes) if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement then
(A) such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of Executives
separation from service (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the
Company, or such shorter period that, as determined by the Company, is sufficient to avoid the
imposition of Section 409A Taxes (the Payment Delay Period) and (B) such payments shall
be increased by an amount equal to interest on such payments for the Payment Delay Period at a rate
equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date the payment was first due (for this purpose, the
prime rate will be based on the rate published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal). Any
payments delayed pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be made in a lump sum on the first day
of the seventh month following the Executives separation from service (as such term is defined
under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or such earlier date that, as determined by the Committee,
is sufficient to avoid the imposition of any Section 409A Taxes.
4
6. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.
6.1 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. The Executive hereby covenants and agrees
that during the Term of the Executives employment hereunder and for a period of one (1) year
thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) own any interest in, operate, join,
control or participate as a partner, director, principal, officer or agent of, enter into the
employment of, act as a consultant to, or perform any services for any entity (each a
Competing Entity) which has material operations which compete with any business in which
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is then engaged or, to the then existing knowledge of the
Executive, proposes to engage; (ii) solicit any customer or client of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries (other than on behalf of the Company) with respect to any business in which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is then engaged or, to the then existing knowledge of the
Executive, proposes to engage; or (iii) induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or affiliated entities to leave the employ of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliated entities; provided, that the Executive may, solely as an investment,
hold equity securities of the Company and not more than five percent (5%) of the combined voting
securities of any publicly-traded corporation or other business entity. The foregoing covenants and
agreements of the Executive are referred to herein as the Restrictive Covenant. The
Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered the provisions of the Restrictive
Covenant and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.1,
including without limitation the time period of restriction set forth above, are fair and
reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the legitimate business and economic
interests of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company would not have
entered into this Agreement absent Executives agreement to the foregoing.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the provisions of this Section
6.1 or any parts hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions
or parts hereof shall nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable as though the invalid or
unenforceable portions or parts had not been included herein. In the event that any provision of
this Section 6.1 relating to the time period and/or the area of restriction and/or related
aspects shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum
restrictiveness such court deems reasonable and enforceable, the time period and/or area of
restriction and/or related aspects deemed reasonable and enforceable by such court shall become and
thereafter be the maximum restrictions in such regard, and the provisions of the Restrictive
Covenant shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent deemed reasonable by such court.
6.2 Confidential Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges that the
continued success of the Company depends upon the use and protection of a large body of
confidential and proprietary information, including confidential and proprietary information now
existing or to be developed in the future. Confidential Information will be defined as
all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible
form) that is (i) related to the Companys prior, current or potential business and (ii) not
generally or publicly known. Therefore, the Executive agrees not to disclose or use for the
Executives own account any of such Confidential Information, except as reasonably necessary for
the performance of the Executives duties as an employee or director of the Company,
5
without prior
written consent of the Board of Directors, unless and to the extent that any Confidential
Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public
other than as a result of the Executives improper acts or omissions to act or (ii) is
required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, regulatory action or court order;
provided, however, that the Executive must give the Company prompt written notice of any such legal
requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate fully with all efforts
by the Company (at the Companys sole expense) to obtain a protective order or similar
confidentiality treatment for such information. Upon the termination of the Executives employment
with the Company, the Executive agrees to deliver to the Company, upon request, all memoranda,
notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (including copies thereof and electronic media)
relating to the business of the Company (including, without limitation, all Confidential
Information) that the Executive may then possess or have under the Executives control, other than
such documents as are generally or publicly known (provided, that such documents are not known as a
result of the Executives breach or actions in violation of this Agreement); and at any time
thereafter, if any such materials are brought to the Executives attention or the Executive
discovers them in the Executives possession, the Executive shall deliver such materials to the
Company immediately upon such notice or discovery.
(b) Ownership of Intellectual Property. If the Executive creates, invents, designs,
develops, contributes to or improves any works of authorship, inventions, materials, documents or
other work product or other intellectual property, either alone or in conjunction with third
parties, at any time during the time that the Executive is employed by the Company
(Works), to the extent that such Works were created, invented, designed, developed,
contributed to, or improved with the use of any Company resources and/or within the scope of such
employment (collectively, the Company Works), the Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose such Company Works to the Company. Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of
Company Works shall be deemed a work made for hire as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101.
The Executive hereby (i) irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, all right, title and interest in and to the Company Works on a worldwide basis
(including, without limitation, rights under patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, unfair
competition and related laws) to the Company or such other entity as the Company shall designate,
to the extent ownership of any such rights does not automatically vest in the Company under
applicable law, and (ii) waives any moral rights therein to the fullest extent permitted under
applicable law. The Executive agrees not to use any Company Works for the Executives personal
benefit, the benefit of a competitor, or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the
Company. The Executive agrees to execute any further documents and take any further reasonable
actions requested by the Company to assist it in validating, effectuating, maintaining, protecting,
enforcing, perfecting, recording, patenting or registering any of its rights hereunder, all at the
Companys sole expense.
(c) Third Party Information. The Executive understands that the Company will receive
from third parties confidential or proprietary information (Third Party Information)
subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to
use it only for certain limited purposes. During the time that the Executive is employed by the
Company or serves on the Companys Board of Directors and at all times thereafter, the Executive
will hold information which the Executive knows, or reasonably should know, to be Third Party
Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone
6
(other than personnel of
the Company who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or
use, except in connection with the Executives work for the
Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized in writing by the Board of
Directors or the information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public
other than as a result of the Executives improper acts or omissions or (ii) is required to be
disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, regulatory action or court order.
(d) Use of Information of Prior Employers. During the Term, the Executive shall not
use or disclose any Confidential Information including trade secrets, if any, of any former
employers or any other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall
not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to
any former employer or any other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality
unless consented to in writing by the former employer or person. The Executive shall use in the
performance of the Executives duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by
persons with training and experience comparable to the Executives and that is (x) common knowledge
in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or
developed by the Company or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to
any former employer or other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality,
approved for such use in writing by such former employer or person.
(e) Disparaging Statements. During the time that the Executive is employed by the
Company or serves on the Companys Board of Directors and at all times thereafter, the Executive
shall not disparage the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or
representatives, or any of such entities products or services; provided, that the foregoing shall
not prohibit the Executive from making any general competitive statements or communications about
the Company or their businesses in the ordinary course of competition. The Company agrees that (i)
it shall not issue any public statements disparaging the Executive and (ii) it shall take
reasonable steps to ensure that the senior executive officers of the Company shall not disparage
the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.2(e) shall prevent
the Executive or the Company from enforcing any rights under this Agreement or any other agreement
to which the Executive and the Company are party, or otherwise limit such enforcement.
6.3 Enforcement. The parties hereto agree that money damages would not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of Section 6.1 or 6.2 by the Executive or any breach of
Section 6.2(e) by the Company, and any breach of the terms of Section 6.1 or
6.2 by the Executive or Section 6.2(e) by the Company would result in irreparable
injury and damage to the other party for which such party would have no adequate remedy at law.
Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of Section 6.1 or 6.2 by
the Executive or of Section 6.2(e) by the Company, the Company or its successors or assigns
or the Executive, as applicable, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their or the
Executives favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or immediate injunctive or other
equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any
violations of, the provisions of Section 6.1 or 6.2 (in the case of a breach by the
Executive) or Section 6.2(e) (in the case of a breach by the Company) (without posting a
bond or other security), without having to prove damages, and to the payment by the breaching party
of all of the other partys costs and expenses, including
7
reasonable attorneys fees and costs, in
addition to any other remedies to which the other party may be entitled at law or in equity. The
terms of this Section shall not prevent either party from
pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including
but not limited to the recovery of damages from the other party.
7. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent
that would be permitted by law (including a payment of expenses in advance of final disposition of
a proceeding) as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, or by the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company as in effect at such time, or by the terms of any indemnification
agreement between the Company and the Executive, whichever affords greatest protection to the
Executive, and the Executive shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the
Company may elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its officers or, during the Executives
service in such capacity, directors (and to the extent the Company maintains such an insurance
policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any company officer or director), against all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever
incurred or sustained by the Executive (including but not limited to any judgment entered by a
court of law) at the time such costs, charges and expenses are incurred or sustained, in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding to which the Executive may be made a party by reason of his
being or having been an officer or employee of the Company, or serving as an officer or employee of
an affiliate of the Company, at the request of the Company, other than any action, suit or
proceeding brought against the Executive by or on account of his breach of the provisions of any
employment agreement with a third party that has not been disclosed by the Executive to the
Company. The provisions of this Section 7 shall specifically survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Agreement.
8. Notices. Any notice required or desired to be given under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, transmitted by facsimile or mailed by registered
mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by overnight courier service and shall be deemed to
have been given on the date of its delivery, if delivered, and on the third (3rd) full business day
following the date of the mailing, if mailed, to each of the parties thereto at the following
respective addresses or such other address as may be specified in any notice delivered or mailed as
above provided:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
If to the Executive, to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[____________________________] |
|
|
|
|
[____________________________] |
|
|
|
|
[____________________________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
If to the Company, to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
100 East Ridge Road |
|
|
|
|
Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: [____________________] |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: [____________________] |
8
9. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement
shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the other party. No
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between the
parties hereto or from any failure by either party hereto to assert any rights hereunder on any
occasion or series of occasions.
10. Assignment. The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The
Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him are unique and personal, and the
Executive may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this
Agreement.
11. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes in full and in all respects any prior
oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties with respect to
Executives employment with the Company, including without limitation the Letter Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained herein are separate and apart from any covenants not to
compete or solicit set forth in any non-competition and non-solicitation agreement between the
Executive and the Company. This Agreement may not be amended or changed orally but only by an
agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
modification, extension or discharge is sought.
12. Controlling Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity,
enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of
law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would
cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
13. Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement will be deemed performable by all parties
in, and venue will exclusively be in the state or federal courts located in the State of
Connecticut. The Executive and the Company hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of these
courts and waive any objections that such venue is objectionable or improper.
14. Waiver of Jury Trial. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL),
EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING
TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The losing party
in any lawsuit or proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement or the matters
contemplated hereby shall pay the reasonable attorneys fees and costs of the prevailing party in
such lawsuit or proceeding.
15. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such
provision to any party or circumstances will be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the
9
application
of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so
determined to be invalid and unenforceable, will not be affected thereby, and each provision
hereof will be validated and will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
16. Headings. The sections, subjects and headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
[signature page to follow]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereto executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHRISTOPHER PAPPAS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w23
Exhibit 10.23
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement), dated as of [_______ __], 20[__] is by
and between The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business
at 100 East Ridge Road, Ridgefield, Connecticut (together with its subsidiaries, the
Company), and John Pappas, a resident of Upper Brookville, New York (the
Executive).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are parties to an Employment Letter, as amended by that
certain First Amendment to Employment Letter, dated as of December 12, 2008, (as amended, the
Employment Letter); and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to enter into this Agreement, which
supersedes and replaces the Letter Agreement and sets forth the terms and conditions of the
Executives continuing employment with the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises and covenants
set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Company and the Executive do hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment. The Company hereby continues to employ the Executive and the Executive
hereby accepts continued employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein. The Executive shall continue to serve as Vice Chairman of the Company and such
other office or offices to which Executive may be appointed or elected by the Board of Directors of
the Company (the Board of Directors). Subject to the direction and supervision of the
Board of Directors, the Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the
office of Vice Chairman and such other offices to which Executive may be appointed or elected by
the Board of Directors and such additional duties as the Board of Directors may determine. The
Executive will report directly to the Board of Directors. During the term of employment, the
Executive will devote the Executives best efforts and full time and attention during normal
business hours to the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive agrees to serve, without
any additional compensation, as a director of the Company and as a member of the board of directors
and/or as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliated entity of the Company. If the Executives
employment terminates for any reason, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary, the
Executive will resign as a director of the Company (and as a director and/or officer of any of the
Companys subsidiaries or affiliated entities), such resignation to be effective no later than the
date of termination of the Executives employment with the Company.
2. Term. Subject to the provisions of termination as hereinafter provided, the initial
term of the Executives employment under this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and shall
terminate on the third anniversary of the date hereof (the Initial Term). Unless the
Company notifies the Executive that his employment under this Agreement will not be extended or the
Executive notifies the Company that he is not willing to extend his employment, the term of his
employment under this Agreement shall automatically be extended for additional one (1) year periods
on the same terms and conditions as set forth herein (individually and collectively,
the Renewal Term). The Initial Term and the Renewal Term are sometimes referred to
collectively herein as the Term.
3. Notice of Non-Renewal. If the Company or the Executive elects not to extend the
Executives employment under this Agreement, the electing party shall do so by notifying the other
party in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any
Renewal Term.
4. Compensation.
4.1 Base Salary. Until termination of the Executives employment with the Company
pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (Base
Salary) of four hundred fifty thousand dollars ($450,000.00) per annum, which shall be
payable to the Executive in regular installments in accordance with the Companys general payroll
policies and practices. The Executives compensation will be reviewed periodically by the Board of
Directors of the Company, or a committee or subcommittee thereof to which compensation matters have
been delegated, and after taking into consideration both the performance of the Company and the
personal performance of the Executive, the Board of Directors of the Company, or any such committee
or subcommittee, in their sole discretion, may increase the Executives compensation to any amount
it may deem appropriate.
4.2 Bonus. In the event either the Company or the Executive, or both, respectively
achieve certain financial performance and personal performance targets of the Company (as
established by the Board of Directors, or a committee or subcommittee thereof to which compensation
matters have been delegated) pursuant to a cash compensation incentive plan or similar plan or
arrangement established by the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual cash bonus
during the Term of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of such plan or arrangement. This bonus, if
any, shall be paid to the Executive by March 15 of the year following the year in which the
services which gave rise to the bonus were performed. The Board of Directors of the Company (or
applicable committee or subcommittee) may review and revise the terms of the cash compensation
incentive plan or similar plan referenced above at any time, after taking into consideration both
the performance of the Company and the personal performance of the Executive, among other factors,
and may, in their sole discretion, amend the cash compensation incentive or similar plan or
arrangement in any manner it may deem appropriate; provided, however, that any such amendment to
the plan or arrangement shall not affect the Executives right to participate in such amended plan
or plans.
4.3 Benefits. The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation
annually. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all compensation or
employee benefit plans or programs and receive all benefits and perquisites for which any salaried
employees are eligible under any existing or future plan or program established by the Company for
salaried employees. The Executive will participate to the extent permissible under the terms and
provisions of such plans or programs in accordance with program provisions. These may include group
hospitalization, health, dental care, life or other insurance, tax qualified pension, savings,
thrift and profit sharing plans, termination pay programs, sick leave plans, travel or accident
insurance, disability insurance, and equity-based incentive plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall
preclude the Company from amending or terminating any of the plans or
2
programs applicable to salaried or senior executives as long as such amendment or termination
is applicable to all salaried employees or senior executives. In addition, the Executive shall be
reimbursed by the Company up to two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) per month for a leased motor
vehicle for the Executives use in connection with the Executives duties as an executive officer
of the Company.
4.4 Expenses Incurred in Performance of Duties. The Company shall pay or promptly
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the
Executive in the performance of the Executives duties under this Agreement in accordance with the
Companys policies in effect from time to time with respect to business expenses. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 4.4, the Executive shall be reimbursed for such
expenses no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were
incurred.
4.5 Withholdings. All compensation payable hereunder shall be subject to withholding
for federal income taxes, FICA and all other applicable federal, state and local withholding
requirements.
4.6 Recoupment. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any amounts paid
or payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise by the Company, including any
equity compensation granted to the Executive, may be subject to forfeiture or repayment to the
Company pursuant to any clawback policy as adopted by the Board of Directors from time to time and
applicable to senior executives of the Company, and Executive hereby agrees to be bound by any such
policy.
5. Termination of Agreement.
5.1 General. During the term of this Agreement, the Company may, at any time and in
its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement with or without Cause, effective as of the date of
provision of written notice to the Executive thereof.
5.2 Effect of Termination with Cause. If the Executives employment with the Company
shall be terminated with Cause during the Term of this Agreement: (i) the Company shall pay to the
Executive the Base Salary earned through the date of termination of the Executives employment with
the Company (the Termination Date); and (ii) the Company shall not have any further
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement except those required to be provided by law or
under the terms of any other agreement between the Company and the Executive. For purposes of this
Agreement, Cause shall mean: (i) the engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct that
is injurious to the Company or its affiliates, or (ii) the embezzlement or misappropriation of
funds or property of the Company or its affiliates by the Executive; provided that, no act, or
failure to act, on the Executives part shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be
done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executives action
or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
5.3 Effect of Termination without Cause. If the Executives employment with the
Company shall be terminated by the Company without Cause during the Term of this Agreement: (i) the
Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary earned through the
3
Termination Date; and (ii) the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the
Executives Base Salary, as in effect on the Termination Date, payable for a period of one (1) year
from the Termination Date and on the same terms and with the same frequency as the Executives Base
Salary was paid prior to such termination. In addition to such Base Salary continuation, if the
Executives employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, then Executive
shall be entitled to receive any bonus payment described in Section 4.2 previously earned
by the Executive (but not paid), payable as provided in Section 4.2. For the avoidance of
doubt, no bonus payment shall be earned within the meaning of the previous sentence unless the
performance period applicable to such bonus has fully elapsed.
5.4 Resignation by the Executive. The Executive shall be entitled to resign the
Executives employment with the Company at any time during the Term of this Agreement. If the
Executive resigns during the Term of this Agreement: (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive the
Base Salary earned through the Termination Date; and (ii) the Company shall not have any further
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement except those required to be provided by law or
under the terms of any other agreement between the Company and the Executive.
5.5 Section 409A. It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided
under this Agreement is a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the United States
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code) and (2) that the payments satisfy, to the
greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided
under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on
the date Executives employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company
determines to be relevant, the Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined under
Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section
409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code
(Section 409A Taxes) if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement then
(A) such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of Executives
separation from service (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the
Company, or such shorter period that, as determined by the Company, is sufficient to avoid the
imposition of Section 409A Taxes (the Payment Delay Period) and (B) such payments shall
be increased by an amount equal to interest on such payments for the Payment Delay Period at a rate
equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date the payment was first due (for this purpose, the
prime rate will be based on the rate published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal). Any
payments delayed pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be made in a lump sum on the first day
of the seventh month following the Executives separation from service (as such term is defined
under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or such earlier date that, as determined by the Committee,
is sufficient to avoid the imposition of any Section 409A Taxes.
4
6. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.
6.1 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. The Executive hereby covenants and agrees
that during the Term of the Executives employment hereunder and for a period of one (1) year
thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) own any interest in, operate, join,
control or participate as a partner, director, principal, officer or agent of, enter into the
employment of, act as a consultant to, or perform any services for any entity (each a
Competing Entity) which has material operations which compete with any business in which
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is then engaged or, to the then existing knowledge of the
Executive, proposes to engage; (ii) solicit any customer or client of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries (other than on behalf of the Company) with respect to any business in which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is then engaged or, to the then existing knowledge of the
Executive, proposes to engage; or (iii) induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or affiliated entities to leave the employ of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliated entities; provided, that the Executive may, solely as an investment,
hold equity securities of the Company and not more than five percent (5%) of the combined voting
securities of any publicly-traded corporation or other business entity. The foregoing covenants and
agreements of the Executive are referred to herein as the Restrictive Covenant. The
Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered the provisions of the Restrictive
Covenant and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.1,
including without limitation the time period of restriction set forth above, are fair and
reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the legitimate business and economic
interests of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company would not have
entered into this Agreement absent Executives agreement to the foregoing.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the provisions of this Section
6.1 or any parts hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions
or parts hereof shall nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable as though the invalid or
unenforceable portions or parts had not been included herein. In the event that any provision of
this Section 6.1 relating to the time period and/or the area of restriction and/or related
aspects shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum
restrictiveness such court deems reasonable and enforceable, the time period and/or area of
restriction and/or related aspects deemed reasonable and enforceable by such court shall become and
thereafter be the maximum restrictions in such regard, and the provisions of the Restrictive
Covenant shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent deemed reasonable by such court.
6.2 Confidential Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges that the
continued success of the Company depends upon the use and protection of a large body of
confidential and proprietary information, including confidential and proprietary information now
existing or to be developed in the future. Confidential Information will be defined as
all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible
form) that is (i) related to the Companys prior, current or potential business and (ii) not
generally or publicly known. Therefore, the Executive agrees not to disclose or use for the
Executives own account any of such Confidential Information, except as reasonably necessary for
the performance of the Executives duties as an employee or director of the Company,
5
without prior
written consent of the Board of Directors, unless and to the extent that any Confidential
Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public
other than as a result of the Executives improper acts or omissions to act or (ii) is
required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, regulatory action or court order;
provided, however, that the Executive must give the Company prompt written notice of any such legal
requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate fully with all efforts
by the Company (at the Companys sole expense) to obtain a protective order or similar
confidentiality treatment for such information. Upon the termination of the Executives employment
with the Company, the Executive agrees to deliver to the Company, upon request, all memoranda,
notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (including copies thereof and electronic media)
relating to the business of the Company (including, without limitation, all Confidential
Information) that the Executive may then possess or have under the Executives control, other than
such documents as are generally or publicly known (provided, that such documents are not known as a
result of the Executives breach or actions in violation of this Agreement); and at any time
thereafter, if any such materials are brought to the Executives attention or the Executive
discovers them in the Executives possession, the Executive shall deliver such materials to the
Company immediately upon such notice or discovery.
(b) Ownership of Intellectual Property. If the Executive creates, invents, designs,
develops, contributes to or improves any works of authorship, inventions, materials, documents or
other work product or other intellectual property, either alone or in conjunction with third
parties, at any time during the time that the Executive is employed by the Company
(Works), to the extent that such Works were created, invented, designed, developed,
contributed to, or improved with the use of any Company resources and/or within the scope of such
employment (collectively, the Company Works), the Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose such Company Works to the Company. Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of
Company Works shall be deemed a work made for hire as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101.
The Executive hereby (i) irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, all right, title and interest in and to the Company Works on a worldwide basis
(including, without limitation, rights under patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, unfair
competition and related laws) to the Company or such other entity as the Company shall designate,
to the extent ownership of any such rights does not automatically vest in the Company under
applicable law, and (ii) waives any moral rights therein to the fullest extent permitted under
applicable law. The Executive agrees not to use any Company Works for the Executives personal
benefit, the benefit of a competitor, or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the
Company. The Executive agrees to execute any further documents and take any further reasonable
actions requested by the Company to assist it in validating, effectuating, maintaining, protecting,
enforcing, perfecting, recording, patenting or registering any of its rights hereunder, all at the
Companys sole expense.
(c) Third Party Information. The Executive understands that the Company will receive
from third parties confidential or proprietary information (Third Party Information)
subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to
use it only for certain limited purposes. During the time that the Executive is employed by the
Company or serves on the Companys Board of Directors and at all times thereafter, the Executive
will hold information which the Executive knows, or reasonably should know, to be Third Party
Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone
6
(other than personnel of
the Company who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or
use, except in connection with the Executives work for the
Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized in writing by the Board of
Directors or the information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public
other than as a result of the Executives improper acts or omissions or (ii) is required to be
disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, regulatory action or court order.
(d) Use of Information of Prior Employers. During the Term, the Executive shall not
use or disclose any Confidential Information including trade secrets, if any, of any former
employers or any other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall
not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to
any former employer or any other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality
unless consented to in writing by the former employer or person. The Executive shall use in the
performance of the Executives duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by
persons with training and experience comparable to the Executives and that is (x) common knowledge
in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or
developed by the Company or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to
any former employer or other person to whom the Executive has an obligation of confidentiality,
approved for such use in writing by such former employer or person.
(e) Disparaging Statements. During the time that the Executive is employed by the
Company or serves on the Companys Board of Directors and at all times thereafter, the Executive
shall not disparage the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or
representatives, or any of such entities products or services; provided, that the foregoing shall
not prohibit the Executive from making any general competitive statements or communications about
the Company or their businesses in the ordinary course of competition. The Company agrees that (i)
it shall not issue any public statements disparaging the Executive and (ii) it shall take
reasonable steps to ensure that the senior executive officers of the Company shall not disparage
the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.2(e) shall prevent
the Executive or the Company from enforcing any rights under this Agreement or any other agreement
to which the Executive and the Company are party, or otherwise limit such enforcement.
6.3 Enforcement. The parties hereto agree that money damages would not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of Section 6.1 or 6.2 by the Executive or any breach of
Section 6.2(e) by the Company, and any breach of the terms of Section 6.1 or
6.2 by the Executive or Section 6.2(e) by the Company would result in irreparable
injury and damage to the other party for which such party would have no adequate remedy at law.
Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of Section 6.1 or 6.2 by
the Executive or of Section 6.2(e) by the Company, the Company or its successors or assigns
or the Executive, as applicable, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their or the
Executives favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or immediate injunctive or other
equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any
violations of, the provisions of Section 6.1 or 6.2 (in the case of a breach by the
Executive) or Section 6.2(e) (in the case of a breach by the Company) (without posting a
bond or other security), without having to prove damages, and to the payment by the breaching party
of all of the other partys costs and expenses, including
7
reasonable attorneys fees and costs, in
addition to any other remedies to which the other party may be entitled at law or in equity. The
terms of this Section shall not prevent either party from
pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including
but not limited to the recovery of damages from the other party.
7. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent
that would be permitted by law (including a payment of expenses in advance of final disposition of
a proceeding) as in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, or by the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company as in effect at such time, or by the terms of any indemnification
agreement between the Company and the Executive, whichever affords greatest protection to the
Executive, and the Executive shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the
Company may elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its officers or, during the Executives
service in such capacity, directors (and to the extent the Company maintains such an insurance
policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any company officer or director), against all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever
incurred or sustained by the Executive (including but not limited to any judgment entered by a
court of law) at the time such costs, charges and expenses are incurred or sustained, in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding to which the Executive may be made a party by reason of his
being or having been an officer or employee of the Company, or serving as an officer or employee of
an affiliate of the Company, at the request of the Company, other than any action, suit or
proceeding brought against the Executive by or on account of his breach of the provisions of any
employment agreement with a third party that has not been disclosed by the Executive to the
Company. The provisions of this Section 7 shall specifically survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Agreement.
8. Notices. Any notice required or desired to be given under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, transmitted by facsimile or mailed by registered
mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by overnight courier service and shall be deemed to
have been given on the date of its delivery, if delivered, and on the third (3rd) full business day
following the date of the mailing, if mailed, to each of the parties thereto at the following
respective addresses or such other address as may be specified in any notice delivered or mailed as
above provided:
|
(i) |
|
If to the Executive, to: |
|
|
|
|
[ ]
[ ]
[ ] |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If to the Company, to: |
|
|
|
|
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877
Attention: [ ]
Facsimile: [ ] |
8
9. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by either party of any provision of this Agreement
shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the other party. No
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between
the parties hereto or from any failure by either party hereto to assert any rights hereunder on any
occasion or series of occasions.
10. Assignment. The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The
Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him are unique and personal, and the
Executive may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this
Agreement.
11. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes in full and in all respects any prior
oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties with respect to
Executives employment with the Company, including without limitation the Letter Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, the covenants contained herein are separate and apart from any covenants not to
compete or solicit set forth in any non-competition and non-solicitation agreement between the
Executive and the Company. This Agreement may not be amended or changed orally but only by an
agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
modification, extension or discharge is sought.
12. Controlling Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity,
enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of
law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would
cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
13. Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement will be deemed performable by all parties
in, and venue will exclusively be in the state or federal courts located in the State of
Connecticut. The Executive and the Company hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of these
courts and waive any objections that such venue is objectionable or improper.
14. Waiver of Jury Trial. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL),
EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING
TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The losing party
in any lawsuit or proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement or the matters
contemplated hereby shall pay the reasonable attorneys fees and costs of the prevailing party in
such lawsuit or proceeding.
15. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such
provision to any party or circumstances will be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application
of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so
9
determined to
be invalid and unenforceable, will not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof will be
validated and will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
16. Headings. The sections, subjects and headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
[signature page to follow]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereto executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JOHN PAPPAS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
exv10w24
Exhibit 10.24
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made as of , 2011 by
and between The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Corporation), and
(Indemnitee).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held companies
as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection
through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions
against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such publicly-held
companies;
WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to directors and officers insurance and to
indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining
such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and that
the Corporation should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such
protection in the future and attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense,
liability insurance to protect persons serving the Corporation from certain liabilities;
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended
and/or restated from time to time, the Certificate of Incorporation) authorizes, and the
Bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the
Bylaws) require, indemnification of the directors and officers of the Corporation, and
Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware (the DGCL);
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the
indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that
contracts may be entered into between the Corporation and its directors and officers with respect
to indemnification;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Corporation contractually to obligate
itself to indemnify, and to advance Expenses on behalf of, such persons so that they will serve or
continue to serve the Corporation free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of
Incorporation and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed
a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Corporations
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and
may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without adequate protection, and the
Corporation desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacit(y)(ies).
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve or to take on additional service
for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is or was serving, or may be requested to serve, at the request of the
Corporation as a director or officer, employee, manager, partner, trustee or fiduciary or agent of
any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (each, an
Other Enterprise) and, as such, may have certain rights to indemnification and/or
insurance provided by such Other Enterprise(s) which Indemnitee and the Corporation intend to be
primary to the obligation of the Corporation to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:
(a) Affiliate has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(c) Bylaws means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as the same
may be further amended and/or restated from time-to-time.
(d) Change in Control means the happening of one of the following:
(i) any person or entity, including a group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act, other than the Corporation or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan
of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Corporations
securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of
the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation (other than as a
result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of
business); or
(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or
other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, or any combination of the
foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of the Corporation or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in
the election of the directors of the Corporation or such other corporation or entity after such
transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of the Corporations securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such
transaction; or
(iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such
period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a
-2-
majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Corporations
stockholders, of each director of the Corporation first elected during such period was approved by
a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Corporation then still in office who were
directors of the Corporation at the beginning of any such period.
(e) Constituent Documents means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
(f) Corporate Status describes (i) the status of a person who (A) is or was a
director, officer or member of a committee of the Board of the Corporation or, (B) if at the time
when such person was a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, trustee or fiduciary or agent
of any Other Enterprise, and (ii) any action by or omission of such person in connection with such
status. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be
serving at the request of the Corporation, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the
request of the Corporation if Indemnitee serves or served (a) as a director, trustee, officer,
partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which (i) a majority of the
voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or (ii) the
management is otherwise controlled directly or indirectly by the Corporation or (b) as a fiduciary
of any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any enterprise referred to in clause (a).
(g) Delaware Court means the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.
(h) Disinterested Directors means those members of the Board who are not at that
time parties to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(i) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time.
(j) Expenses means all reasonable attorneys fees, costs, disbursements or expenses
of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement of or
otherwise participating in, any Proceeding (including by furnishing, or preparing to furnish,
documents in response to a subpoena or otherwise in connection with any Proceeding), as well as
any expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the
premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other
appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses shall also include (i) any Federal, state, local or
foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments
under this Agreement, including all interest, assessments, and other charges paid or payable with
respect to such payments, (ii) subject to Section 4(a), any reasonable expenses incurred
in connection with seeking recovery under any directors and officers liability insurance
policies maintained by the Corporation, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately determined
to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case
may be, and (iii) for purposes of Section 8(d) only,
-3-
Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation,
enforcement or defense of Indemnitees rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise.
The term Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee (other
than fees and expenses of plaintiffs counsel) or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties
against Indemnitee.
(k) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, with
significant experience in matters of corporation law as applicable to Delaware and that neither
presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or
Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding
giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the
Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
(l) Proceeding shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit,
arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative
hearing or other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise
and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, legislative or investigative (formal
or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is
threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status,
whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which
indemnification, reimbursement or advancement can be provided under this Agreement, including any
such matter pending or threatened on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding any such
matter initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce
[his/her] rights hereunder.
Section 2. Indemnity. The Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Indemnitee, in connection with Indemnitees Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing
indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) For Third-Party Proceedings. The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(a) if Indemnitee, by reason of
Indemnitees Corporate Status, was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant
in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation. Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
(including all interest thereon) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees
behalf in connection with such Proceeding (or part thereof), if Indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation or its Affiliates and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe that Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing
indemnification obligation includes, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against
Indemnitee in respect of an alleged breach of fiduciary duties, to the fullest extent permitted
under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL as in existence on the date hereof.
-4-
(b) For Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall
indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(b) if Indemnitee,
by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a
participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation. Indemnitee shall be
indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees
behalf in connection with such Proceeding (or part thereof), if Indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation or its Affiliates; provided, however, that no indemnification for
Expenses shall be made under this Section 2(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as
to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Corporation,
unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
(c) For Expenses Where Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to
the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, was, is or is threatened
to be made a party to (or participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in
defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the
Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses (including fees and expenses of
plaintiffs counsel) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in
connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. The Corporation shall not,
however, be obligated under this Section 2(c) to indemnify Indemnitee for any such amount
if and to the extent that payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any
insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise (including, without limitation, any payment
made by or on behalf of an Other Enterprise). In that event, the Corporation shall be obligated
to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any excess beyond such amount actually paid to or on
behalf of Indemnitee. For purposes of this Section 2(c) and without limitation, the
termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding other than by adverse judgment
against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, by settlement or by dismissal, with or without
prejudice) shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
(d) For Expenses When Indemnitee Serves as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation
shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(d) if
Indemnitee, by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, is or prepares to serve as a witness in
any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, for all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith; it being understood,
however, that the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Section 2(d) to
compensate Indemnitee for Indemnitees time or efforts so expended.
For purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or its Affiliates if Indemnitee acted in good
faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the Corporation or
its Affiliates.
-5-
Section 3. Exceptions to Right to Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in
this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity
in connection with:
(a) any amount paid in settlement absent prior written consent to such settlement by the
Corporation (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld);
(b) any amount otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if
and to the extent that payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any
insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the
amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, including, without
limitation, any such payment made by or on behalf of an Other Enterprise, it being understood
that, consistent with Section 9(h), if applicable, such Other Enterprise shall be
primarily responsible for Jointly Indemnifiable Proceedings;
(c) any Proceeding in which a final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for (i) an
accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of
securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar
provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Corporation by
Indemnitee [of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or] of any profits
realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required [in each case]
under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from [an accounting
restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act)), or] the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the
purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act; and [bracketed provisions for CEO/CFO only]
(d) except as provided in Section 8(d), any Proceeding (or any part of any
Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
initiated by Indemnitee against the Corporation, any of its Affiliates or any Other Enterprise, or
any such entitys directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board
authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) following
a Change in Control of the Corporation, such payments arise in connection with any counterclaim
that the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees assert against
Indemnitee or any affirmative defense that the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees
or other indemnitees raise, which, by any doctrine of issue or claim preclusion, could result in
liability to Indemnitee, (iii) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole
discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (iv) the
Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee seeks the issuance of a declaratory judgment or comparable
ruling and is initiated in response to the existence of a threat that the Indemnitee will be made
a party to or participant in a Proceeding of the type described in Section 2(a) or
2(b) hereof, or (v) following a Change in Control of the Corporation, the Proceeding is a
counterclaim asserted by Indemnitee.
-6-
Section 4. Advancement of Expenses.
(a) This Section 4 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which
indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 3(a), (b) or (d). The Corporation shall pay or
reimburse, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, Expenses incurred by or on behalf of
Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), within thirty (30)
days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements requesting such advances
from time to time, prior to the final disposition of any Proceeding; provided, that any
request for advancement of attorneys and other experts fees and costs must be accompanied by a
detailed billing statement, redacted only as necessary to preserve any applicable attorney-client
or other legally recognized privilege. Such statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses
incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf and shall include reasonable backup for all costs
and disbursements in excess of $250.00. With respect to any attempt to secure recovery under any
applicable directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation,
the Corporation shall be entitled (absent a conflict of interest with Indemnitee) to secure such
recovery on behalf of Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses if,
and only if, the actions of Indemnitee and its attorneys and other advisors in such regard are not
duplicative of those of the Corporation or (absent a conflict of interest) any other person or
entity seeking recovery thereunder.
(b) Any advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 4 shall be made only upon
delivery to the Corporation of an instrument, by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each such instrument, an Undertaking) to
repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from
which there is no further right to appeal or otherwise in accordance with Delaware law that
Indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified for such Expenses. No security shall be required
in connection with any Undertaking and any Undertaking shall be accepted without reference to
Indemnitees ability to make repayment.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Corporation be
required to advance any Expenses to Indemnitee if the Corporation directly brings a Proceeding
alleging that Indemnitee (i) committed an act or omission not in good faith or (ii) committed an
act of intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.
Section 5. Procedure for Requesting Indemnification. To obtain indemnification under
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or
therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is
reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification. In addition, Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon
being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other
document relating to any Proceeding or matter which Indemnitee may seek indemnification or
advancement of Expenses hereunder. The omission or delay by Indemnitee to request indemnification
hereunder or provide the notice required by the immediately preceding sentence will not relieve the
Corporation from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise, except to
the extent that the Corporation is materially prejudiced by the delay, and any such delay shall not
constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.
-7-
Section 6. Procedures for Determining Entitlement to Indemnification.
(a) Determination to be Made by the Board. Upon written request by Indemnitee for
indemnification pursuant to Section 5, a determination with respect to Indemnitees
entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which
shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even
though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority
vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no
Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a
written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so
directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
following a Change in Control of the Corporation, the determination shall be made by Independent
Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee.
The determination of Indemnitees right to indemnification shall be made within the following time
frames:
(i) if there has been a final disposition of the Proceeding that was the basis for
Indemnitees claim for indemnification, the determination with respect to Indemnitees
entitlement to indemnification shall be made within the later of thirty (30) days after
receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor and thirty (30) days after the Indemnitee
provides the Corporation with written notice of the final disposition of the applicable
Proceeding; and
(ii) if there has not been a final disposition of the Proceeding that was the basis for
Indemnitees claim for indemnification and the Corporation decides not to wait until the
final disposition of that Proceeding to make a determination with respect to Indemnitees
entitlement to indemnification, the determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement
to indemnification shall be made within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of
the request therefor; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be
extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the party
making the determination in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or
evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.
Any such determination shall be promptly communicated to Indemnitee by written notice, which
notice shall include (if applicable) a description of the reason(s) why Indemnitees request for
indemnification hereunder was denied. In making any such determination, the party making the
determination shall act in good faith and provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to
appear before it and present Indemnitees case.
(b) Determination Made by Independent Counsel. In the event the determination of
entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section
6(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section
6(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be
selected by the Board. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall
be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the
Board), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Corporation advising it of the identity of
the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected
-8-
meets the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined in Section 1 of this
Agreement. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Board, within ten (10) days of receipt of
Indemnitees request for indemnification, the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee
advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the
Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined in
Section 1 of this Agreement. In either event, Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case
may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received,
deliver to the Corporation or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such
selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the
ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent
Counsel as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the
person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and
substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and
until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.
If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for
indemnification pursuant to Section 5 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been
selected and not objected to, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court
or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been
made to the Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person
selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with
respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent
Counsel under Section 6(a) hereof. The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees
and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting
pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, and the Corporation shall pay all reasonable fees and
expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(b), regardless of the manner in
which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(c) Duty to Cooperate. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the party making the
determination with respect to its determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification, including providing to the party making the determination and its representatives
and advisors, upon reasonable advance request, that part of any documentation or information which
is not subject to any legally recognized privilege or otherwise protected from disclosure and
which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably pertinent to such determination. Any
Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder shall act reasonably and in good faith in
making a determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification under this
Agreement. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in providing such cooperation shall be borne by the
Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification)
and the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(d) Presumptions. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, the party making the determination shall, to the fullest extent not
prohibited by applicable law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this
Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section
5. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and
-9-
the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior
to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the
circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual
determination by the Corporation (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that
Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or
create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(e) Effect of Proceeding. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue
or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere
or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself
adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that
Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or its Affiliates or, with respect to any
criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitees conduct was
unlawful.
(f) Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith,
Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on the
records or books of account of the Corporation or Other Enterprise, including financial
statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Corporation or Other
Enterprise on matters that Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such officers duties, or on
the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or Other Enterprise or on information or records
given or reports made to the Corporation or Other Enterprise by an independent certified public
accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or
Other Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not be deemed to be exclusive
or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing
provisions of this Section 6(f) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed (subject
to such presumption being rebutted) that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.
(g) Partial Disputes. If the Corporation reasonably disputes a portion of the
amounts for which indemnification is requested, the undisputed portion shall be paid and only the
reasonably disputed portion withheld pending resolution of any such dispute.
(h) No Imputed Knowledge, Actions or Omissions. The knowledge and/or actions, or
failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or
employee of the Corporation, any of its Affiliates or any Other Enterprise shall not be imputed to
Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
(i) No Determination Required Prior to Final Disposition. Notwithstanding anything
in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to
-10-
indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final
disposition of the applicable Proceeding.
(j) Deemed Determination. Subject to Section 6(i), if the person, persons or
entity empowered to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this
Agreement shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
Corporation of the request therefore (or, if Independent Counsel is making the determination,
within sixty (60) days after the appointment of Independent Counsel), the requisite determination
of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be
entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an
omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in
connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a final judicial determination that such
indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day
period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the
person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification
in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information
relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section
6(j) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by
the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15)
days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for such determination, the Board or the
Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders
for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days
after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of
stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such
determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so
called and such determination is made thereat.
(k) Determination of Success. The Corporation acknowledges that a settlement or
other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid
expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is a party, or any claim, issue or matter therein, is resolved in any manner other than
by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such
Proceeding or claim, issue or matter therein, with or without payment of money or other
consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise
in such Proceeding or claim, issue or matter. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall
have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
Section 7. Defense of Proceedings.
(a) The Corporation will be entitled to participate at its own expense, and/or, subject to
the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 7(a) and of Section 7(b)
below, assume the defense of Indemnitee in any Proceeding in which he or she is involved and for
which Indemnitee may make a claim for indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses
with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee; provided, however, that the
Corporation shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within fifteen (15) days
following receipt of notice of such Proceeding from Indemnitee. After delivery of such notice,
-11-
approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation,
the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel
subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. The Corporation shall
not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or
compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an
unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such
Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or
(iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This
Section 7(a) shall not apply to a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(a) above, if in a Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is a party, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel
approved by the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that he or she may
have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be
consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based
upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists
between Indemnitee and the Corporation, or (iii) if the Corporation fails to assume the defense of
such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate
legal counsel of Indemnitees choice, at the expense of the Corporation. The Corporation shall not
be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or
in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made
the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above.
Section 8. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) Subject to Section 8(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant
to Section 6(a) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement,
(ii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made by the Board pursuant
to Section 6(a) within the applicable time period (or any extension thereof) set forth in
Section 6(a), (iii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section
4 or Section 8(d), (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section
2(c), Section 2(d) or the last sentence of Section 6(c) within thirty (30)
days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor which includes a statement of
fees that reasonably evidences the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf and
which includes reasonable backup for all Expenses in excess of $250.00 (including, with respect to
attorneys and other experts fees and costs, a detailed billing statement, redacted only as
necessary to preserve any applicable attorney-client other legally recognized privilege), (v) a
contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 10 of this
Agreement, (vi) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 2 (other than Section
2(c) and Section 2(d) thereof which are covered above) is not made within thirty (30)
days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or
subject to Section 6(i), such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to
Section 6(j), or (vii) the Corporation or any other person takes or threatens to take any
action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or
-12-
institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from,
the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of Indemnitees entitlement
to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence such
proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first
has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Corporation
shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(a)
that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any proceeding commenced pursuant to this
Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and
Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination pursuant to Section
6(a) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. In any proceeding commenced pursuant
to this Section 8, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification,
contribution and to receive advances of Expenses hereunder and the Corporation shall have the
burden of proving, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Corporation
may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(a) of
this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial
proceeding pursuant to this Section 8, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the
Corporation for any advances of Expenses until a final determination is made with respect to
Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted
or lapsed).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(a) that Indemnitee
is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any
Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee
of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not
materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition
of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent
permitted by law against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within
thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor) advance, to the
extent not prohibited by applicable law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably
incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection with any Proceeding brought by
Indemnitee (i) in connection with, to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for
breach of this Agreement or any other applicable indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration,
advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter
in effect; or (ii) for recovery or advances under any directors and officers liability or
fiduciary insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee;
provided, however, with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), if
Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be
only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by
law, whichever is greater. To the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of final
jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, the execution and
delivery to the Corporation of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking of the
-13-
Indemnitee to repay, if required by law, the amounts advanced (without interest) to the
extent the Indemnitee is not successful on such underlying claims.
(e) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without
limitation, a Proceeding under this Section 8, that the provisions of this Agreement are
not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement
and shall stipulate in court that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this
Agreement.
(f) Interest shall be paid by the Corporation to Indemnitee at the maximum legal rate under
Delaware law for amounts which the Corporation indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify for the
period commencing with the date of his or her request for indemnification, or request for
contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such
payment is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation.
Section 9. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement as provided by this Agreement
(i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be
entitled under applicable law (as amended from time to time), the Constituent Documents, any
agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise, and every other
right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given
hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise and (ii) shall be
interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights (or limitations
thereon, whether procedural, substantive or otherwise) to which Indemnitee may at any time be
entitled. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) No supplement, modification, amendment or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision
hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any
action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitees Corporate Status prior to such
supplement, modification, amendment or repeal.
(c) To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision,
permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under
the Constituent Documents or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that
Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change;
provided, however, that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of
reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the
date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments to Delaware law after the
date hereof.
(d) To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this
Agreement and the Constituent Documents, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee
shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein or in the Constituent
Documents.
-14-
(e) The Corporation shall use its reasonable efforts to maintain in effect at all times
(subject to appropriate cost considerations) an insurance policy or policies providing directors
and officers liability insurance for directors and officers of the Corporation. The Corporation
shall advise Indemnitee as to the general terms of, and the amounts of coverage provided by, any
such directors and officers liability insurance policy and shall promptly notify Indemnitee if,
at any time, any such insurance policy will no longer be maintained or the amount of coverage
under any such insurance policy will be decreased. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of
a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Corporation has directors and officers liability
insurance in effect, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement
of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the respective policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable
action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of
such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The provisions of this Section
9(e) shall not (i) restrict the Corporations right to purchase any type of directors and
officers liability coverage (or any other insurance coverage that is reserved to or benefits
solely or primarily independent or non-executive directors) or (ii) afford any officer or
non-executive director who is not insured under any such insurance policy a claim against the
Corporation, Indemnitee or any other entity arising from the purchase or existence of such
insurance coverage.
(f) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to
the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such
documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring a proceeding to enforce such rights,
except to the extent such subrogation would impair the subrogation rights of an insurance company
under the directors and officers liability insurance or fiduciary insurance program.
(g) The Corporations obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who
is or was serving in Indemnitees Corporate Status shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has
actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from another person or entity. In
the event that the Corporation makes any payment to Indemnitee under this Agreement and Indemnitee
subsequently otherwise receives such payments under any insurance policy maintained by the
Corporation, contract, agreement or otherwise (including a payment from an Other Enterprise),
Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amounts to the Corporation.
(h) Given that certain Proceedings may arise for which Indemnitee shall be entitled to
indemnification or advancement of Expenses from both an Other Enterprise and the Corporation
(Jointly Indemnifiable Proceedings) due to the relationship between any such Other
Enterprise and the Corporation and the service of Indemnitee as a director or officer, employee or
agent of such Other Enterprise at the request of the Corporation, Indemnitee agrees that the
indemnification provided hereunder shall be secondary to any and all indemnification to which
Indemnitee is entitled from such Other Enterprise(s), and will only be paid to the extent the
primary indemnification is not promptly paid by such Other Enterprise(s) and Indemnitee is
otherwise entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Under no circumstance shall any Other
Enterprise be entitled to any right of contribution, subrogation or
-15-
any other recovery of any kind by the Corporation in respect of such Other Enterprises
indemnification obligations, and any right of recovery Indemnitee may have from any such Other
Enterprise shall reduce the rights of Indemnitee and the obligations of the Corporation hereunder.
In the event that the Corporation shall make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of
indemnification or advancement with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Proceeding, the
Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of
Indemnitee against such Other Enterprise(s), and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably
required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including
the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Corporation to bring a
Proceeding to enforce such rights.
Section 10. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Section 2 is available, in respect
of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Corporation is
jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the
Corporation shall pay the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or
proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Corporation hereby
waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Corporation
shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Corporation is
jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless
such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
The Corporation shall not seek or agree to a bar order that extinguishes Indemnitees rights to
indemnification or advancement under this Agreement.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Corporation set forth in the
preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or
any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding), the Corporation shall contribute to the amount of Expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits
received by the Corporation and all officers, directors or employees of the Corporation, other
than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action,
suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from
which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the
proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to
law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Corporation and all officers,
directors or employees of the Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with
Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and
Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses,
judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the
law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Corporation and all officers,
directors or employees of the Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with
Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and
Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree
to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or
-16-
advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to
which their conduct is active or passive.
(c) The Corporation hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any
claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the
Corporation, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
(d) Unless precluded by Section 3 or as a result of an adverse determination pursuant
to Section 6(a), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the
indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason
whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount
incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to
be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an
indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in
light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits
received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s)
giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its
directors, officers, employees and agents other than Indemnitee) and Indemnitee in connection with
such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
Section 11. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Corporation
contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director or officer of the
Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
manager, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, fiduciary or agent of an Other Enterprise)
and shall continue thereafter until the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that he or she
ceases to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation, or at the request of the Corporation,
as a director, officer, manager, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of
an Other Enterprise, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding by reason of
his or her Corporate Status (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof), whether
or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is
incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.
Section 12. Enforcement and Binding Effect.
(a) The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and
assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve and/or
continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation and/or as a director, officer,
trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of an Other Enterprise,
and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such
capacit(y)(ies).
(b) The Corporation shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part of
the business and/or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required
-17-
to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement and the rights provided
hereby shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto
and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the
Corporation), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
(c) The Corporation and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement,
at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree
that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that
Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or
specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm
and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance Indemnitee shall not be
precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled. The
Corporation and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific
performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions
and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in
connection therewith. The Corporation acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or
undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Corporation hereby waives any such
requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
(d) The rights to be indemnified and to receive contribution and advancement of Expenses
provided by or granted Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to Proceedings arising
from Indemnitees service as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation or as a
director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of an
Other Enterprise prior to the effective date of this Agreement.
Section 13. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof
(including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such
provision held to be invalid or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid or unenforceable) shall
in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. This Agreement is intended
to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification and advancement rights to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such
provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent
necessary to resolve such conflict. To the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing
any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid,
illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 14. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in
furtherance of the Constituent Documents, any employment agreement between Indemnitee and the
Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute
therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
-18-
Section 15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of
the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
Section 16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by
hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been
directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business
day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day
after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt, (d) sent by facsimile
transmission, upon receipt by the sender of a printed confirmation of transmittal, or (e) sent by
e-mail transmission, upon receipt by the sender of electronic confirmation of such transmittal:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
If to Indemnitee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME] |
|
|
|
|
[ADDRESS] |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: [] |
|
|
|
|
E-mail: [] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or to any other address as may have been furnished to the Corporation by Indemnitee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
If to the Corporation to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, CT 06877
Attn: Corporate Secretary
Facsimile: (203) 894-9108
E-mail: kclark@chefswarehouse.com |
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation.
Section 17. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to
its conflict of laws rules which would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other
than the State of Delaware. The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
(a) agree that any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought
only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of
America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of
the Delaware Court for purposes of any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such Proceeding in the Delaware
Court, (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such Proceeding brought in
the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, and (e) agree to accept
service of any summons, complaint or other pleading
-19-
which is made in the manner provided in Section 16, provided that nothing in this
Section 17shall affect the right of a party hereto to serve such summons, complaint or
other pleading in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
Section 18. Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer any right, remedy or claim upon any person
other than the parties, the Corporations successors and permitted assigns, and Indemnitees
personal representatives, heirs, executors, administrators and beneficiaries.
Section 19. Interpretation. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include
usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof. The word including means including but not limited to or including
without limitation. Unless the context expressly indicates otherwise, reference to any Section
means such Section of this Agreement.
Section 20. No Construction as Employment
Agreement. Nothing contained in
this Agreement will be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates.
Section 21. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one
and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or
same counterpart. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission or e-mail (as a
.pdf, .tif or similar un-editable attachment), which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an
originally executed counterpart hereof.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE BLANK, SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
-20-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
-21-
(Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement)
EXHIBIT A GENERAL FORM OF UNDERTAKING FOR ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
1. This instrument (this Undertaking) is being executed by the undersigned in
favor of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Corporation), pursuant
to that certain Indemnification Agreement, made as of ___________, 2011 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by and between the Corporation and the undersigned. Capitalized terms used but
not defined in this Undertaking shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the
Indemnification Agreement.
2. I am requesting advancement of Expenses which have been or will be actually and reasonably
incurred by me or on my behalf in connection with a Proceeding to which I am a party or am
threatened to be made a party, or in which I am or may be participating, by reason of my Corporate
Status.
3. With respect to all matters related to such Proceeding, I believe I acted in good faith and
in a manner I reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation
or its Affiliates, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, I had no reasonable cause to
believe that my conduct was unlawful.
4. I hereby undertake to repay any advancement of Expenses if it shall ultimately be
determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal or otherwise
in accordance with Delaware law that I am not entitled to be so indemnified for such Expenses.
5. I am requesting advancement of Expenses in connection with the following matter: [PROVIDE
DETAILS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Indemnitee: |
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
-22-
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
Ridgefield, CT 06877
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
of our report dated March 14, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption Experts in the Prospectus.
/s/BDO USA, LLP
New York, New York
July 13, 2011
corresp
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877
(203) 894-1345
July 14, 2011
Via EDGAR & Overnight Courier
Mr. H. Christopher Owings
Division of Corporation Finance
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549-0303
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1
Filed July 1, 2011
File No. 333-173445 |
Dear Mr. Owings:
On behalf of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC (the Company), and in response to the comments
of the staff (the Staff) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) contained
in your letter dated July 11, 2011 (the Comment Letter), I submit this letter containing the
Companys responses to the Comment Letter. The Company has today filed Amendment No. 3 (Amendment
No. 3) to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-173445) (as amended, the
Registration Statement) with the Commission via EDGAR. The Companys responses to the Comment
Letter correspond to the numbered comments in the Comment Letter.
Prospectus Summary, page 1
Our Market Opportunity, page 2
|
1. |
|
Please disclose in the filing the basis, including the names of the industry
sources, for your industry data assertions. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The prospectus has been revised to eliminate the
industry data assertions on pages 2, 49, 50 and 52. |
Summary Consolidated Financial Data, page 8
|
2. |
|
We note your response to comment five in our letter dated June 22, 2011 and
await your revisions in a future amendment to Form S-1. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The Company has revised the prospectus to include the requested pro forma
financial statements and information regarding the planned conversion of the Company
into a Delaware corporation known as The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, page 35
Critical Accounting Policies, page 37
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, page 37
|
3. |
|
We note your response to comment eight in our letter dated June 22, 2011.
Please revise your consolidated statements of cash flows to reflect the non cash
reconciling item associated with recording the provision for allowance for doubtful
accounts in the cash flows for operating activities. Further, we note your net revenues
have increased approximately 22% for the fiscal year ended December 24, 2010 over the
prior fiscal year ended December 25, 2009; however the provision for the allowance for
doubtful accounts has decreased by approximately 29%. We also note that your accounts
receivable balance for the same comparable fiscal periods increased approximately 17%.
Please explain in detail why your provision has decreased in light of the significant
increase in your revenues and accounts receivable and how you estimate your allowance
for doubtful accounts. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The disclosure on page F-6 has been revised to reflect the non cash
reconciling item associated with recording the provision for allowance for doubtful
accounts in the cash flows from operating activities. |
|
|
|
|
The Company estimates its required allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly
basis using a multi-step approach. First, the Company reviews all trade accounts
receivable that have been sent to collections and reserves against this balance in
line with the historical recovery rate on such receivables. Second, the Company
reviews all customer short pays and reserves 100% of that balance. Third, the
Company reviews trade accounts receivable balances for those customers that have
been placed on credit hold and reserves an amount in line with historical recovery
rates on such balances. Fourth, the Company performs a specific review of customers
that have large trade accounts receivable balances that require active management.
Fifth, the Company reviews the prior years write off history and uses that as an
indication as to the reserve required on the remaining trade accounts receivable
balance. |
|
|
|
|
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008 and continuing through the first three
quarters of 2009 the Company experienced a reduction in year-over-year revenue
driven by poor overall economic conditions. During this period of time, the Company
projected and experienced a higher rate of defaults on |
2
|
|
|
its trade accounts receivables. As such, the Company increased its estimated
allowance for doubtful accounts requirements in line with then current economic
conditions. During the fourth quarter of 2009 and throughout all of fiscal 2010, the
Company noticed a fairly significant improvement in overall general economic
conditions. This improvement resulted in higher revenue and also resulted in a lower
default rate on the Companys trade accounts receivable. As such, the Company
lowered its estimated allowance for doubtful accounts reserve requirement in line
with then current economic conditions which resulted in a lower provision expense
for the Companys allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2010 than it incurred in
2009. The disclosure on pages 37 and 38 of the prospectus has been revised to
reflect the foregoing information regarding the impact on the Companys provision
expense for its allowance for doubtful accounts of improvements in economic
conditions during the fourth quarter of 2009 and throughout 2010. |
Compensation Discussion and Analysis, page 62
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year End, page 69
|
4. |
|
We note your response to comment 11 in our letter dated June 22, 2011. Please
also disclose in the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table the market
value as of December 24, 2010 for the units that have not vested. Please also disclose
in the applicable footnote how you determined the value of the units, including any
underlying assumptions in conducting a valuation. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The disclosure on page 69 of the prospectus has been revised in accordance
with the Staffs comment. |
Note 4 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, page F-4
Revenue Recognition, page F-4
|
5. |
|
Please explain to us and disclose your policy for granting product returns.
Further, please explain to us how accurate your historical estimates have been with
respect to estimating your sales returns, and how variances between actual and
estimated returns are tracked and reviewed by management. Also, please revise your
footnotes to provide a roll-forward of your allowance for sales returns to the extent
that they are material. Lastly, please explain to us how you are accounting and
recording the allowance for sales returns. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The Company addresses product returns on a case-by-case basis, following
all applicable regulations related to each product. The vast majority of product
returns represented within the Companys financial statements are customer refusals
at the point of delivery and as such possession is not transferred to the customer
but maintained by the Company. Accordingly, these product refusals are credited
against the customers invoice as a reduction of revenue upon the recognition of
that |
3
|
|
|
revenue. Historically, the Company has not experienced a material amount of product
returns after a customer has taken possession of the product upon delivery. In
light of the immaterial impact that product returns have on the Companys financial
statements, the Company respectfully submits to the Staff that no additional
disclosure regarding the impact of product returns on the Companys results of
operations is required to be included in the Companys financial statement
footnotes. |
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, submitted on July 5, 2011
|
6. |
|
We note you excluded from your unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
statements of operations the compensation expense associated with the portion of the
Class C equity awards that will vest upon completion of this offering. Please explain
to us your basis of excluding them or revise to include this expense in your pro forma
condensed consolidated statements of operations. Note that the effects of accounting
for share-based payment arrangements should not be removed as a pro forma adjustment if
it has continuing impact on your financial statements. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The Company advises the Staff that it will no longer issue the Class C
equity awards referenced in the Staffs comment prior to the consummation of the
offering, but rather will issue shares of the Companys common stock upon
consummation of the offering which will vest 50% immediately and 50% ratably over a
four-year period following the issue date. The disclosure in the unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated statements of operations has been revised in accordance
with the Staffs comment to reflect the impact of the stock compensation expense
associated with this grant of common shares on the Companys operating expenses and
weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding. |
|
|
7. |
|
Refer to footnote (e), (i), (j), (m) and (n). Please provide the detailed
reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used in calculating the various pro
forma earnings per share data in the footnotes to the pro forma statements. |
|
|
|
|
RESPONSE: The Company has revised the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
financial statements in accordance with the Staffs comment. |
If you have any questions, please feel free to contact the undersigned at (203) 894-1345 or
our outside counsel, F. Mitchell Walker, Jr., by telephone at (615) 742-6275 or by e-mail at
mwalker@bassberry.com or, in his absence, D. Scott Holley by telephone at (615) 742-7721 or by
e-mail at sholley@bassberry.com. Thank you for your cooperation and prompt attention to this
matter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely,
/s/ Kenneth Clark
Kenneth Clark Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4